Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 26, 2005
Registration No. 333-121329


SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549


AMENDMENT NO. 1

TO

Form S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

BofI Holding, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
         
Delaware   6035   33-0867444
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

BofI Holding, Inc.

12220 El Camino Real, Suite 220
San Diego, CA 92130
(858) 350-6200
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

Gary Lewis Evans

President and Chief Executive Officer
BofI Holding, Inc.
12220 El Camino Real, Suite 220
San Diego, CA 92130
(858) 350-6200
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number,
including area code, of agent for service)


Copies to:

     
Allen Z. Sussman, Esq.
  Ellen R. Marshall, Esq.
Charles C. Kim, Esq.   Ivan A. Gaviria, Esq.
Morrison & Foerster LLP   Manatt, Phelps & Phillips, LLP
555 West Fifth Street   695 Town Center Drive, 14th Floor
Los Angeles, CA 90013-1024   Costa Mesa, CA 92626
(213) 892-5200   (714) 371-2500


     Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

    If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.     o

    If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

    If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

    If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

    If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434, please check the following box.     o


CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

                 


Proposed Maximum Proposed Maximum
Title of Each Class of Amount to be Offering Aggregate Amount of
Securities to be Registered Registered(1) Price Per Share Offering Price(2) Registration Fee(3)

Common stock, par value $0.01 per share
  2,587,500   $13.00   $33,637,500   $3,959.13


(1)  Includes shares of common stock that the underwriters have the option to purchase to cover over-allotments, if any.
 
(2)  Estimated solely for the purpose of determining the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933.
 
(3)  $2,707.10 was previously paid in connection with the initial filing.


     The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the SEC, acting pursuant to Section 8(a), may determine.




Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED JANUARY 26, 2005

             
    B of I Holding, Inc.

(BANK OF INTERNET USA LOGO)
     
2,250,000 Shares
of Common Stock


This is our initial public offering and no public market currently exists for our shares. We expect that the public offering price will be between $9.00 and $13.00 per share.  
                 
THE OFFERING PER SHARE TOTAL

Public Offering Price
  $       $    
Underwriting Discount
  $       $    
Proceeds to BofI Holding, Inc.
  $       $    

We have granted the underwriters the right to purchase up to 337,500 additional shares from us within 30 days after the date of this prospectus to cover any over-allotments. The underwriters expect to deliver shares of common stock to purchasers on                , 2005.  
 
Proposed Nasdaq National Market Symbol: BOFI  

OpenIPO® :     The method of distribution being used by the underwriters in the offering differs somewhat from that traditionally employed in firm commitment underwritten public offerings. In particular, the public offering price and allocation of shares will be determined primarily by an auction process conducted by the underwriters and other securities dealers participating in the offering. The minimum size for any bid in the auction is 100 shares. A more detailed description of this process, known as an OpenIPO, is included in “Plan of Distribution” beginning on page 100.  


Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk.

See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 7 to read about risks you should consider carefully before buying shares of our common stock.


Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission or other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

These securities are not savings or deposit accounts or obligations of any bank and are not insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, Bank Insurance Fund, Savings Association Insurance Fund or any other governmental agency.

WRHAMBRECHT+CO                                T he S eidler C ompanies             

I ncorporated                                   

The date of this prospectus is                     , 2005.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

         
Page

    1  
    7  
    19  
    20  
    20  
    21  
    23  
    25  
    27  
    49  
    69  
    82  
    84  
    86  
    91  
    98  
    100  
    107  
    107  
    108  
    F-1  
  Exhibit 3.1
  Exhibit 3.2
  Exhibit 3.3
  Exhibit 3.5
  Exhibit 3.6
  Exhibit 10.10
  Exhibit 23.2


      You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We have not, and the underwriters have not, authorized any other person to provide you with different information. If anyone provides you with different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. We are not, and the underwriters are not, making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. You should assume that the information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date on the front cover of this prospectus. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.


i


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

      This summary provides an overview of information contained elsewhere in this prospectus and does not contain all of the information you should consider. You should read the following summary together with the more detailed information set out in this prospectus, including the “Risk Factors” section beginning on page 7 and our consolidated financial statements and notes to those consolidated financial statements that appear elsewhere in this prospectus.

      Unless otherwise stated, all information in this prospectus assumes that the underwriters will not exercise their over-allotment option to purchase any of the 337,500 shares of our common stock subject to that option.

BofI Holding, Inc.

General

      We are the holding company for Bank of Internet USA, a consumer-focused, nationwide savings bank operating primarily through the Internet from a single location in San Diego, California. We provide a variety of consumer banking services, focusing primarily on gathering retail deposits over the Internet and originating and purchasing multifamily and single family loans for investment. Since the inception of our bank in 2000, we have designed and implemented an automated Internet-based banking platform and electronic workflow process that we believe affords us low operating expenses and allows us to pass these savings along to our customers in the form of attractive interest rates and low fees on our products. Our bank was designed from the ground-up to use this platform, providing us with an advantage in leveraging technology to handle routine banking transactions with lean staffing.

      We believe that our business model is highly scalable, and we expect to be able to grow with the addition of new capital. Through our Internet marketing efforts and our ability to adjust interest rates quickly in response to market conditions, we have been able to expand into new regions and products and rapidly increase deposits and, to a lesser extent, loans, without significant delays and with limited additional fixed assets and personnel. We are able to operate in all 50 states and can be selective in entering new geographic markets and targeting demographic groups such as seniors or students. We currently originate deposits and single family mortgage loans on a nationwide basis, and multifamily loans primarily in California, Arizona, Texas and Washington.

      At September 30, 2004, we had total assets of $453.9 million, net loans held for investment of $355.1 million and total deposits of $295.7 million. Our deposits consist primarily of interest-bearing checking and savings accounts and time deposits. Our loans are primarily first mortgages secured by multifamily (five or more units) and single family (one to four units) real property.

      During the past three fiscal years, we have achieved strong growth. From the fiscal year ended June 30, 2002 to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2004, we have:

  •  increased our net income from $1.0 million to $2.2 million and diluted earnings per share from $0.21 to $0.39;
 
  •  increased our total assets at year end from $217.6 million to $405.0 million, while only increasing our employment base from 20 to 24 full time employees;
 
  •  increased net loans held for investment at year end from $167.3 million to $355.3 million, increased originations of multifamily loans held for investment from $30.0 million to $57.3 million and increased originations of single family loans held for sale from $7.0 million to $76.6 million;
 
  •  increased total deposits at year end from $167.6 million to $269.8 million and the number of online deposit accounts from 6,400 to 13,700;
 
  •  increased advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank, or the FHLB, from $29.9 million to $101.4 million;
 
  •  improved our efficiency ratio, or noninterest expense as a percentage of net interest income plus noninterest income, which decreased from 79.3% to 49.5%;

1


Table of Contents

  •  improved our return on average common stockholders’ equity from 6.3% to 8.4%; and
 
  •  further leveraged our capital base as our bank’s Tier 1 leverage (core) capital to adjusted tangible assets ratio decreased from 8.7% to 7.8%.

Business Strategy

      Our business strategy is to lower the cost of delivering banking products and services by leveraging technology, while continuing to grow our assets and deposits to achieve increased economies of scale. Our strategy includes a number of key elements:

  •  Leverage Technology. We have designed our automated Internet-based banking platform and workflow process to handle traditional banking functions with reduced paperwork and human intervention. We plan to continue to incrementally improve our proprietary software and systems on an ongoing basis. We currently expect the annual rate of capital expenditures for technology-related improvements will remain consistent with our past growth experience.
 
  •  Exploit Advantages of Nationwide Presence. Our thrift charter allows us to operate in all 50 states. Our nationwide, online presence allows us increased flexibility to target a large number of loan and deposit customers based on demographics, geographic location and price. It also provides us with a low cost of customer acquisition and the ability to be selective in approving prospective loan customers. We can rapidly shift and target our marketing based on the demographics and location of the target audience nationwide and establish a presence in new geographic and demographic markets with relatively low entry costs. Our marketing costs are fairly uniform on a nationwide basis because we advertise mainly over the Internet.
 
  •  Continue to Grow Online Deposits and Expand Services. We offer a broad selection of retail deposit instruments and plan to continue to develop new products and services to serve specific demographics. We intend to expand the volume and breadth of our deposit marketing over the Internet. We expect that the annual rate of our marketing costs compared to growth in new customers will remain consistent with our past growth experience.
 
  •  Increase Loan Originations and Purchases. We intend to continually increase single family and multifamily loan originations through our websites, including our “ApartmentBank” and “Broker Advantage” websites. We also plan to continue to purchase high-quality multifamily and, to a lesser extent, single family loans. We expect that our loan marketing and origination costs will rise incrementally as our originations grow at a rate in line with our past experience.

Corporate Information

      We were incorporated in the State of Delaware on July 6, 1999 for the purpose of organizing and opening an Internet-based bank. Bank of Internet USA, our wholly-owned subsidiary, is a federal savings bank that opened for business over the Internet on July 4, 2000. Our only other subsidiary is BofI Trust I, a Delaware statutory trust formed in connection with the issuance of our trust preferred securities in December 2004. Our executive offices are located at 12220 El Camino Real, Suite 220, San Diego, California 92130, and our telephone number is (858) 350-6200.

      We maintain the following active websites:

  •  www.bankofinternet.com and www.bofi.com, the main websites for our bank where we provide, among other things, traditional banking products and services;
 
  •  homeloans.bankofinternet.com, our website for originating single family loans;
 
  •  www.apartmentbank.com, our website for originating multifamily loans;
 
  •  broker.bofi.com, our website dedicated to the loan brokers with whom we have relationships;
 
  •  www.bancodeinternet.com, a redesigned version of our main website to focus on Spanish speaking customers; and
 
  •  www.seniorbofi.com, our website to market to seniors.

Information contained on our websites is not a part of this prospectus.

2


Table of Contents

The Offering

 
Common Stock offered 2,250,000 shares(1)
 
Common Stock outstanding as of December 31, 2004 4,563,399 shares
 
Common Stock outstanding as of December 31, 2004, assuming the exercise and conversion of all outstanding exercisable and convertible securities 6,672,716 shares
 
Common Stock outstanding after the offering 7,497,649 shares(2)
 
Net proceeds The net proceeds from the offering will be approximately $21.8 million, assuming an offering price of $11.00 per share (the midpoint of the range) and that the underwriters’ over-allotment option is not exercised.
 
Use of proceeds We intend to contribute approximately $16.0 million of the net proceeds from this offering to Bank of Internet USA to provide additional capital to support its growth. We also intend to use a portion of the net proceeds to prepay in full a note payable that had an outstanding principal balance of $5.0 million at December 31, 2004. The note payable bears interest at prime plus one percent per annum. We intend to use the remaining net proceeds for general corporate purposes. Pending these uses, we will invest the net proceeds initially in short term, investment grade securities and other qualified investments. See “Use of Proceeds” for more information.
 
Dividends on Common Stock We have never paid cash dividends on our common stock, electing to retain earnings for funding our growth and business. We currently anticipate continuing our policy of retaining earnings to fund growth. See “Dividend Policy” for more information.
 
Proposed Nasdaq National Market symbol We have applied to have our common stock listed for quotation on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol “BOFI.”


(1)  The number of shares of our common stock offered assumes that the underwriters’ over-allotment option is not exercised. If the over-allotment option is exercised in full, we will issue and sell an additional 337,500 shares.
 
(2)  The number of shares of our common stock outstanding after the offering is based on 4,519,649 shares outstanding at September 30, 2004, and assumes that the underwriters’ over-allotment option is not exercised. The number includes 728,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants with an exercise price of $4.19 per share, which warrants we expect to be exercised on a cash basis prior to the offering because they terminate if not exercised prior to that time.

      The number excludes:

  •  722,517 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock options with a weighted average exercise price of $6.11 per share;
 
  •  59,950 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants with an exercise price of $14.00 per share;

3


Table of Contents

  •  642,600 shares of common stock currently issuable upon conversion of our Series A — 6% Cumulative Nonparticipating Perpetual Preferred Stock, or our Series A preferred stock. Our Series A preferred stock is convertible at prices which increase periodically through January 2009, after which time our Series A preferred stock is no longer convertible into our common stock. The current conversion price of $10.50 per share is in effect through January 1, 2006;
 
  •  shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2004 stock incentive plan, which provides that aggregate equity awards under our 2004 stock incentive plan and options outstanding under our 1999 stock option plan may not exceed 14.8% of our outstanding common stock at any time. Based on the number of shares of common stock outstanding at September 30, 2004, and assuming 2,250,000 shares of common stock are sold in the offering and warrants to purchase 728,000 shares of common stock are exercised on a cash basis prior to the offering, the maximum number of shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options granted under our 2004 stock incentive plan would be 1,109,652; and
 
  •  up to 500,000 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2004 employee stock purchase plan.

Risk Factors

      See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 7 for a discussion of material risks related to an investment in our common stock.

4


Table of Contents

Summary Consolidated Financial Information

      You should read the summary consolidated financial information set forth below together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our consolidated income statement information for the three months ended September 30, 2004 and 2003 and the consolidated balance sheet information as of September 30, 2004 are derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements, which are included in this prospectus and, in the opinion of management, include all adjustments necessary for fair presentation of the results of such periods. The consolidated balance sheet information as of September 30, 2003 is derived from our unaudited consolidated financial information. The consolidated income statement information for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2004, 2003 and 2002 and the consolidated balance sheet information as of June 30, 2004 and 2003 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The consolidated income statement information for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2001 and the period from July 6, 1999 (inception) to June 30, 2000 and the consolidated balance sheet information at June 30, 2002, 2001 and 2000 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements that are not included in this prospectus. Historical results are not necessarily indicative of future results.

                                                         
At or for
At or for the Period
the Three Months July 6, 1999
Ended September 30, At or for the Fiscal Years Ended June 30, (inception) to


June 30,
2004 2003 2004 2003 2002 2001 2000







(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
Selected Balance Sheet Data:
                                                       
Total assets
  $ 453,939     $ 284,617     $ 405,039     $ 273,464     $ 217,614     $ 156,628     $ 13,295  
Loans held for investment, net of allowance for loan losses
    355,105       246,760       355,261       245,933       167,251       139,679        
Loans held for sale, at cost
    216       969       435       3,602       128       22        
Allowance for loan losses
    1,060       805       1,045       790       505       310        
Investment securities
    55,702       377       3,665       441       726       1,522        
Total deposits
    295,677       202,190       269,841       193,992       167,618       127,204        
Advances from the FHLB
    121,475       58,360       101,446       55,900       29,900       15,900        
Note payable
    3,300             1,300                   870        
Total stockholders’ equity
    32,296       23,349       31,759       22,885       19,501       11,903       12,936  
Selected Income Statement Data:
                                                       
Interest and dividend income
  $ 4,826     $ 3,581     $ 15,772     $ 13,514     $ 11,641     $ 4,697     $ 24  
Interest expense
    2,738       2,176       9,242       8,426       8,144       3,535        
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Net interest income
    2,088       1,405       6,530       5,088       3,497       1,162       24  
Provision for loan losses
    15       15       255       285       195       310        
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Net interest income after provision for loan losses
    2,073       1,390       6,275       4,803       3,302       852       24  
Noninterest income
    169       288       1,190       1,349       297       52        
Noninterest expense
    1,139       1,077       3,819       3,158       3,008       1,985       1,012  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit)
    1,103       601       3,646       2,994       591       (1,081 )     (988 )
Income tax expense (benefit)
    442       247       1,471       1,264       (429 )     1        
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Net income (loss)
  $ 661     $ 354     $ 2,175     $ 1,730     $ 1,020     $ (1,082 )   $ (988 )
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Net income (loss) attributable to common stock
  $ 560     $ 354     $ 2,035     $ 1,730     $ 1,020     $ (1,082 )   $ (988 )

5


Table of Contents

                                                           
At or for
At or for the Period
the Three Months July 6, 1999
Ended September 30, At or for the Fiscal Years Ended June 30, (inception) to


June 30,
2004 2003 2004 2003 2002 2001 2000







(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
Per Share Data:
                                                       
Net income (loss):
                                                       
 
Basic
  $ 0.12     $ 0.08     $ 0.45     $ 0.39     $ 0.25     $ (0.29 )   $ (0.33 )
 
Diluted
  $ 0.11     $ 0.07     $ 0.39     $ 0.34     $ 0.21     $ (0.29 )   $ (0.33 )
Book value per common share
  $ 5.68     $ 5.22     $ 5.57     $ 5.11     $ 4.50     $ 3.21     $ 3.50  
Tangible book value per common share
  $ 5.68     $ 5.22     $ 5.57     $ 5.11     $ 4.50     $ 3.21     $ 3.50  
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding:
                                                       
 
Basic
    4,508,664       4,490,136       4,502,284       4,468,296       4,128,051       3,706,050       2,950,999  
 
Diluted
    5,164,963       5,150,298       5,160,482       5,134,940       4,795,401       3,706,050       2,950,999  
Common shares outstanding at end of period
    4,519,649       4,474,351       4,506,524       4,474,351       4,334,401       3,707,156       3,694,031  
Performance Ratios and Other Data:
                                                       
Loan originations for investment
  $ 11,329     $ 18,059     $ 64,478     $ 58,609     $ 34,659     $ 16,003       NM  
Loan originations for sale
    2,514       35,010       76,550       124,739       6,994       3,317       NM  
Loan purchases
    5,336       11,888       129,193       81,778       132,298       139,565       NM  
Return (loss) on average assets
    0.64%       0.50%       0.67%       0.71%       0.53%       (1.56 )%     NM  
Return (loss) on average common stockholders’ equity
    8.77%       6.09%       8.42%       7.87%       6.32%       (8.68 )%     NM  
Interest rate spread(1)
    1.87%       1.73%       1.81%       1.76%       1.45%       0.67 %     NM  
Net interest margin(2)
    2.06%       2.02%       2.04%       2.11%       1.83%       1.73 %     NM  
Efficiency ratio(3)
    50.47%       63.61%       49.47%       49.06%       79.28%       163.51 %     NM  
Capital Ratios:
                                                       
Equity to assets at end of period
    7.11%       8.20%       7.84%       8.37%       8.96%       7.60 %     NM  
Tier 1 leverage (core) capital to adjusted tangible assets(4)
    7.60%       8.00%       7.84%       8.09%       8.65%       8.16 %     NM  
Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio(4)
    12.03%       11.56%       11.11%       11.40%       13.76%       15.00 %     NM  
Total risk-based capital ratio(4)
    12.40%       11.97%       11.48%       11.81%       14.13%       15.37 %     NM  
Tangible capital to tangible assets(4)
    7.60%       8.00%       7.84%       8.09%       8.65%       8.16 %     NM  
Asset Quality Ratios:
                                                       
Net charge-offs to average loans outstanding
                                         
Nonperforming loans to total loans
                                         
Allowance for loan losses to total loans held for investment at end of period
    0.30%       0.33%       0.29%       0.32%       0.30%       0.22 %     NM  
Allowance for loan losses to nonperforming loans
                                         


(1)  Interest rate spread represents the difference between the weighted average yield on interest-earning assets and the weighted average rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities.
 
(2)  Net interest margin represents net interest income as a percentage of average interest-earning assets.
 
(3)  Efficiency ratio represents noninterest expense as a percentage of the aggregate of net interest income and noninterest income.
 
(4)  Reflects regulatory capital ratios of Bank of Internet USA only.

“NM” means not meaningful.

6


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

      An investment in our common stock involves risk, and you should not invest in our common stock unless you can afford to lose some or all of your investment. You should carefully read the risks described below, together with all of the other information included in this prospectus, before you decide to buy any of our common stock. Our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations could be harmed by any of the following risks or other risks which have not been identified which we believe are immaterial or unlikely.

Risks Relating to Our Business

 
      Our limited operating history makes our future prospects and financial performance unpredictable, which may impair our ability to manage our business and your ability to assess our prospects.

      We commenced banking operations in July 2000. We remain subject to the risks inherently associated with new business enterprises in general and, more specifically, the risks of a new financial institution and, in particular, a new Internet-based financial institution. Our prospects are subject to the risks and uncertainties frequently encountered by companies in their early stages of development, including the risk that we will not be able to implement our business strategy. In addition, we have a limited history upon which we can rely in planning and making the critical decisions that will affect our future operating results. Similarly, because of the relatively immature state of our business, it will be difficult to evaluate our prospects. Accordingly, our financial performance to date may not be indicative of whether our business strategy will be successful.

 
      We may not be able to implement our plans for growth successfully, which could adversely affect our future operations.

      We have grown substantially, from $217.6 million in total assets and $167.6 million in total deposits at June 30, 2002 to $453.9 million in total assets and $295.7 million in total deposits at September 30, 2004. We expect to continue to grow our assets, our deposits, the number of our customers and the scale of our operations generally and will seek to grow at an accelerated rate following completion of the offering. Our future success will depend in part on our continued ability to manage our growth. We may not be able to achieve our growth plans, or sustain our historical growth rates or grow at all. Various factors, such as economic conditions, regulatory and legislative considerations and competition, may also impede our ability to expand our market presence. If we are unable to grow as planned, our business and prospects could be adversely affected.

      Our business strategy involves, among other things, continuing to grow our assets and loan portfolio and our customer base. We intend to use the net proceeds from the offering to help us achieve this objective. Our ability to achieve profitable growth depends in part upon our ability to identify favorable loan and investment opportunities and successfully attract deposits. Our management may not be able to use the net proceeds from the offering to implement our business strategy effectively, and we may encounter unanticipated obstacles in implementing our strategy. If we are unable to expand our business as we anticipate, we may be unable to benefit from the investments we have made to support our future growth. If this occurs, we may not be able to maintain profitability.

 
      Our inability to manage our growth could harm our business.

      We anticipate that our asset size and deposit base will continue to grow over time, perhaps significantly. To manage the expected growth of our operations and personnel, we will be required to, among other things:

  •  improve existing and implement new transaction processing, operational and financial systems, procedures and controls;
 
  •  maintain effective credit scoring and underwriting guidelines; and
 
  •  expand our employee base and train and manage this growing employee base.

      If we are unable to manage growth effectively, our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

7


Table of Contents

 
      In a rising interest rate environment, an institution with a negative interest rate sensitivity gap generally would be expected, absent the effects of other factors, to experience a greater increase in its cost of liabilities relative to its yield on assets, and thus a decrease in its net interest income.

      Our profitability depends substantially on our net interest income, which could be negatively affected by changes in interest rates. Net interest income is the difference between the income we earn on interest-earning assets, such as mortgage loans and investment securities, and the interest we pay on interest-bearing liabilities, such as deposits and other borrowings. Because of the differences in both maturities and repricing characteristics of our interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, changes in interest rates do not produce equivalent changes in interest income earned on interest-earning assets and interest paid on interest-bearing liabilities. Accordingly, fluctuations in interest rates could adversely affect our net interest income and therefore profitability. We may not be able to manage our interest rate risk.

      Interest rates are highly sensitive to many factors which are beyond our control, including general economic conditions and policies of various governmental and regulatory agencies and, in particular, the Federal Reserve Board, or the FRB. Changes in monetary policy, including change in interest rates, will influence not only the interest we receive on our loans and investment securities and the amount of interest we pay on deposits, it will also affect our ability to originate loans and obtain deposits and our costs in doing so. When interest rates rise, the cost of borrowing also increases. Our business model is predicated on our operating on levels of net interest income that other banks might find unacceptable or unsustainable, as we typically pay interest rates on deposits in the higher end of the spectrum and often charge lower interest rates and fees than those charged by competitors. Accordingly, changes in levels of market interest rates could materially and adversely affect our net interest income, asset quality, loan origination volume, business and prospects.

      We expect more of our interest-bearing liabilities will mature or reprice within one year than will our interest-earning assets, resulting in a one year negative interest rate sensitivity gap (the difference between our interest rate sensitive assets maturing or repricing within one year and our interest rate sensitive liabilities maturing or repricing within one year, expressed as a percentage of interest-earning assets). For a further discussion of our interest rate risks and the assumptions underlying our interest rate risk calculations, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk.”

 
      We may need to raise additional capital that may not be available, which could harm our business.

      Due to applicable capital adequacy regulations and sound banking practices, our growth will require that we generate additional capital either through retained earnings or the issuance of additional shares of common stock or other capital instruments. We believe that the net proceeds from the offering, cash generated from operations and borrowings available under existing lines of credit and credit agreements and from the FHLB will be sufficient to finance our operations and capital expenditures for at least the next 12 months. However, we may wish to raise additional capital, which may not be available on terms acceptable to us, if at all. Any equity financings could result in dilution to our stockholders or reduction in the earnings available to our common stockholders. If adequate capital is not available or the terms of such capital are not attractive, we may have to curtail our growth and our business, and our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

 
      We may not be able to offer Internet-based banking services that have sufficient advantages over the Internet-based banking services and other characteristics of conventional “brick and mortar” banks to enable us to compete successfully.

      We are an independent Internet-based bank, as distinguished from the Internet banking services of an established “brick and mortar” bank. Independent Internet-based banks often have found it difficult to achieve profitability and revenue growth. Several factors contribute to the unique problems that Internet-based banks face. These include concerns for the security of personal information, the absence of personal relationships between bankers and customers, the absence of loyalty to a conventional hometown bank,

8


Table of Contents

customers’ difficulty in understanding and assessing the substance and financial strength of an Internet-based bank, a lack of confidence in the likelihood of success and permanence of Internet-based banks and many individuals’ unwillingness to trust their personal assets to a relatively new technological medium such as the Internet. As a result, some potential customers may be unwilling to establish a relationship with us.

      Conventional “brick and mortar” banks, in growing numbers, are offering the option of Internet-based banking services to their existing and prospective customers. The public may perceive conventional banks as being safer, more responsive, more comfortable to deal with and more accountable as providers of their banking services, including their Internet-based banking services.

      Moreover, both the Internet and the financial services industry are undergoing rapid technological changes, with frequent introductions of new technology-driven products and services. In addition to improving the ability to serve customers, the effective use of technology increases efficiency and enables financial institutions to reduce costs. Our future success will depend in part upon our ability to address the needs of our customers by using technology to provide products and services that will satisfy customer demands, as well as to create additional efficiencies in our operations. We may not be able to effectively implement new technology-driven products and services or be successful in marketing theses products and services to our customers. If we are unable, for technical, legal, financial or other reasons, to adapt in a timely manner to changing market conditions, customer requirements or emerging industry standards, our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

      Many of our competitors have substantially greater resources to invest in technological improvements. To remain competitive, we must continue to enhance and improve the responsiveness, functionality and features of our Internet-based services. Most of our software and computer systems are comprised of “off-the-shelf” applications, and we have limited proprietary computer software, information databases and applications. Others may develop and offer superior banking products and services that may gain greater acceptance among potential customers. Our success will depend in part on our ability both to license and develop leading technologies to enhance our existing services, develop new services and technologies that address the increasingly sophisticated and varied needs of our customers and respond to technological advances and emerging industry standards and practices on a cost effective and timely basis.

 
      We face strong competition for customers and may not succeed in implementing our business strategy.

      Our business strategy depends on our ability to remain competitive. There is strong competition for customers from existing banks and other types of financial institutions, including those that use the Internet as a medium for banking transactions or as an advertising platform. Our competitors include:

  •  large, publicly-traded, Internet-based banks, as well as smaller Internet-based banks;
 
  •  “brick and mortar” banks, including those that have implemented websites to facilitate online banking; and
 
  •  traditional banking institutions such as thrifts, finance companies, credit unions and mortgage banks.

      Some of these competitors have been in business for a long time and have name recognition and an established customer base. Most of our competitors are larger and have greater financial and personnel resources. In order to compete profitably, we may need to reduce the rates we offer on loans and investments and increase the rates we offer on deposits, which actions may adversely affect our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

      To remain competitive, we believe we must successfully implement our business strategy. Our success depends on, among other things:

  •  having a large and increasing number of customers who use our bank for their banking needs;
 
  •  our ability to attract, hire and retain key personnel as our business grows;
 
  •  our ability to secure additional capital as needed;

9


Table of Contents

  •  the relevance of our products and services to customer needs and demands and the rate at which we and our competitors introduce them;
 
  •  our ability to offer products and services with fewer employees than competitors;
 
  •  the satisfaction of our customers with our customer service;
 
  •  ease of use of our websites; and
 
  •  our ability to provide a secure and stable technology platform for financial services that provides us with reliable and effective operational, financial and information systems.

      If we are unable to implement our business strategy, our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

 
      A natural disaster or recurring energy shortage, especially in California, could harm our business.

      We are based in San Diego, California, and approximately 63.5% of our total loan portfolio was secured by real estate located in California at September 30, 2004. In addition, the computer systems that operate our Internet websites and some of their back-up systems are located in San Diego, California. Historically, California has been vulnerable to natural disasters. Therefore, we are susceptible to the risks of natural disasters, such as earthquakes, wildfires, floods and mudslides. Natural disasters could harm our operations directly through interference with communications, including the interruption or loss of our websites which would prevent us from gathering deposits, originating loans and processing and controlling our flow of business, as well as through the destruction of facilities and our operational, financial and management information systems. A natural disaster or recurring power outages may also impair the value of our largest class of assets, our loan portfolio, which is comprised substantially of real estate loans. Uninsured or underinsured disasters may reduce borrowers’ ability to repay mortgage loans. Disasters may also reduce the value of the real estate securing our loans, impairing our ability to recover on defaulted loans through foreclosure and making it more likely that we would suffer losses on defaulted loans. California has also experienced energy shortages which, if they recur, could impair the value of the real estate in those areas affected. Although we have implemented several back-up systems and protections (and maintain business interruption insurance), these measures may not protect us fully from the effects of a natural disaster. The occurrence of natural disasters or energy shortages in California could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

 
      Our multifamily residential and commercial real estate loans held for investment are generally unseasoned, and defaults on such loans would harm our business.

      At September 30, 2004, our multifamily residential loans held for investment were $318.9 million, or 90.0% of our total loans held for investment, and the average loan size of our multifamily residential loans was $673,000. At September 30, 2004, our commercial real estate loans held for investment were $11.7 million, or 3.3% of our total loans held for investment, and the average loan size of our commercial real estate loans was $617,000. The payment on such loans is typically dependent on the cash flows generated by the projects, which are affected by the supply and demand for multifamily residential units and commercial property within the relative market. If the market for multifamily residential units and commercial property experiences a decline in demand, multifamily and commercial borrowers may suffer losses on their projects and be unable to repay their loans.

 
      Our emphasis on multifamily loans increases the possibility of loan losses.

      We may incur significant losses because approximately 90.0% of our loans are secured by multifamily properties. Loans secured by multifamily properties may have a greater risk of loss than loans secured by single family properties because they typically involve larger loan balances to single borrowers or groups of related borrowers. Significant losses on loans secured by multifamily properties are possible because the cash flows from multifamily properties securing the loans may become inadequate to service the loan payments. The payment experience on these loans typically depends upon the successful operation of the related real

10


Table of Contents

estate project and is subject to risks such as excessive vacancy rates or inadequate rental income levels. Many of our borrowers have more than one commercial real estate or multifamily loan outstanding with us.

      Multifamily underwriting typically requires inspection of each property and familiarity with the location of the property and the local real estate market. While we have a policy to conduct a site visit of the property underlying every multifamily loan and focus our multifamily originations in only four states with which we believe we have greater familiarity, we intend to expand our multifamily loan originations beyond those four states. We may not be able to develop the requisite experience with other markets to be able to underwrite successfully multifamily loans in additional communities and states. We also may not be able to assess correctly relevant criteria such as the level of vacancies with respect to a particular property or the community in which it is located or that we will be able to continue to physically inspect each multifamily property. Our inability to successfully underwrite multifamily loans could lead to delinquencies and charge-offs and could adversely affect our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

 
      If our allowance for loan losses is not sufficient to cover actual loan losses, our earnings, capital adequacy and overall financial condition may suffer materially.

      Our loans are generally secured by multifamily and, to a lesser extent, commercial and single family real estate properties, each initially having a fair market value generally greater than the amount of the loan secured. However, even though our loans are typically secured, the risk of default, generally due to a borrower’s inability to make scheduled payments on his or her loan, is an inherent risk of the banking business. In determining the amount of the allowance for loan losses, we make various assumptions and judgments about the collectibility of our loan portfolio, including the creditworthiness of our borrowers and the value of the real estate serving as collateral for the repayment of our loans. Defaults by borrowers could result in losses that exceed our loan loss reserves. We have originated or purchased many of our loans recently, so we do not have sufficient repayment experience to be certain whether the allowance for loan losses we have established is adequate. We may have to establish a larger allowance for loan losses in the future if, in our judgment, it is necessary. Any increase in our allowance for loan losses will increase our expenses and consequently may adversely affect our profitability, capital adequacy and overall financial condition.

 
      Declining real estate values, particularly in California, could reduce the value of our loan portfolio and impair our profitability and financial condition.

      Substantially all of the loans in our portfolio are secured by real estate. At September 30, 2004, approximately 63.5% of our total loan portfolio was secured by real estate located in California. If there is a significant decline in real estate values, especially in California, the collateral for our loans will become less valuable. If such an event were to occur, we may experience charge-offs at a greater level than we would otherwise experience, as the proceeds resulting from foreclosure may be significantly lower than the amounts outstanding on such loans. Declining real estate values frequently accompany periods of economic downturn or recession and increasing unemployment, all of which can lead to lower demand for mortgage loans of the types we originate. These changes would likely have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

 
      We frequently purchase loans in bulk or “pools.” We may experience lower yields or losses on loan “pools” because the assumptions we use when purchasing loans in bulk may not always prove correct.

      From time to time, we purchase loans in bulk or “pools.” For the fiscal years ended June 30, 2004 and 2003, we purchased $129.2 million and $81.8 million, respectively, in single family and multifamily mortgage loans. When we determine the purchase price we are willing to pay to purchase loans in bulk, management makes certain assumptions about, among other things, how fast borrowers will prepay their loans, the real estate market and our ability to collect loans successfully and, if necessary, to dispose of any real estate that may be acquired through foreclosure. When we purchase loans in bulk, we perform certain due diligence procedures and we purchase the loans subject to customary limited indemnities. To the extent that our underlying assumptions prove to be inaccurate or the basis for those assumptions change (such as an unanticipated decline in the real estate market), the purchase price paid for the “pool” of loans may prove to

11


Table of Contents

have been excessive, resulting in a lower yield or a loss. For example, in the past, we have purchased “pools” of loans at a premium and some of the loans were prepaid before we expected. Accordingly, we earned less interest income on the purchase than expected. To date, none of the loan “pools” that we purchased at a premium have resulted in a net investment loss. Our success in growing through purchases of loan “pools” depends on our ability to price loan “pools” properly and on general economic conditions in the geographic areas where the underlying properties of our loans are located.

      Acquiring loans through bulk purchases may involve acquiring loans of a type or in geographic areas where management may not have substantial prior experience. We may be exposed to a greater risk of loss to the extent that bulk purchases contain such loans.

 
      We face limits on our ability to lend.

      The amount that we can lend to a single borrower is limited to 15.0% of the unimpaired capital and surplus of our subsidiary bank. At September 30, 2004, no single loan was larger than $2.9 million and our bank’s largest single lending relationship had an outstanding balance of $4.3 million. We expect that our lending limit will increase to approximately $7.5 million immediately following the offering, assuming $21.8 million in net proceeds is raised in the offering and that $16.0 million of the net proceeds are contributed to our bank, based on the assumptions set forth below the table in “Capitalization.” Because our lending limits may be significantly lower than those of our competitors, we may be at a competitive disadvantage in pursuing relationships with larger borrowers in our market areas. Notwithstanding our loan limits, we may elect not to make loans up to our maximum loan limit for any reason. If we do elect to make larger loans, we may seek to reduce our exposure by making the loan with one or more other financial institutions which become solely liable for their portion of the loan. We may not be successful in securing other institutions to make loans with us or in successfully administering those loans, if we elect to make larger loans.

 
      Our success depends in large part on the continuing efforts of a few individuals. If we are unable to retain these personnel or attract, hire and retain others to oversee and manage our company, our business could suffer.

      Our success depends substantially on the skill and abilities of our senior management team, including our President and Chief Executive Officer Gary Lewis Evans, our Chief Financial Officer Andrew J. Micheletti and our bank’s Chief Credit Officer Patrick A. Dunn, each of whom performs multiple functions that might otherwise be performed by separate individuals at larger banks, as well as our Chairman Jerry F. Englert and our Vice Chairman Theodore C. Allrich. These individuals may not be able to fulfill their responsibilities adequately, and they may not remain with us. The loss of the services of any of these individuals or other key employees, whether through termination of employment, disability or otherwise, could have a material adverse effect on our business. In addition, our ability to grow and manage our growth depends on our ability to continue to identify, attract, hire, train, retain and motivate highly skilled executive, technical, managerial, sales and marketing, customer service and professional personnel. The implementation of our business plan and our future success will depend on such qualified personnel. Competition for such employees is intense, and there is a risk that we will not be able to successfully attract, assimilate or retain sufficiently qualified personnel. If we fail to attract and retain the necessary technical, managerial, sales and marketing and customer service personnel, as well as experienced professionals, our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected. We maintain a “key man” life insurance policy on Gary Lewis Evans and bank-owned life insurance on other executive officers.

 
      We depend on third-party service providers for our core banking technology, and interruptions in or terminations of their services could materially impair the quality of our services.

      We rely substantially upon third-party service providers for our core banking technology and to protect us from bank system failures or disruptions. For example, a major banking industry outsourcing company is responsible for all our basic core processing applications, including general ledger, loans, deposits, ATM networks, electronic fund transfers, item processing and imaging, and our bill pay system is outsourced to a subsidiary of a major bank. Substantially all of our data processing and internet expenses included in our

12


Table of Contents

consolidated financial statements were for third-party service providers for our core banking technology. For the fiscal years ended June 30, 2004 and 2003, data processing and internet expenses were $328,000 and $278,000, respectively. This reliance may mean that we will not be able to resolve operational problems internally or on a timely basis, which could lead to customer dissatisfaction or long-term disruption of our operations. Our operations also depend upon our ability to replace a third-party service provider if it experiences difficulties that interrupt operations or if an essential third-party service terminates. If these service arrangements are terminated for any reason without an immediately available substitute arrangement, our operations may be severely interrupted or delayed. If such interruption or delay were to continue for a substantial period of time, our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.
 
      A national or regional economic downturn could reduce our customer base, our level of deposits and demand for our financial products such as loans.

      A deterioration in economic conditions, whether caused by national events or local events, in particular an economic slowdown in California, where approximately 63.5% of our total loan portfolio was located at September 30, 2004, could result in the following consequences, any of which could hurt our business materially:

  •  loan delinquencies may increase;
 
  •  problem assets and foreclosures may increase;
 
  •  demand for our products and services may decline; and
 
  •  the value of collateral supporting our loans, especially real estate, may decline, in turn reducing customers’ borrowing power and reducing potential proceeds from foreclosures and from sales of loans.

      The State of California continues to face its own fiscal challenges, the long term effect of which on the State’s economy cannot be predicted.

 
      We rely substantially on third parties to service our loans and to provide us with appraisals, credit reports, title searches, environmental inspections and reports and other underwriting services without errors or fraud and in a timely manner.

      We rely on other companies to administer and service some of our loans by collecting payments, disbursing proceeds of collection and, if necessary, conducting foreclosures. We also rely on other companies to support our loan underwriting process by providing us with, among other things, appraisals, credit reports, environmental inspections and reports and title searches. We typically pay a fee of 25 basis points (0.25%) for servicing of fixed interest rate loans and 37.5 basis points (0.375%) for servicing of adjustable interest rate loans. The fee is calculated based on the principal amount of a loan. We record interest income on loans serviced by others net of applicable service fees. At June 30, 2004 and 2003, we had $168.0 million and $119.9 million, respectively, in loan principal serviced by others. The value to our customers of the services we offer and the success of our business ultimately depend in large part on third parties providing these ancillary services without errors, interruptions, delays and fraud. If third parties commit fraud or perform their services negligently, such as by intentionally or negligently reporting false or misleading information, we could suffer losses by relying on that information in conducting our business. Errors, interruptions or delays by third parties providing these ancillary services could also cause losses, as well as delays, in the processing and closing of loans for our customers. If we cannot manage these third parties so that they deliver these ancillary services as we expect, we likely will experience customer dissatisfaction, and our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

 
Our operations are subject to numerous laws and government regulation, which may change.

      We are subject to a large body of laws governing our business, such as laws governing our charter, state laws determining our remedies as lenders, laws governing labor relations, taxation, contracts, consumer issues and many other aspects of our business. We are regulated primarily by the OTS, the Federal Deposit

13


Table of Contents

Insurance Corporation, or the FDIC, and, to a lesser extent, the FRB. Because we are an Internet-based bank, we are subject to various electronic funds transfer rules adopted by the FRB. We are also subject to various general commercial and consumer laws and regulations, such as the Truth-in-Lending Act, the Truth-in-Savings Act, the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act of 1974 and the Uniform Commercial Code, among many others. Any significant change in applicable laws, rules and regulations, as well as new laws, rules and regulations could significantly increase our cost of compliance and adversely affect our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

      Laws and regulations directly applicable to the Internet and electronic commerce may become more prevalent in the future. In the event Congress or state legislatures or regulators such as the OTS, the FDIC, the FRB, the Federal Trade Commission or other governmental authorities enact or modify laws or adopt regulations relating to the Internet, our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected. Such legislation and regulation could reduce the rate of growth in Internet usage generally and decrease the acceptance of the Internet as a commercial medium. The laws and regulations governing the Internet remain largely unsettled, even in areas where there has been some legislative or regulatory action. It may take years to determine whether, and how, existing laws and regulations such as those governing intellectual property, privacy and taxation apply to the Internet. The growth and development of the market for electronic commerce may prompt calls for more stringent consumer protection laws and regulations, both in the United States and abroad, that may impose additional burdens on companies conducting business over the Internet.

 
      We will incur increased costs as a result of being a public company.

      As a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company, including costs associated with our public company reporting requirements. We also anticipate that we will incur costs associated with recently adopted corporate governance requirements, including requirements under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as well as new accounting pronouncements and new rules implemented by the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, and the Nasdaq National Market. Any expenses required to comply with evolving standards may result in increased general and administrative expenses and a diversion of management time and attention from our business. In addition, these new laws and regulations could make it more difficult or more costly for us to obtain certain types of insurance, including director and officer liability insurance, and we may be forced to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially greater costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. The effect of these events could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors, on our board committees or as executive officers. We are presently evaluating and monitoring developments with respect to these laws and regulations and cannot predict or estimate the amount or timing of additional costs we may incur to respond to their requirements.

 
      Ownership of our common stock is highly concentrated, which may prevent you or other stockholders from influencing significant corporate decisions and may result in conflicts of interest that could cause our stock price to decline.

      Our executive officers, directors and their affiliates beneficially owned or controlled approximately 33.0% of our outstanding common stock at November 30, 2004, and will beneficially own or control approximately 23.4%, or approximately 22.4% assuming full exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option, of our outstanding common stock following the offering, in each case assuming the exercise of all outstanding warrants held by them and the conversion of all shares of Series A preferred stock held by them into common stock (based on current conversion terms). Accordingly, these executive officers, directors and their affiliates, acting as a group, will have substantial influence over the outcome of corporate actions requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors, any merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of our assets or any other significant corporate transactions. This concentration of ownership may also delay or prevent a change of control of us, even if such a change of control would benefit our other stockholders, and might affect our stock price.

14


Table of Contents

 
Anti-takeover provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws and federal and Delaware law may prevent or frustrate a change in control, even if an acquisition would be beneficial to our stockholders, which could affect our stock price adversely and prevent attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management.

      Provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws may delay or prevent a change in control, discourage bids at a premium over the market price of our common stock and adversely affect the market price of our common stock and the voting or other rights of the holders of our common stock. These provisions, among other things:

  •  authorize our board of directors to issue preferred stock with voting and other rights to be determined by them;
 
  •  limit the persons who can call special meetings of stockholders;
 
  •  prohibit stockholder action by written consent;
 
  •  create a classified board of directors pursuant to which our directors are elected for staggered three-year terms; and
 
  •  provide that a supermajority vote of our stockholders is required to amend certain provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws.

      We are subject to the provisions of the Delaware corporation law that, in general, prohibit any business combination with a beneficial owner of 15.0% or more of our common stock for five years unless the holder’s acquisition of our stock was approved in advance by our board of directors or other conditions are met.

      Acquisition of control of a federal savings bank such as Bank of Internet USA requires advance approval by the Office of Thrift Supervision, Department of the Treasury, or the OTS. Under federal law, acquisition of more than 10.0% of our common stock would result in a rebuttable presumption of control of Bank of Internet USA and the ownership of more than 25% of the voting stock would result in conclusive control of Bank of Internet USA. Depending on the circumstances, the foregoing requirements may prevent or frustrate a change in control of us, discourage bids at a premium over the market price of our common stock and adversely affect the market price of our common stock and the voting or other rights of the holders of our common stock.

 
We are exposed to risk of environmental liability with respect to properties to which we take title.

      In the course of our business, we may foreclose and take title to real estate and could be subject to environmental liabilities with respect to those properties. We may be held liable to a governmental entity or to third parties for property damage, personal injury, investigation and clean-up costs incurred by these parties in connection with environmental contamination or may be required to investigate or clean up hazardous or toxic substances or chemical releases at a property. The costs associated with investigation or remediation activities could be substantial. In addition, if we are the owner or former owner of a contaminated site, we may be subject to common law claims by third parties based on damages and costs resulting from environmental contamination emanating from the property. If we become subject to significant environmental liabilities, our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

 
The U.S. government’s monetary policies or changes in those policies could have a major effect on our operating results, and we cannot predict what those policies will be or any changes in such policies or the effect of such policies on us.

      Our earnings will be affected by domestic economic conditions and the monetary and fiscal policies of the U.S. government and its agencies. The monetary policies of the FRB have had, and will continue to have, an important effect on the operating results of commercial banks and other financial institutions through its power to implement national monetary policy in order, among other things, to curb inflation or combat a recession.

15


Table of Contents

      The monetary policies of the FRB, effected principally through open market operations and regulation of the discount rate and reserve requirements, have had major effects upon the levels of bank loans, investments and deposits. For example, in 2001, several drops in the discount rate by the Federal Open Market Committee placed tremendous pressure on the profitability of all financial institutions because of the resulting contraction of net interest margins. Any increase in prevailing interest rates due to changes in monetary policies may adversely affect banks such as us, whose liabilities tend to reprice quicker than their assets. It is not possible to predict the nature or effect of future changes in monetary and fiscal policies.

 
We have risks of systems failure and security risks, including “hacking” and identity theft.

      The computer systems and network infrastructure utilized by us and others could be vulnerable to unforeseen problems. This is true of both our internally developed systems and the systems of our third-party service providers. Our operations are dependent upon our ability to protect computer equipment against damage from fire, power loss, telecommunication failure or similar catastrophic events. Any damage or failure that causes an interruption in our operations could adverse affect our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

      Our operations depend upon encryption and authentication technology to provide secure transmission of confidential information and upon our ability to generally protect the computer systems and network infrastructure utilized by us against damage from security breaches and other disruptive problems associated with Internet-related technological problems or malicious behavior of other users. Advances in computer capabilities, new discoveries in the field of cryptography or other developments could result in a compromise or breach of the processes and systems used to protect customer data. Notwithstanding such possible advances and developments, “hackers” and other disruptions could jeopardize the security of information stored in, and transmitted through, such computer systems and network infrastructure, which may result in significant liability to us and deter potential customers. With the rise in business conducted over the Internet, incidents of “identity theft” have become more frequent. Although management has implemented security technology and established operational procedures to prevent these and other threats to security, these security measures may not continue to be successful. A failure of such security measures, or the failure of our third-party service providers to design, implement and monitor their own security systems, could adverse affect our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

      Any disruption in our operations due to systems failure or security breach could deter potential customers or cause existing customers to leave, could cause losses for which we would be liable and could adversely affect our reputation. Any such system failure or security breach could adversely affect our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

Risks Relating to the Offering

 
There has been no prior market for our common stock, and our stock price may be volatile.

      Prior to the offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The offering price for our common stock in the offering will be determined by negotiations between us and the representatives of the underwriters participating in the offering. Among the factors to be considered in determining the offering price of our common stock, in addition to prevailing market conditions, are our historical performance, estimates regarding our business potential and earnings prospects, an assessment of our management and the consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses. The initial public offering price of our common stock may bear no relationship to the price at which our common stock will trade upon completion of the offering, and you may not be able to resell your shares at or above the initial public offering price.

 
You will experience substantial dilution in the value of your shares immediately following the offering.

      Investors purchasing shares of our common stock in the offering will pay more for their shares than the amount paid by existing stockholders who acquired shares prior to the offering. Accordingly, if you purchase common stock in the offering, you will incur immediate dilution in pro forma net tangible book value of

16


Table of Contents

approximately $3.98 per share. In the past, we issued options and warrants to acquire common stock at exercise prices significantly below the initial public offering price and Series A preferred stock that is currently convertible at a conversion price of $10.50 per share. If the holders of outstanding options and warrants exercise those securities or, depending on the per share initial public offering price, holders of Series A preferred stock convert their securities into common stock, you will incur further dilution. See “Dilution.”
 
A public trading market for our common stock may not develop or be maintained.

      We have applied to have our common stock listed for quotation on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol “BOFI.” However, we cannot assure you that an established and liquid trading market for our common stock will develop, that it will continue if it does develop or that after the completion of the offering the common stock will trade at or above the initial public offering price. The representatives of the underwriters have advised us that they intend to make a market in our common stock. However, neither the representatives of the underwriters nor any other market maker is obligated to make a market in our shares, and any market making in our common stock may be discontinued at any time in the sole discretion of the party making such market.

 
We have never paid cash dividends on our common stock, and we do not expect to pay cash dividends on our common stock following the offering.

      We have never paid cash dividends on our common stock and do not expect to pay cash dividends on our common stock following the offering. Rather, we intend to retain earnings and increase capital in furtherance of our overall business objectives. We will periodically review our dividend policy in view of our operating performance and may declare dividends in the future if such payments are deemed appropriate and in compliance with applicable law and regulations. Cash and stock dividends are subject to determination and declaration by our board of directors, which will take into account our consolidated earnings, financial condition, liquidity and capital requirements, applicable governmental regulations and policies and other factors deemed relevant by our board of directors. Our ability to pay dividends, should we elect to do so, depends largely upon the ability of our bank to declare and pay dividends to us, which are subject to, among other things, the regulations of the OTS and the FDIC. The principal source of our revenues is dividends paid to us by our bank.

 
After an initial period of restriction, there will be a significant number of shares of our common stock available for future sale, which may depress our stock price.

      The market price of our common stock could decline as a result of sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market after the offering, or even the perception that such sales could occur. We have agreed, and our directors, executive officers and certain holders of our outstanding common stock have also agreed, not to sell, offer, agree to sell, contract to sell, hypothecate, pledge, grant any option to purchase, make any short sale or otherwise dispose of or hedge, directly or indirectly, any of our common stock or securities that are substantially similar to our common stock, including but not limited to any securities that are convertible into or exchangeable for, or that represent the right to receive, our common stock or any substantially similar securities, or publicly announce an intention to do any of the foregoing for a period of 180 days in the case of directors, executive officers and certain holders of our common stock, and 90 days in the case of certain other holders of our common stock, after the date of this prospectus without the prior written consent of WR Hambrecht + Co, LLC.

      Notwithstanding the restrictions, and based on the number of shares of common stock outstanding at September 30, 2004 and on the assumptions set forth below the table in “Capitalization,” there will be 7,497,649 shares of common stock outstanding immediately following the offering, or 7,835,149 shares if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full. Of these shares, the following will be available for sale in the public market as follows, subject in some cases to volume and other limitations:

  •             shares will be eligible for sale upon completion of the offering, including all of the shares sold in the offering;

17


Table of Contents

  •             shares will be eligible for sale 180 days from the date of this prospectus upon the expiration of the lock-up agreements described above;
 
  •             shares will be eligible for sale 90 days from the date of this prospectus upon expiration of the lock-up agreements described above; and
 
  •             shares will be eligible for sale upon the exercise of vested options 90 days after the date of this prospectus.

Risks Relating to the Auction Process

 
Potential investors should not expect to sell our shares for a profit shortly after our common stock begins trading.

      We will determine the initial public offering price for the shares sold in the offering through an auction conducted by us and our underwriters. We believe the auction process will reveal a clearing price for the shares of our common stock offered in the offering. The clearing price is the highest price at which all of the shares offered (including the shares subject to the underwriters’ over-allotment option) may be sold to potential investors. Although we and our underwriters may elect to set the initial public offering price below the auction clearing price, the public offering price may be at or near the clearing price. If there is little to no demand for our shares at or above the initial public offering price once trading begins, the price of our shares would decline following the offering. If your objective is to make a short term profit by selling the shares you purchase in the offering shortly after trading begins, you should not submit a bid in the auction.

 
Some bids made at or above the initial public offering price may not receive an allocation of shares.

      Our underwriters may require that bidders confirm their bids before the auction for the offering closes. If a bidder is requested to confirm a bid and fails to do so within a required time frame, that bid will be rejected and will not receive an allocation of shares even if the bid is at or above the initial public offering price. In addition, we, in consultation with our underwriters, may determine, in our sole discretion, that some bids that are at or above the initial public offering price are manipulative and disruptive to the bidding process, in which case such bids will be rejected.

 
Potential investors may receive a full allocation of the shares they bid for if their bids are successful and should not bid for more shares than they are prepared to purchase.

      If the initial public offering price is at or near the clearing price for the shares offered in the offering, the number of shares represented by successful bids will equal or nearly equal the number of shares offered by this prospectus. Successful bidders may therefore be allocated all or nearly all of the shares that they bid for in the auction. Therefore, we caution investors against submitting a bid that does not accurately represent the number of shares of our common stock that they are willing and prepared to purchase.

18


Table of Contents

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

      A number of the presentations and disclosures in this prospectus, including any statements preceded by, followed by or which include the words “may,” “could,” “should,” “will,” “would,” “hope,” “might,” “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “intend,” “plan,” “assume” or similar expressions, constitute forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements, implicitly and explicitly, include the assumptions underlying the statements and other information with respect to our beliefs, plans, objectives, goals, expectations, anticipations, estimates, intentions, financial condition, results of operations, future performance and business, including our expectations and estimates with respect to our revenues, expenses, earnings, return on equity, return on assets, efficiency ratio, asset quality and other financial data and capital and performance ratios.

      Although we believe that the expectations reflected in our forward-looking statements are reasonable, these statements involve risks and uncertainties that are subject to change based on various important factors (some of which are beyond our control). The following factors, among others, could cause our financial performance to differ materially from our beliefs, plans, objectives, goals, expectations, anticipations, estimates, intentions and other forward-looking statements:

  •  inflation and interest rate, market and monetary fluctuations;
 
  •  higher defaults on our loan portfolio than we expect;
 
  •  the strength of the United States economy in general and the strength of the regional and local economies within California and other regions in which we have loan collateral and concentration of loans;
 
  •  the continued acceptance of Internet-based banking by consumers and businesses;
 
  •  the willingness of users to substitute competitors’ products and services for our products and services;
 
  •  our timely development of new products and services in a changing environment, including the features, pricing and quality of our products and services compared to the products and services of our competitors;
 
  •  technological changes;
 
  •  changes in consumer spending and savings habits;
 
  •  the effects of, and changes in, trade, monetary and fiscal policies and laws, including interest rate policies of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System;
 
  •  the effect of changes in financial services policies, laws and regulations, including laws, regulations and policies concerning taxes, banking, securities and insurance, and their application by regulatory bodies; and
 
  •  the other risks discussed under “Risk Factors.”

      If one or more of the factors affecting our forward-looking information and statements proves incorrect, then our actual results, performance or achievements could differ materially from those expressed in, or implied by, our forward-looking information and statements. We caution you not to place undue reliance on our forward-looking information and statements.

      We do not intend to update our forward-looking information and statements, whether written or oral, to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this prospectus. All forward-looking statements attributable to us are expressly qualified by our cautionary statements.

19


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

      As shown in the table below, our net proceeds from the sale of our shares of common stock in the offering are expected to be approximately $21.8 million (or approximately $25.3 million if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full), assuming an initial public offering price of $11.00 per share and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses.

                 
No Exercise of Full Exercise of
Over-Allotment Option Over-Allotment Option


Gross proceeds
  $ 24.8 million     $ 28.5 million  
Underwriting discounts and commissions
  $       $    
Estimated offering expenses
  $       $    
     
     
 
Net proceeds
  $ 21.8 million     $ 25.3 million  

      We intend to contribute approximately $16.0 million of the net proceeds of the offering to Bank of Internet USA to provide additional capital to support its growth, including the addition of loans secured by single family (one to four units) and multifamily (five or more units) residential properties and commercial real estate and U.S. government agency mortgage-backed and other securities, as well as to increase deposits and advances from the FHLB.

      We also intend to use a portion of the net proceeds of the offering to prepay in full a note payable. At December 31, 2004, the note payable had an outstanding principal balance of $5.0 million. The note payable bears interest at prime plus one percent per annum, which at December 31, 2004 was 6.25% per annum, and interest is payable quarterly. Principal on the note payable is due quarterly in 36 equal installments beginning on January 24, 2005 and ending on October 24, 2013. We contributed all $5.0 million of the proceeds received in connection with the note payable to Bank of Internet USA to provide additional capital to support its growth. As a result of repaying the note payable, our bank’s common stock that is collateral for the note payable will be released. We intend to use the remaining net proceeds for general corporate purposes. Pending these uses, we will invest the net proceeds initially in short term, investment grade securities and other qualified investments, such as federal funds sold.

DIVIDEND POLICY

      We have never paid cash dividends on our common stock, electing to retain earnings for funding our growth and business. We currently anticipate continuing our policy of retaining earnings to fund growth. Our ability to pay dividends, should we ever elect to do so, depends largely upon the ability of our bank to declare and pay dividends to us as the principal source of our revenues is dividends paid to us by our bank. Future dividends will depend primarily upon our earnings, financial condition and need for funds, as well as government policies and regulations applicable to us and our bank, which limit the amount that may be paid as dividends without prior approval. See “Regulation — Regulation of Bank of Internet USA — Capital Distribution Limitations.”

20


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

      The following table sets forth our capitalization at September 30, 2004. Our capitalization is presented:

  •  on an actual basis; and
 
  •  on an as adjusted basis to reflect our receipt of the net proceeds from the sale of 2,250,000 shares of common stock in the offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $11.00 per share, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us in the offering (and assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option), as if the sale of our common stock had been consummated on September 30, 2004.

      The following information should be read together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto.

                       
At September 30, 2004

Actual As Adjusted


(Dollars in thousands)
Borrowings:
               
 
Advances from the FHLB
  $ 121,475     $ 121,475  
 
Note payable(1)
    3,300        
     
     
 
   
Total borrowings(2)
  $ 124,775     $ 121,475  
     
     
 
Stockholders’ equity:
               
 
Convertible preferred stock, $10,000 stated value; 1,000,000 shares authorized; 1,200 shares designated Series A preferred stock, 675 shares issued and outstanding
  $ 6,637     $ 6,637  
 
Common stock, $.01 par value; 10,000,000 shares authorized; 4,519,649 shares issued and outstanding actual and 7,497,649 shares issued and outstanding as adjusted(3)
    45       75  
 
Additional paid-in capital
    22,418       50,189  
 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax
    (78 )     (78 )
 
Retained earnings
    3,274       3,274  
     
     
 
   
Total stockholders’ equity
  $ 32,296     $ 60,097  
     
     
 
     
Total capitalization
  $ 157,071     $ 181,572  
     
     
 
Capital ratios:
               
 
Equity to assets at end of period
    7.11 %     12.77 %
 
Tier 1 leverage (core) to adjusted tangible assets(4)
    7.60 %     10.74 %
 
Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio(4)
    12.03 %     17.43 %
 
Total risk-based capital ratio(4)
    12.40 %     17.79 %
 
Tangible capital to tangible assets(4)
    7.60 %     10.74 %


(1)  We intend to prepay in full without penalty the note payable with a portion of the net proceeds from the offering. At December 31, 2004, the note payable had an outstanding principal balance of $5.0 million.
 
(2)  In addition to the indebtedness reflected above, we had total deposits of $295.7 million at September 30, 2004.
 
(3)  Common stock actual, but not common stock as adjusted, excludes 728,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants with an exercise price of $4.19 per share, which warrants we expect to be exercised on a cash basis prior to the offering because they terminate if not exercised prior to that time. Common stock actual and common stock as adjusted exclude:

  •  722,517 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock options, with a weighted average exercise price of $6.11 per share;

21


Table of Contents

  •  59,950 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants with an exercise price of $14.00 per share;
 
  •  642,600 shares of common stock currently issuable upon conversion of our Series A preferred stock. Our Series A preferred stock is convertible at prices which increase periodically through January 2009, after which time our Series A preferred stock is no longer convertible into our common stock. The current conversion price of $10.50 per share is in effect through January 1, 2006;
 
  •  shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2004 stock incentive plan, which provides that aggregate equity awards under our 2004 stock incentive plan and options outstanding under our 1999 stock option plan may not exceed 14.8% of our outstanding common stock at any time. Based on the number of shares of common stock outstanding at September 30, 2004, and assuming 2,250,000 shares of common stock are sold in the offering and warrants to purchase 728,000 shares of common stock are exercised on a cash basis prior to the offering, the maximum number of shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options granted under our 2004 stock incentive plan would be 1,109,652; and
 
  •  up to 500,000 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2004 employee stock purchase plan.

(4)  Reflects regulatory capital ratios of Bank of Internet USA only. The as adjusted ratio assumes the deployment of the net proceeds of the offering in assets with a 20% risk weighting under applicable regulations.

22


Table of Contents

DILUTION

      If you invest in our common stock, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the public offering price per share of our common stock and the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common stock after the offering. Net tangible book value per share is equal to the amount of our common stockholders’ equity less intangible assets, divided by the number of shares outstanding. The net tangible book value of our common stock at September 30, 2004 was $25.7 million, or $5.68 per share, based on 4,519,649 shares of common stock outstanding at September 30, 2004.

      After (1) giving effect to the sale of the 2,250,000 shares of common stock in the offering, at an assumed initial public offering price of $11.00 per share, assuming that the underwriters’ over-allotment option is not exercised, and (2) deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma net tangible book value at September 30, 2004 would be approximately $47.5 million, or $7.02 per share. The offering will result in an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $1.34 per share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $3.98 per share to new investors, or approximately 36.2% of the assumed initial public offering price of $11.00 per share. Dilution is determined by subtracting pro forma net tangible book value per share after the offering from the assumed initial public offering price of $11.00 per share. The following table illustrates this per share dilution:

                   
Assumed initial public offering price per share
          $ 11.00  
 
Net tangible book value per share at September 30, 2004
  $ 5.68          
 
Increase in net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors
    1.34          
     
         
Pro forma net tangible book value per share at September 30, 2004
            7.02  
             
 
Dilution per share to new investors
          $ 3.98  
             
 

      We expect warrants for 728,000 shares of common stock with an exercise price of $4.19 per share to be exercised on a cash basis prior to the offering because they terminate if not exercised prior to that time. If these warrants are exercised, then the dilution per share to new investors would be $4.26.

      The following table summarizes the tangible book value of the outstanding shares and the total consideration paid to us and the average price paid per share by existing stockholders and new investors purchasing common stock in the offering. This information is presented on a pro forma basis at September 30, 2004, after giving effect to the sale of the 2,250,000 shares of common stock in the offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $11.00 per share.

                                           
Shares Purchased Total Consideration Average


Price
Number Percent Amount Percent Per Share





(Dollars in thousands)
Existing stockholders
    5,247,649 (1)     70 %   $ 22,356       47 %   $ 4.95  
New investors
    2,250,000       30 %     24,750 (2)     53 %     11.00  
     
     
     
     
         
 
Total
    7,497,649       100 %   $ 47,106       100 %        
     
     
     
     
         


(1)  Assumes the exercise on a cash basis of warrants to purchase 728,000 shares of common stock with an exercise price of $4.19 per share, which warrants we expect to be exercised prior to the offering because they terminate if not exercised prior to that time. We have assumed no exercise of outstanding stock options and other warrants or conversion of our Series A preferred stock. In addition to the warrants for 728,000 shares of common stock, at September 30, 2004, there were outstanding:

  •  722,517 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock options with a weighted average exercise price of $6.11 per share;

23


Table of Contents

  •  59,950 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants with an exercise price of $14.00 per share; and
 
  •  642,600 shares of common stock currently issuable upon conversion of our Series A preferred stock (based on the current conversion price of $10.50 per share).

(2)  Before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions of approximately $           million and estimated offering expenses of approximately $           million payable by us.

      To the extent that any outstanding options or warrants are exercised or, depending on the per share initial public offering price, Series A preferred stock is converted into common stock, there will be further dilution to new investors. In addition, we may choose to raise additional capital even if we believe we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans. To the extent that additional capital is raised through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, the issuance of such securities could result in further dilution to our stockholders.

24


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

      You should read the selected consolidated financial information set forth below together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our consolidated income statement information for the three months ended September 30, 2004 and 2003 and the consolidated balance sheet information as of September 30, 2004 are derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements, which are included in this prospectus and, in the opinion of management, include all adjustments necessary for fair presentation of the results of such periods. The consolidated balance sheet information as of September 30, 2003 is derived from our unaudited consolidated financial information. The consolidated income statement information for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2004, 2003 and 2002 and the consolidated balance sheet information at June 30, 2004 and 2003 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The consolidated income statement information for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2001 and the period from July 6, 1999 (inception) to June 30, 2000 and the consolidated balance sheet information at June 30, 2002, 2001 and 2000 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements that are not included in this prospectus. Historical results are not necessarily indicative of future results.

                                                         
At or for
At or for the Period
the Three Months July 6, 1999
Ended September 30, At or for the Fiscal Years Ended June 30, (inception) to


June 30,
2004 2003 2004 2003 2002 2001 2000







(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
Selected Balance Sheet Data:
                                                       
Total assets
  $ 453,939     $ 284,617     $ 405,039     $ 273,464     $ 217,614     $ 156,628     $ 13,295  
Loans held for investment, net of allowance for loan losses
    355,105       246,760       355,261       245,933       167,251       139,679        
Loans held for sale, at cost
    216       969       435       3,602       128       22        
Allowance for loan losses
    1,060       805       1,045       790       505       310        
Investment securities
    55,702       377       3,665       441       726       1,522        
Total deposits
    295,677       202,190       269,841       193,992       167,618       127,204        
Advances from the FHLB
    121,475       58,360       101,446       55,900       29,900       15,900        
Note payable
    3,300             1,300                   870        
Total stockholders’ equity
    32,296       23,349       31,759       22,885       19,501       11,903       12,936  
Selected Income Statement Data:
                                                       
Interest and dividend income
  $ 4,826     $ 3,581     $ 15,772     $ 13,514     $ 11,641     $ 4,697     $ 24  
Interest expense
    2,738       2,176       9,242       8,426       8,144       3,535        
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Net interest income
    2,088       1,405       6,530       5,088       3,497       1,162       24  
Provision for loan losses
    15       15       255       285       195       310        
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Net interest income after provision for loan losses
    2,073       1,390       6,275       4,803       3,302       852       24  
Noninterest income
    169       288       1,190       1,349       297       52        
Noninterest expense
    1,139       1,077       3,819       3,158       3,008       1,985       1,012  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit)
    1,103       601       3,646       2,994       591       (1,081 )     (988 )
Income tax expense (benefit)
    442       247       1,471       1,264       (429 )     1        
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Net income (loss)
  $ 661     $ 354     $ 2,175     $ 1,730     $ 1,020     $ (1,082 )   $ (988 )
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Net income (loss) attributable to common stock
  $ 560     $ 354     $ 2,035     $ 1,730     $ 1,020     $ (1,082 )   $ (988 )

25


Table of Contents

                                                           
At or for
At or for the Period
the Three Months July 6, 1999
Ended September 30, At or for the Fiscal Years Ended June 30, (inception) to


June 30,
2004 2003 2004 2003 2002 2001 2000







(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
Per Share Data:
                                                       
Net income (loss):
                                                       
 
Basic
  $ 0.12     $ 0.08     $ 0.45     $ 0.39     $ 0.25     $ (0.29 )   $ (0.33 )
 
Diluted
  $ 0.11     $ 0.07     $ 0.39     $ 0.34     $ 0.21     $ (0.29 )   $ (0.33 )
Book value per common share
  $ 5.68     $ 5.22     $ 5.57     $ 5.11     $ 4.50     $ 3.21     $ 3.50  
Tangible book value per common share
  $ 5.68     $ 5.22     $ 5.57     $ 5.11     $ 4.50     $ 3.21     $ 3.50  
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding:
                                                       
 
Basic
    4,508,664       4,490,136       4,502,284       4,468,296       4,128,051       3,706,050       2,950,999  
 
Diluted
    5,164,963       5,150,298       5,160,482       5,134,940       4,795,401       3,706,050       2,950,999  
Common shares outstanding at end of period
    4,519,649       4,474,351       4,506,524       4,474,351       4,334,401       3,707,156       3,694,031  
Performance Ratios and Other Data:
                                                       
Loan originations for investment
  $ 11,329     $ 18,059     $ 64,478     $ 58,609     $ 34,659     $ 16,003       NM  
Loan originations for sale
    2,514       35,010       76,550       124,739       6,994       3,317       NM  
Loan purchases
    5,336       11,888       129,193       81,778       132,298       139,565       NM  
Return (loss) on average assets
    0.64%       0.50%       0.67%       0.71%       0.53%       (1.56)%       NM  
Return (loss) on average common stockholders’ equity
    8.77%       6.09%       8.42%       7.87%       6.32%       (8.68)%       NM  
Interest rate spread(1)
    1.87%       1.73%       1.81%       1.76%       1.45%       0.67%       NM  
Net interest margin(2)
    2.06%       2.02%       2.04%       2.11%       1.83%       1.73%       NM  
Efficiency ratio(3)
    50.47%       63.61%       49.47%       49.06%       79.28%       163.51%       NM  
Capital Ratios:
                                                       
Equity to assets at end of period
    7.11%       8.20%       7.84%       8.37%       8.96%       7.60%       NM  
Tier 1 leverage (core) capital to adjusted tangible assets(4)
    7.60%       8.00%       7.84%       8.09%       8.65%       8.16%       NM  
Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio(4)
    12.03%       11.56%       11.11%       11.40%       13.76%       15.00%       NM  
Total risk-based capital ratio(4)
    12.40%       11.97%       11.48%       11.81%       14.13%       15.37%       NM  
Tangible capital to tangible assets(4)
    7.60%       8.00%       7.84%       8.09%       8.65%       8.16%       NM  
Asset Quality Ratios:
                                                       
Net charge-offs to average loans outstanding
                                         
Nonperforming loans to total loans
                                         
Allowance for loan losses to total loans held for investment at end of period
    0.30%       0.33%       0.29%       0.32%       0.30%       0.22%       NM  
Allowance for loan losses to nonperforming loans
                                         


(1)  Interest rate spread represents the difference between the weighted average yield on interest-earning assets and the weighted average rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities.
 
(2)  Net interest margin represents net interest income as a percentage of average interest-earning assets.
 
(3)  Efficiency ratio represents noninterest expense as a percentage of the aggregate of net interest income and noninterest income.
 
(4)  Reflects regulatory capital ratios of Bank of Internet USA only.

“NM” means not meaningful.

26


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

      The following discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements that are based upon current expectations. Forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results and the timing of events could differ materially from those anticipated in our forward-looking statements due to various important factors, including those set forth under “Risk Factors‘ and elsewhere in this prospectus. The following discussion and analysis should be read together with the “Selected Consolidated Financial Information” and our consolidated financial statements, including the related notes, included elsewhere in this prospectus.

General

      Our company, BofI Holding, Inc., is the holding company for Bank of Internet USA, a consumer-focused, nationwide savings bank operating primarily over the Internet. We generate retail deposits in all 50 states and originate loans for our customers directly through our websites, including www.BankofInternet.com, www.BofI.com and www.ApartmentBank.com. We are a unitary savings and loan holding company and, along with Bank of Internet USA, are subject to primary federal regulation by the OTS.

      Our deposit customers are acquired and serviced exclusively over the Internet. Using online applications on our websites, our customers apply for deposit products, including time deposits, interest-bearing demand accounts (including interest-bearing checking accounts) and savings accounts (including money market savings accounts). We specialize in originating and purchasing small- to medium-size multifamily mortgage loans. We manage our cash and cash equivalents based upon our need for liquidity, and we seek to minimize the assets we hold as cash and cash equivalents by investing our excess liquidity in higher yielding assets such as loans or securities.

      Our ability to increase our assets is limited primarily by the capital we are required to maintain by regulation. Our bank must maintain certain minimum ratios of capital to assets. Thus, to enable us to increase the rate at which our bank grows its assets, we have raised additional capital in three separate private placements totaling $14.5 million between September 2001 and June 2004. Following each of these private placements, we increased our total assets. Other than the constraints of these capital requirements, we believe that our business model is highly scalable, allowing us to expand into new regions and products and rapidly increase deposits and, to a lesser extent, loans, without significant delays and with a significantly slower growth rate of noninterest expenses and fixed assets.

      At June 30, 2001, the end of our first fiscal year of operations, our total deposits were $127.2 million and total assets were $156.6 million. We have since grown our deposits and assets to $295.7 million and $453.9 million, respectively, at September 30, 2004. During the last three fiscal years, we have operated with net interest margins (the difference between the rate on average interest-earning assets and the rate on average interest-bearing liabilities) ranging from 1.83% to 2.11%. During the same three-year period, our efficiency ratio (noninterest expense divided by the sum of net interest income and noninterest income) improved from 79.3% to 49.5%.

      During our first two years of operation, we focused primarily on building our online franchise and deposit growth. We became profitable during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2002, as we grew sufficiently to generate enough net interest income to exceed our operating expenses. In our deposit gathering business, we initially sought time deposits because of their large average size and their relatively simple application and processing. This initial focus gave us time to develop our CRM software and manage workflow, as well as develop our online advertising strategy. The proceeds from our deposits were invested primarily in single family mortgage loans, which we purchased in pools with servicing retained by the sellers. The initial pool purchases and third-party servicing provided us the time to hire and train loan origination and servicing staff. In the last half of the fiscal year ended June 30, 2002, we began to shift our focus from purchasing single family mortgage loans to originating and purchasing multifamily mortgage loans. At June 30, 2002, we had 20 full time employees and $217.6 million in assets. For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2002, our net interest income, the primary

27


Table of Contents

component of our net income, was $3.5 million, which resulted in a net interest margin of 1.83% on average interest earning assets.

      During the fiscal years ended June 30, 2003 and 2004, we developed and strengthened our online loan origination capabilities. We launched our single family loan origination website in March 2002. We originated single family mortgage loans for sale of $7.0 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2002, $124.7 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2003 and $76.6 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2004. We launched our multifamily loan origination website in December 2002. We originated multifamily mortgage loans of $30.0 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2002, $49.9 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2003 and $57.3 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2004.

      At June 30, 2004, we had $405.0 million in assets, or $16.9 million in assets per full time employee. For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2004, our net interest income was $6.5 million which resulted in a net interest margin of 2.0% on average interest-earning assets. Our asset growth, the shift in our loan portfolio toward multifamily loans and the relative increase in demand and savings accounts, combined with the relatively slower growth in our operating expense as result of our Internet platform, are principally responsible for our increase in earnings from $1.0 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2002 to $1.7 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2003 and $2.2 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2004.

      At September 30, 2004, we had $453.9 million in assets, or $18.9 million in assets per full time employee. For the three months ended September 30, 2004, our net income was $661,000 and increased 86.7% compared to the same period ended September 30, 2003. The earnings increase was a result of asset growth after incurring a contract termination expense incurred in the period ended September 30, 2003.

      Our future performance will depend on many factors, including changes in interest rates, competition for deposits and quality loans, regulatory burden and our ability to improve operating efficiencies. We believe we are well positioned for asset growth and processing efficiencies that will increase profitability.

Critical Accounting Policies

      The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based upon our consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires us to make a number of estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our estimates and assumptions based upon historical experience and various factors and circumstances. We believe that our estimates and assumptions are reasonable in the circumstances. However, actual results may differ significantly from these estimates and assumptions that could have a material effect on the carrying value of assets and liabilities at the balance sheet dates and our results of operations for the reporting periods.

      Our significant accounting policies and practices are described in Note 1 to our June 30, 2004 audited consolidated financial statements, which are included in this prospectus. Following is a summary of the accounting policies and practices that require management’s judgment and estimates:

      Investment Securities. Investment securities generally must be classified as held-to-maturity, available-for-sale or trading. The appropriate classification is based partially on our ability to hold the securities to maturity and largely on management’s intentions with respect to either holding or selling the securities. The classification of investment securities is significant since it directly impacts the accounting for unrealized gains and losses on securities. Unrealized gains and losses on trading securities flow directly through earnings during the periods in which they arise, whereas for available-for-sale securities, they are recorded as a separate component of stockholders’ equity (accumulated comprehensive other income or loss) and do not affect earnings until realized. The fair values of our investment securities are generally determined by reference to quoted market prices and reliable independent sources. We are obligated to assess, at each reporting date, whether there is an “other-than-temporary” impairment to our investment securities. Any impairment must

28


Table of Contents

be recognized in current earnings rather than in other comprehensive income. We have not had any impaired investment securities.

      Allowance for Loan Losses. We maintain an allowance for loan losses at an amount that we believe is sufficient to provide adequate protection against probable losses in our loan portfolio. Quarterly, we evaluate the adequacy of the allowance based upon reviews of individual loans, recent loss experience, current economic conditions, risk characteristics of the various categories of loans and other pertinent factors. The evaluation is inherently subjective, as it requires estimates that are susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available. The allowance is increased by the provision for loan losses, which is charged against current period operating results. The allowance is decreased by the amount of charge-offs of loans deemed uncollectible and increased by recoveries of loans previously charged-off.

      Under our allowance for loan loss policy, impairment calculations are determined based on general portfolio data for general reserves and loan level data for specific reserves. Specific loans are evaluated for impairment and are classified as nonperforming or in foreclosure when they are 90 days or more delinquent. A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the bank will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Factors that we consider in determining impairment include payment status, collateral value and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. Loans that experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired. Impairment is measured on a loan by loan basis by either the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate or the fair value of the collateral if repayment of the loan is expected primarily from the sale of collateral.

      General loan loss reserves are calculated by grouping each loan by collateral type and by grouping the loan-to-value ratios of each loan within the collateral type. An estimated allowance rate for each loan-to-value group within each type of loan is multiplied by the total principal amount in the group to calculate the required general reserve attributable to that group. We use an allowance rate that provides a larger loss allowance for loans with greater loan-to-value ratios. Specific reserves are calculated when an internal asset review of a loan identifies a significant adverse change in the financial position of the borrower or the value of the collateral. The specific reserve is based on discounted cash flows, observable market prices or the estimated value of underlying collateral.

      For every quarter from inception to June 30, 2004, we had no loan defaults, no foreclosures, no nonperforming loans and no specific loan loss allowances. During the quarter ended September 30, 2004, one loan in the amount of $152,000 became nonperforming. We received payment in full from the borrower in September 2004. At September 30, 2004, we had no loan defaults, no foreclosures, no nonperforming loans and no specific loan loss allowances. Our history is limited, and we expect to have over time additional loans default or become nonperforming. We have provided general loan loss allowances as an estimate of the impairment inherent in our portfolio. See “Risk Factors” for more information regarding the risks associated with our loan portfolio.

Comparison of Financial Condition at September 30, 2004 and June 30, 2004

      Total assets increased by $48.9 million to $453.9 million at September 30, 2004 from $405.0 million at June 30, 2004. The increase in total assets resulted primarily from the purchase of mortgage-backed securities during the three months ended September 30, 2004, resulting in an increase in investment securities available for sale of $47.5 million. Total liabilities increased by $48.3 million to $421.6 million at September 30, 2004 from $373.3 million at June 30, 2004. The increase in total liabilities resulted from growth in deposits of $25.8 million, growth in advances from the FHLB of $20.0 million and growth in notes payable of $2.0 million.

      Stockholders’ equity increased by $0.5 million during the three months ended September 30, 2004. The increase was the result of $661,000 in net income which increased retained earnings and $101,000 in cash dividends paid to holders of our Series A preferred stock.

29


Table of Contents

      Our deposit growth of $25.8 million between June 30, 2004 and September 30, 2004 was primarily the result of a $24.1 million net increase in time deposits due to increased offering rates and increased advertising. Our originations of loans held for investment, primarily multifamily loans, was $11.3 million for the three months ended September 30, 2004. Deposit funding in excess of our loan originations and advances from the FHLB were invested in hybrid mortgage-backed securities to build our investment portfolio, increase its yield and add liquidity. In addition to our loan originations, we intend to continue purchasing multifamily and single family loans and mortgage-backed securities from time to time.

Comparison of Financial Condition at June 30, 2004 and 2003

      Total assets increased by $131.5 million, or 48.1%, to $405.0 million at June 30, 2004 from $273.5 million at June 30, 2003. The increase in total assets resulted primarily from a $109.3 million increase in net loans due to loan purchases and originations totaling $193.7 million, which were offset by loan principal repayments of $83.6 million. The $109.3 million increase in net loans was primarily the result of the expansion of our multifamily loan origination and purchase capabilities, including the development and launch of our multifamily loan origination websites. Investment securities increased by $3.2 million to $3.7 million due to the purchase of a government agency debt security. Total liabilities increased by $122.7 million, or 49.0%, to $373.3 million at June 30, 2004 from $250.6 million at June 30, 2003. The increase in total liabilities resulted primarily from growth in deposits of $75.8 million and increases in advances from the FHLB of $45.5 million. We designed and marketed new savings account programs, which increased our savings accounts by $75.3 million between June 30, 2003 and 2004. We used advances from the FHLB to extend the average maturities of our liabilities to match better the expected timing of changes in the interest rates on our loans.

      Stockholders’ equity increased by $8.9 million, or 38.9%, during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2004. The increase is primarily due to $6.6 million in net cash received from our issuance of Series A preferred stock and an increase of $2.2 million in retained earnings from net income, less a total of $140,000 in cash dividends paid to holders of our Series A preferred stock.

      During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2004, we originated and purchased $57.3 million and $120.3 million, respectively, in multifamily loans, increasing our multifamily loan portfolio by 67.7% from $191.4 million to $321.0 million. We expect to continue to emphasize multifamily lending through the addition of direct loan originators and through increased online contact from our customers and potential customers searching for loans. Our originations of single family loans held for sale declined from $124.7 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2003 to $76.6 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2004. This decline was primarily due to rising interest rates and the resulting decline in refinance activity.

Comparison of Financial Condition at June 30, 2003 and 2002

      Total assets increased by $55.9 million, or 25.7%, to $273.5 million at June 30, 2003 from $217.6 million at June 30, 2002. The increase in total assets resulted primarily from loan purchases and originations of $140.4 million, 70% of which were multifamily mortgage loans. The increase was offset by principal repayments during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2003, which totaled $60.9 million, consisting primarily of single family mortgage prepayments by borrowers who refinanced during a period of low interest rates. Loans held for sale increased $3.5 million to $3.6 million at June 30, 2003 from $128,000 at June 30, 2002, due to increased originations of single family mortgage loans which were held for sale.

      Total liabilities increased by $52.5 million, or 26.5%, to $250.6 million at June 30, 2003 from $198.1 million at June 30, 2002. The increase in total liabilities resulted from growth in deposits of $26.4 million and $26.0 million in advances from the FHLB.

      Stockholders’ equity increased by $3.4 million, or 17.4%, during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2003. The increase is primarily due to $1.7 million in new common stock issued in a private placement, which closed on July 31, 2002, and $1.7 million in net income which increased retained earnings.

      During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2003, we originated $124.7 million in single family loans held for sale. The development and launch of our single family loan origination website and low mortgage interest rates favoring refinancing caused our originations to rise from the $7.0 million originated in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2002.

30


Table of Contents

Average Balances, Net Interest Income, Yields Earned and Rates Paid

      The following tables sets forth, for the periods indicated, information regarding (i) average balances; (ii) the total amount of interest income from interest-earning assets and the weighted average yields on such assets; (iii) the total amount of interest expense on interest-bearing liabilities and the weighted average rates paid on such liabilities; (iv) net interest income; (v) interest rate spread; and (vi) net interest margin.

                                                 
For the Three Months Ended September 30,

2004 2003


Interest Rates Interest Rates
Average Income/ Earned/ Average Income/ Earned/
Balance(1) Expense(2) Paid Balance(1) Expense(2) Paid






(Dollars in thousands)
Assets:
Loans(3)(4)
  $ 355,965     $ 4,472       5.03 %   $ 243,484     $ 3,431       5.64 %
Federal funds sold
    13,259       43       1.30 %     19,974       46       0.92 %
Interest-earning deposits in other financial institutions
    10,206       95       3.72 %     11,684       72       2.46 %
Investment securities(4)(5)
    21,507       160       2.98 %     423       3       2.84 %
Stock of the FHLB, at cost
    4,890       56       4.58 %     2,956       29       3.92 %
     
     
             
     
         
Total interest-earning assets
    405,827       4,826       4.76 %     278,521       3,581       5.14 %
Noninterest-earning assets
    8,821                       4,001                  
     
                     
                 
Total assets
  $ 414,648                     $ 282,522                  
     
                     
                 
 
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity:
Interest-bearing demand and savings
  $ 121,527     $ 559       1.84 %   $ 62,150     $ 264       1.70 %
Time deposits
    155,662       1,291       3.32 %     134,824       1,312       3.89 %
Advances from the FHLB
    99,961       868       3.47 %     58,446       600       4.11 %
Other borrowings
    1,343       20       5.96 %                  
     
     
             
     
         
Total interest-bearing liabilities
    378,493       2,738       2.89 %     255,420       2,176       3.41 %
             
                     
         
Noninterest-bearing demand deposits
    2,883                       3,065                  
Other noninterest-bearing liabilities
    1,083                       785                  
Stockholders’ equity
    32,189                       23,252                  
     
                     
                 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 414,648                     $ 282,522                  
     
                     
                 
Net interest income
          $ 2,088                     $ 1,405          
             
                     
         
Interest rate spread(6)
                    1.87 %                     1.73 %
Net interest margin(7)
                    2.06 %                     2.02 %

31


Table of Contents

                                                                         
For the Fiscal Years Ended June 30,

2004 2003 2002



Average Average Average
Yields Yields Yields
Interest Earned/ Interest Earned/ Interest Earned/
Average Income/ Rates Average Income/ Rates Average Income/ Rates
Balance(1) Expense Paid Balance Expense Paid Balance(1) Expense Paid









(Dollars in thousands)
Assets:
Loans(3)(4)
  $ 284,617     $ 15,177       5.33 %   $ 202,955     $ 12,723       6.27 %   $ 158,105     $ 10,765       6.81 %
Federal funds sold
    20,944       192       0.92 %     16,446       235       1.43 %     21,953       459       2.09 %
Interest-earning deposits in other financial institutions
    10,919       261       2.39 %     19,327       445       2.30 %     8,793       305       3.47 %
Investment securities held to maturity, at cost(4)(5)
    336       7       2.08 %     586       17       2.92 %     1,082       46       4.25 %
Stock of the FHLB, at cost
    3,467       135       3.89 %     1,866       94       5.05 %     1,182       66       5.58 %
     
     
             
     
             
     
         
Total interest-earning assets
    320,283       15,772       4.92 %     241,180       13,514       5.60 %     191,115       11,641       6.09 %
Noninterest-earning assets
    5,790                       3,040                       1,927                  
     
                     
                     
                 
Total assets
  $ 326,073                     $ 244,220                     $ 193,042                  
     
                     
                     
                 
 
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity:
Interest-bearing demand and savings
  $ 93,797     $ 1,668       1.78 %   $ 41,373     $ 854       2.07 %   $ 28,391     $ 759       2.67 %
Time deposits
    132,166       4,866       3.68 %     142,903       5,854       4.10 %     123,812       6,196       5.00 %
Advances from the FHLB
    69,932       2,648       3.79 %     35,343       1,718       4.86 %     22,764       1,143       5.02 %
Other borrowings
    1,119       60       5.36 %                       487       46       9.45 %
     
     
             
     
             
     
         
Total interest-bearing liabilities
    297,014       9,242       3.11 %     219,619       8,426       3.84 %     175,454       8,144       4.64 %
             
                     
                     
         
Noninterest-bearing demand deposits
    2,003                       1,756                       825                  
Other noninterest-bearing liabilities
    796                       850                       620                  
Stockholders’ equity
    26,260                       21,995                       16,143                  
     
                     
                     
                 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 326,073                     $ 244,220                     $ 193,042                  
     
                     
                     
                 
Net interest income
          $ 6,530                     $ 5,088                     $ 3,497          
             
                     
                     
         
Interest rate spread(6)
                    1.81 %                     1.76 %                     1.45 %
Net interest margin(7)
                    2.04 %                     2.11 %                     1.83 %


(1)  Average balances are obtained from daily data.
 
(2)  Annualized.
 
(3)  Loans include loans held for sale, allowance for loan losses, loan premiums and unearned fees.
 
(4)  Interest income includes reductions for amortization of loan and investment securities premiums and earnings from accretion of discounts and loan fees. Loan fee income is not significant.
 
(5)  All investments are taxable.
 
(6)  Interest rate spread represents the difference between the weighted average yield on interest-earning assets and the weighted average rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities.
 
(7)  Net interest margin represents net interest income as a percentage of average interest-earning assets.

32


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

      Our results of operations depend on our net interest income, which is the difference between interest income on interest-earning assets and interest expense on interest-bearing liabilities. Our net interest income has grown primarily as a result of the growth in our assets and, to a lesser extent, from the shift in our loan portfolio and the relative increases in demand and savings accounts, as compared to time deposits. We also earn noninterest income from gains on sales of single family mortgage loans and prepayment fee income from multifamily borrowers who repay their loans before maturity. During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2003, lower interest rates resulted in higher mortgage refinancing activity. Interest rates increased during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2004 and, as a result, mortgage loan refinancing activity declined. In the near term, we believe that prepayment penalty fee income and gain on sale income will be reduced as a result of rising interest rates. The largest component of noninterest expense is salary and benefits, which is a function of the number of personnel, which increased from 20 full time employees at June 30, 2001 to 24 full time employees at June 30, 2004. We are subject to federal and state income taxes, and our effective tax rate has changed from a benefit of 72.6% for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2002 to an expense of 42.2% and 40.4% for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2003 and 2004, respectively. We recognized the benefit of prior tax operating losses for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2002 and 2003. No such benefit was recognized for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2004. Other factors that affect our results of operations include expenses relating to occupancy, data processing and other miscellaneous expenses.

      Net income for the three months ended September 30, 2004 totaled $661,000 compared to $354,000 for the three months ended September 30, 2003. The $307,000 increase resulted from a $683,000 increase in net interest income, reduced by a decrease in noninterest income of $119,000. Net income totaled $2.2 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2004, compared to $1.7 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2003. The $445,000 increase resulted from a $1.4 million increase in net interest income, reduced by a $661,000 increase in noninterest expense, a $207,000 increase in income tax expense and a $159,000 decrease in noninterest income. The increase in noninterest expense for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2004 was due to increased salaries and benefits and the termination of a services contract. Net income increased $710,000 to $1.7 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2003 compared to $1.0 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2002. The increase in net income resulted from a $1.6 million increase in net interest income and a $1.1 million increase in noninterest income, a $90,000 increase in loan loss provisions, a $150,000 increase in noninterest expense and a $1.7 million increase in income tax expense.

 
Comparison of the Three Months Ended September 30, 2004 and 2003

      Net Interest Income. Net interest income is determined by our interest rate spread ( i.e. , the difference between the yields earned on our interest-earning assets and the rates paid on our interest-bearing liabilities) and the relative amounts (volume) of our interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. Net interest income totaled $2.1 million for the three months ended September 30, 2004 compared to $1.4 million for the three months ended September 30, 2003. The following table sets forth the effects of changing rates and volumes on our net interest income. Information is provided with respect to (i) effects on interest income and interest expense attributable to changes in volume (changes in volume multiplied by prior rate); (ii) effects on interest income and interest expense attributable to changes in rate (changes in rate multiplied by prior

33


Table of Contents

volume); and (iii) changes in rate/volume (change in rate multiplied by change in volume) for the three months ended September 30, 2004 compared to the three months ended September 30, 2003.
                                 
Three Months Ended September 30, 2004 vs.
Three Months Ended September 30, 2003

Increase (Decrease) Due to

Total
Increase
Volume Rate Rate/Volume (Decrease)




(Dollars in thousands)
Increase/(decrease) in interest income:
                               
Loans
  $ 1,585     $ (371 )   $ (173 )   $ 1,041  
Federal funds sold
    (15 )     19       (7 )     (3 )
Interest-earning deposits in other financial institutions
    (9 )     37       (5 )     23  
Investment securities
    150             7       157  
Stock of the FHLB, at cost
    19       5       3       27  
     
     
     
     
 
    $ 1,730     $ (310 )   $ (175 )   $ 1,245  
     
     
     
     
 
Increase/(decrease) in interest expense:
                               
Interest-bearing demand and savings
  $ 252     $ 22     $ 21     $ 295  
Time deposits
    203       (195 )     (29 )     (21 )
Advances from the FHLB
    426       (92 )     (66 )     268  
Other borrowings
                20       20  
     
     
     
     
 
    $ 881     $ (265 )   $ (54 )   $ 562  
     
     
     
     
 

      Interest Income. Interest income for the three months ended September 30, 2004 totaled $4.8 million, an increase of $1.2 million, or 33.3%, compared to $3.6 million in interest income for the three months ended September 30, 2003. Average interest-earning assets for the three months ended September 30, 2004 increased by $127.3 million compared to the three months ended September 30, 2003 due primarily to an $112.5 million increase in the average balance of the loan portfolio as a result of our emphasis on building our multifamily loan portfolio. Also, our average balance of investment securities increased to $21.5 million during the three months ended September 30, 2004 compared to the $423,000 average balance for the same period in 2003 as a result of the purchase of $53.0 million of mortgaged-backed securities. Average interest earning balances associated with our stock of the FHLB increased by $1.9 million for the three months ended September 30, 2004 compared to the three months ended September 30, 2003 because our required minimum investment increased, in line with increased advances from the FHLB. The average yield earned on our interest-earning assets declined to 4.8% for the three months ended September 30, 2004 from 5.1% for the same period in 2003 due primarily to the lower yield on our loan portfolio as market interest rates declined. The widespread increase in prepayments or refinancing of mortgage loans during 2003 and 2004 reduced the higher-yielding older loans which were replaced with lower yielding new loans, causing the average yield on the loan portfolio to decline to 5.0% for the three months ended September 30, 2004 from 5.6% for the same period in 2003. Thus, the loan portfolio volume increase in the three months ended September 30, 2004 would have increased interest income $1.6 million, but the average rate decline and the higher volume of loans originated at the lower average rates reduced the interest income by $0.6 million, resulting in a net increase in interest income of $1.0 million.

      Interest Expense. Interest expense totaled $2.7 million for the three months ended September 30, 2004, an increase of $562,000, compared to $2.2 million in interest expense during the three months ended September 30, 2003. Average interest-bearing balances for the three months ended September 30, 2004 increased $123.1 million compared to the same period in 2003, due to higher deposit totals from increased customer accounts and additional borrowings from the FHLB. The average interest-bearing balances of advances from the FHLB increased $41.5 million as new 2-, 3-, 4-, 5- and 7-year fixed-rate advances were added. In addition, $15.9 million of advances scheduled to mature during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2004

34


Table of Contents

were modified and extended for periods of three to six years. Our increased borrowing of long-term fixed rate amounts during fiscal 2003 and 2004 was part of our strategy to manage our interest rate risk. The average rate paid on our interest-bearing liabilities declined to 2.9% for the three months ended September 30, 2004 from 3.4% for same period in 2003, due principally to the maturity of higher-rate term deposits and the adding of new advances from the FHLB at market rates that were significantly lower in 2003 and 2004. Our weighted average rates paid on interest-bearing demand and savings accounts, time deposits and advances from the FHLB and other borrowings for the three months ended September 30, 2004 was 52 basis points lower than for the three months ended September 30, 2003. Thus, the decline in average rates paid on interest-bearing liabilities would have reduced interest expense in the three months ended September 30, 2004 by $319,000, but the growth of average balances in demand and savings accounts and advances from the FHLB caused an increase in interest expense of $881,000, resulting in a net increase in interest expense of $562,000.

      Provision for Loan Losses. Provision for loan losses was $15,000 for each of the three months ended September 30, 2004 and 2003. The provisions were made to maintain our allowance for loan losses at levels which management believed to be adequate. The assessment of the adequacy of our allowance for loan losses is based upon a number of quantitative and qualitative factors, including levels and trends of past due and nonaccrual loans, change in volume and mix of loans and collateral values. We did not have any nonperforming loans at September 30, 2004 or 2003. We believe that our history is limited and it is unlikely that every loan in our investment portfolio will continue to perform without exception so we provide general allowances based upon the overall volume of loans, the loan types and the estimated collateral values. Because there were very small changes in the size and the mix of the loans held for investment portfolio between the three months ended September 30, 2004 and 2003, the loan loss provisions during those periods were relatively small.

      Noninterest Income. The following table sets forth information regarding our noninterest income for the periods shown.

                   
For the Three Months
Ended
September 30,

2004 2003


(Dollars in thousands)
 
Prepayment penalty fee income
  $ 86     $ 97  
 
Gain on sale of loans originated for sale
    11       164  
 
Banking service fees and other income
    72       27  
     
     
 
Total noninterest income
  $ 169     $ 288  
     
     
 

      Noninterest income totaled $169,000 for the three months ended September 30, 2004 compared to $288,000 for the same period in 2003. The decrease in 2004 is due to lower gains on sale of loans, partially reduced by higher bank service fees collected and gains in cash surrender value in key man life insurance. Our gain on sale income decreased $153,000 as result of the general decline in mortgage loan refinance volumes in the three months ended September 30, 2004 compared to refinance volumes in the same period in 2003.

35


Table of Contents

      Noninterest Expense. The following table sets forth information regarding our noninterest expense for the periods shown.

                   
For the Three Months
Ended
September 30,

2004 2003


(Dollars in thousands)
 
Salaries and employee benefits
  $ 608     $ 465  
 
Professional services
    85       32  
 
Occupancy and equipment
    65       60  
 
Data processing and internet
    90       78  
 
Advertising and promotional
    47       44  
 
Depreciation and amortization
    27       24  
 
Service contract termination
          197  
 
Other general and administrative
    217       177  
     
     
 
Total noninterest expenses
  $ 1,139     $ 1,077  
     
     
 

      Noninterest expense totaled $1.1 million for the three months ended September 30, 2004, an increase of $62,000 compared to the same period in 2003. This increase was due primarily to a $143,000 increase in salaries and employee benefits for additional operations staff, increased existing staff wages and new management bonus plans, a $53,000 increase in professional services which was due primarily to an increase in audit, legal and professional fees. This was offset by a $197,000 reduction in unrecoverable expenses associated with the termination of a contract for advice and placement of a capital funding.

      Income Tax Expense. Income tax expense was $442,000 for the three months ended September 30, 2004 compared to $247,000 for the same period in 2003. Our effective tax rates were 40.1% and 41.1% for the three months ended September 30, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

36


Table of Contents

 
Comparison of Fiscal Years Ended June 30, 2004 and 2003

      Net Interest Income. Net interest income totaled $6.5 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2004, compared to $5.1 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2003. The following table sets forth the effects of changing rates and volumes on our net interest income. Information is provided with respect to (i) effects on interest income and interest expense attributable to changes in volume (changes in volume multiplied by prior rate); (ii) effects on interest income and interest expense attributable to changes in rate (changes in rate multiplied by prior volume); and (iii) changes in rate/volume (changes in rate multiplied by change in volume) for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2004 compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2003.

                                 
Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2004 vs.
Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2003

Increase (Decrease) Due to

Total
Increase
Volume Rate Rate/Volume (Decrease)




(Dollars in thousands)
Increase (decrease) in interest income:
                               
Loans
  $ 5,119     $ (1,908 )   $ (757 )   $ 2,454  
Federal funds sold
    64       (84 )     (23 )     (43 )
Interest-earning deposits in other financial institutions
    (193 )     17       (8 )     (184 )
Investment securities
    (7 )     (5 )     2       (10 )
Stock of the FHLB, at cost
    81       (21 )     (19 )     41  
     
     
     
     
 
    $ 5,064     $ (2,001 )   $ (805 )   $ 2,258  
     
     
     
     
 
Increase (decrease) in interest expense:
                               
Interest-bearing demand and savings
  $ 1,083     $ (120 )   $ (149 )   $ 814  
Time deposits
    (440 )     (586 )     38       (988 )
Advances from the FHLB
    1,681       (378 )     (373 )     930  
Other borrowings
                60       60  
     
     
     
     
 
    $ 2,324     $ (1,084 )   $ (424 )   $ 816  
     
     
     
     
 

      Interest Income. Interest income for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2004 totaled $15.8 million, an increase of $2.3 million, or 17.0%, compared to $13.5 million in interest income for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2003. Average interest-earning assets for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2004 increased by $79.1 million compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2003 due primarily to an $81.7 million increase in the average balance of the loan portfolio as a result of our emphasis on building our multifamily loan portfolio. We reduced our average balances in interest-earning deposits in other financial institutions and investment securities by $8.4 million during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2004 compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2003, as we redirected maturing time deposits into higher yielding mortgage loans. Average interest-earning balances associated with our stock of the FHLB increased by $1.6 million during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2004 compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2003 because our required minimum investment increased, as a result of increased advances from the FHLB. The average yield earned on our interest-earning assets declined to 4.9% for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2004 from 5.6% for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2003 due primarily to the lower yield on our loan portfolio as market interest rates declined. The widespread increase in prepayments and refinancing of mortgage loans during the fiscal years ended June 30, 2003 and 2004 reduced the amount of higher yielding older loans, which were replaced with lower yielding loans, causing the average yield on the loan portfolio to decline to 5.3% for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2004 from 6.3% for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2003. Thus, the average rate declined, reducing interest income from what it otherwise would have been by $2.7 million, resulting in a net increase in interest income of $2.5 million. The average rate on all other interest-earning assets declined in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2004 due to the general decline in market interest rates in the fiscal years ended June 30, 2003 and 2004.

37


Table of Contents

      Interest Expense. Interest expense totaled $9.2 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2004, an increase of $816,000 from $8.4 million in interest expense during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2003. Average interest-bearing liabilities in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2004 increased $77.4 million compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2003, due to higher deposits from increased customer accounts and increased advances from the FHLB. In the fiscal year ended June 30, 2004, we emphasized increasing our savings and checking accounts, particularly our money market savings accounts. As a result, average balances in interest-bearing demand and savings accounts increased by $52.4 million in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2004 compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2003, while average time deposits declined $10.7 million in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2004 as we replaced maturing time deposits with money market savings accounts. The average interest-bearing balances of advances from the FHLB increased $34.6 million as new 2-, 3-, 4-, 5- and 7-year fixed rate advances were added during the fiscal years ended June 30, 2003 and 2004. In addition, $15.9 million of advances scheduled to mature during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2004 were modified and extended for three or six years. Our increase in long-term fixed rate borrowings during the fiscal years ended June 30, 2003 and 2004 was part of our strategy to manage our interest rate risk. The average rate paid on our interest-bearing liabilities declined to 3.1% for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2004 from 3.8% for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2003, due principally to the addition of new money market savings accounts, the maturity of higher-rate term deposits and the adding of new advances from the FHLB at market rates that were significantly lower in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2004 compared to past periods. During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2004, our savings account balances (including money market savings) increased by $75.3 million and had an average interest rate of 2.0%. At June 30, 2003, time deposits scheduled to mature within one year from that time were $71.1 million, which bore a weighted average interest rate of 3.7%. The declines in average rates paid on our interest-bearing demand and savings accounts, time deposits and advances from the FHLB were 29 basis points, 42 basis points and 107 basis points, respectively, during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2004. Thus, the growth in average balances in demand and savings accounts and advances from the FHLB would have increased interest expense by $2.8 million. However, the volume decrease in time deposits and the decline in interest rates paid on all interest-bearing liabilities reduced interest expense by $1.9 million, resulting in a net increase in interest expense of $816,000.

      Provision for loan losses. Provision for loan losses was $255,000 and $285,000 for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2004 and 2003, respectively. We have not had any nonperforming loans through June 30, 2004. Our history is limited, and we expect over time to have some defaulted and nonperforming loans. As there were no nonperforming loans for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2004 and 2003, the provisions for loan losses represent increases in general allowances which are determined based upon the overall volume of loans, the loan types and the estimated collateral values. Our loans held for investment increased by net amounts of $109.3 million and $78.7 million during the fiscal years ended June 30, 2004 and 2003, respectively. The provisions for loan losses were approximately 23 basis points and 36 basis points on the net increase in our loans held for investment for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2004 and 2003, respectively. The provision for loan losses for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2004 declined by 13 basis points primarily due to the addition of more multifamily loans with lower loan-to-value ratios in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2004 compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2003. Management estimates that the lower average loan-to-value ratio should result in a smaller percentage of impairment.

      Noninterest income. The following table sets forth information regarding our noninterest income for the periods shown:

                   
For the Fiscal Years
Ended June 30,

2004 2003


(Dollars in thousands)
 
Prepayment penalty fee income
  $ 624     $ 446  
 
Gain on sale of loans originated for sale
    364       778  
 
Banking service fees and other income
    202       125  
     
     
 
Total noninterest income
  $ 1,190     $ 1,349  
     
     
 

38


Table of Contents

      Noninterest income totaled $1.2 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2004, compared to $1.3 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2003. The decrease is attributable to lower gains on sale, partially reduced by higher prepayment penalty fee income and income from banking services fees. Prepayment penalty fee income increased $178,000 in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2004 due to a higher volume of multifamily loans and market interest rates that continued to be low compared to historical rates, which encouraged more multifamily borrowers to refinance and incur a prepayment penalty. Most of our multifamily mortgage loans have prepayment penalties at the time of origination, while most of our single family mortgage loans do not have prepayment penalties. Our gain on sale income is derived from the origination and sale of single family loans, which we generally do not hold for investment. During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2003, the mortgage industry experienced record volumes of mortgage refinancings. Many of the single family loans that we originated in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2003 were mortgage refinancings with lower rates and longer fixed terms, which we sold. During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2004, the mortgage refinancing volumes declined, leading to a $414,000 decline in our gain on sales in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2004 compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2003. Mortgage loan refinancing activity has declined and will likely decline further if mortgage rates rise. In the near term, we believe that prepayment penalty fee income and gain on sale income likely will be reduced by rising interest rates.

      Noninterest Expense. The following table sets forth information regarding our noninterest expense for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2004 and 2003:

                   
For the Fiscal
Years Ended
June 30,

2004 2003


(Dollars in
thousands)
 
Salaries and employee benefits
  $ 1,880     $ 1,538  
 
Professional services
    166       152  
 
Occupancy and equipment
    245       205  
 
Data processing and Internet
    328       278  
 
Advertising and promotional
    220       189  
 
Depreciation and amortization
    97       144  
 
Service contract termination
    197        
 
Other general and administrative
    686       652  
     
     
 
Total noninterest expense
  $ 3,819     $ 3,158  
     
     
 

      Noninterest expense totaled $3.8 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2004, an increase of $661,000 compared to $3.2 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2003. This increase was due principally to a $342,000 increase in salaries and employee benefits for additional operations staff, increased existing staff wages and new management bonus plans, and a $197,000 charge for unrecoverable expenses associated with the termination of a contract for advice regarding a capital funding.

      Income Tax Expense. Income tax expense was $1.5 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2004, compared to $1.3 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2003. Our effective tax rates were 40.4% and 42.2% for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2004 and 2003, respectively. The lower effective tax rate for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2004 included the benefit primarily from nontaxable income from our investment in bank-owned life insurance.

39


Table of Contents

 
Comparison of Fiscal Years Ended June 30, 2003 and 2002

      Net Interest Income. Net interest income totaled $5.1 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2003 as compared to $3.5 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2002. The following table sets forth the effects of changing rates and volumes on our net interest income. Information is provided with respect to (i) effects on interest income and interest expense attributable to changes in volume (changes in volume multiplied by prior rate); (ii) effects on interest income and interest expense attributable to changes in rate (changes in rate multiplied by prior volume); and (iii) changes in rate/volume (change in rate multiplied by change in volume) for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2003 compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2002.

                                 
Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2003 vs.
Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2002

Increase (Decrease) Due to

Total
Increase
Volume Rate Rate/Volume (Decrease)




(Dollars in thousands)
Increase (decrease) in interest income:
                               
Loans
  $ 3,054     $ (854 )   $ (242 )   $ 1,958  
Federal funds sold
    (115 )     (145 )     36       (224 )
Interest-earning deposits in other financial institutions
    365       (103 )     (122 )     140  
Investment securities
    (21 )     (14 )     6       (29 )
Stock of the FHLB, at cost
    38       (6 )     (4 )     28  
     
     
     
     
 
    $ 3,321     $ (1,122 )   $ (326 )   $ 1,873  
     
     
     
     
 
Increase (decrease) in interest expense:
                               
Interest-bearing demand and savings
  $ 347     $ (173 )   $ (79 )   $ 95  
Time deposits
    955       (1,127 )     (170 )     (342 )
Advances from the FHLB
    632       (36 )     (21 )     575  
Other borrowings
    (46 )                 (46 )
     
     
     
     
 
    $ 1,888     $ (1,336 )   $ (270 )   $ 282  
     
     
     
     
 

      Interest Income. Interest income totaled $13.5 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2003, an increase of $1.9 million, or 16.4%, from $11.6 million during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2002. Average interest-earning assets in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2003 increased $50.1 million compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2002 due primarily to the $44.9 million increase in the average balance of our loan portfolio. Our average balances in interest-earning deposits in other financial institutions and investment securities increased by $10.0 million in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2003 compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2002. The average interest-earning balance associated with our stock of the FHLB increased $684,000 in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2003 compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2002 because our required minimum investment increased due to increased advances from the FHLB. The average yield earned on interest-earning assets declined to 5.6% for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2003 from 6.1% for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2002, due primarily to the decline in interest rates generally during this period. The widespread increase in prepayments and refinancings of mortgage loans during the fiscal years ended June 30, 2003 and 2002 reduced the higher yielding loans which were replaced with lower yielding loans, causing the average yield on the loan portfolio to decline to 6.3% for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2003 from 6.8% for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2002. Thus, the loan portfolio volume increase in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2003 was partially offset by the decline in average rate, thereby reducing the interest income by $1.1 million, resulting in a net increase in interest income of $1.9 million. The average rate on all other interest-earning assets declined in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2004 due to the general decline in market interest rates in the fiscal years ended June 30, 2002 and 2003.

40


Table of Contents

      Interest Expense. Interest expense for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2003 totaled $8.4 million, an increase of $282,000 from $8.1 million in interest expense during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2002. Average interest-bearing liabilities in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2003 increased $44.2 million compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2002 due to higher deposits in customer accounts and additional advances from the FHLB. The average balance of time deposits increased by $19.1 million in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2003 compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2002. The average balance of advances from the FHLB increased $12.6 million in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2003 compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2002, as new 3-and 5-year fixed rate advances were added. Our increased borrowing of long-term fixed rate amounts was part of our strategy to manage interest rate risk. The average rate paid on our interest-bearing liabilities declined to 3.8% for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2003 from 4.6% for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2002, due principally to the maturity of higher-rate term deposits and the addition of new lower rate deposits and advances. The declines in our average rates paid on interest-bearing demand and savings accounts, time deposits and advances from the FHLB were 60 basis points, 90 basis points and 16 basis points, respectively. The decline in average rates paid on interest-bearing liabilities was more than offset by the growth of average balances in demand and savings accounts, time deposits and advances from the FHLB, which, had rates not declined, would have resulted in an increase in interest expense of $1.9 million. The net increase in interest expense for the year was $282,000.

      Provision for loan losses. Provision for loan losses was $285,000 and $195,000 for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2003 and 2002, respectively. Since we did not have any nonperforming loans during these periods, our loan loss provisions were added to general loan loss reserves. Our loans held for investment increased by net amounts of $78.7 million and $27.6 million during the fiscal years ended June 30, 2003 and 2002, respectively. The provisions for loan losses were approximately 36 basis points and 71 basis points on the net increase in our loans held for investment for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2003 and 2002, respectively. The provision declined to 36 basis points in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2003 because the prior fiscal year included a large shift away from single family loans with lower estimated loss rates towards multifamily loans with higher estimated loss rates. During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2002, our mix of loans held for investment moved from 9.2% to 75.2% in multifamily loans, while during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2003 the mix moved a smaller amount, from 75.2% to 78.0% in multifamily loans.

      Noninterest income. Noninterest income totaled $1.3 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2003, compared to $297,000 for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2002. The increase in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2003 is attributable to greater prepayment penalty fee income and increased gains on sale of loans. Prepayment penalty income increased $332,000 due to our increased investment in multifamily loans and declining mortgage rates. Our gain on sale of loans increased $711,000 in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2003, the first full year of operation of our single family mortgage loan origination website. Also, in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2003, declining interest rates encouraged high levels of mortgage refinancing nationwide. Our single family mortgage loan originations in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2003 were primarily refinancings which were sold.

                   
For the Fiscal
Years Ended
June 30,

2003 2002


(Dollars in
thousands)
 
Prepayment penalty fee income
  $ 446     $ 114  
 
Gain on sale of loans originated for sale
    778       67  
 
Banking service fees and other income
    125       116  
     
     
 
Total noninterest income
  $ 1,349     $ 297  
     
     
 

41


Table of Contents

      Noninterest expense. The following table sets forth information regarding our noninterest expense for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2003 and 2002:

                   
For Fiscal Years
Ended June 30,

2003 2002


(Dollars in
thousands)
 
Salaries and employee benefits
  $ 1,538     $ 1,300  
 
Professional services
    152       172  
 
Occupancy and equipment
    205       161  
 
Data processing and Internet
    278       210  
 
Advertising and promotional
    189       141  
 
Depreciation and amortization
    144       118  
 
Other general and administrative
    652       906  
     
     
 
Total noninterest expense
  $ 3,158     $ 3,008  
     
     
 

      Noninterest expense was $3.2 million and $3.0 million for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2003 and 2002, respectively. The increase of $150,000 in noninterest expense was due principally to a $238,000 increase in salaries and employee benefits for additional operations staff and reduced by a $254,000 decrease in other general and administrative expenses. The decrease in other general and administrative expenses is due to a $318,000 non-cash expense incurred in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2002 for a two-year extension of previously issued warrants to acquire 736,750 shares of common stock.

      Income Tax Benefit. Income tax expense was $1.3 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2003, compared to an income tax benefit of $429,000 in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2002. During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2002, we began to operate profitably, making it likely that our deferred tax benefits accumulated from operating losses incurred since inception could be realized. The valuation allowance of $823,000 at June 30, 2001 associated with the tax benefit of operating loss carryforwards was reversed in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2002, reducing our effective tax rate. The reversal of the valuation allowance was large enough to create a net tax benefit for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2002.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

      Liquidity. Our sources of liquidity include deposits, borrowings, payments and maturities of outstanding loans, sales of loans, maturities or gains on sales of investment securities and other short term investments. While scheduled loan payments and maturing investment securities and short term investments are relatively predictable sources of funds, deposit flows and loan prepayments are greatly influenced by general interest rates, economic conditions and competition. We invest excess funds in overnight deposits and other short term interest-earning assets. We use cash generated through retail deposits, our largest funding source, to offset the cash utilized in lending and investing activities. Our short term interest-earning investment securities are also used to provide liquidity for lending and other operational requirements. As an additional source of funds, we have three credit agreements. Bank of Internet USA can borrow up to 35% of its total assets from the FHLB. Borrowings are collateralized by the pledge of certain mortgage loans and investment securities to the FHLB. Based on the loans and securities pledged at September 30, 2004, we had total borrowing capacity of approximately $158.7 million, of which $121.9 million was outstanding and $36.8 million was available. At September 30, 2004, we also had a $4.5 million unsecured fed funds purchase line with a major bank under which no borrowings were outstanding. In the past, we have used long-term borrowings to fund our loans and to minimize our interest rate risk. Our future borrowings will depend on the growth of our lending operations and our exposure to interest rate risk.

      We intend to contribute approximately $16.0 million of the net proceeds from the offering to Bank of Internet USA to provide additional regulatory capital to support its growth. We expect to continue to use deposits and advances from the FHLB as the primary sources of funding our future asset growth.

42


Table of Contents

      On October 24, 2003, we entered into a $5.0 million loan facility with a commercial bank consisting of a one-year revolving line of credit plus a fully amortizing term loan of up to nine years. Interest is payable quarterly under the credit line at prime plus 1% per annum. Principal is payable in 36 equal quarterly installments starting on January 24, 2005. We may prepay all or a portion of the principal at anytime without a prepayment penalty. At December 31, 2004, the note payable balance was $5.0 million and the interest rate was 6.25% per annum. We entered into this loan facility to provide additional regulatory capital to our bank to support its growth. We intend to use a portion of the net proceeds from the offering to prepay in full the entire amount outstanding under the note payable. See “Use of Proceeds.”

      The loan facility is secured by our bank’s common stock held by BofI Holding, Inc. Under the terms of the loan facility, we are bound by a number of significant covenants that restrict our ability, out of the ordinary course of business, to dispose of assets, to incur additional debt or guarantees, to invest in or acquire any interest in another enterprise and to suffer a change in ownership of 51% or more of our common stock. The loan facility also requires us to maintain a debt coverage ratio of 1.50 as calculated by the lender. At December 31, 2004, management believes we were in compliance with all such covenants and restrictions and does not anticipate that such covenants and restrictions will limit our operations.

      On December 16, 2004, we completed a transaction in which we formed a trust and issued $5.0 million of trust preferred securities. The net proceeds from the offering were used to purchase approximately $5.2 million of junior subordinated debentures of our company with a stated maturity of 30 years. The debentures are the sole assets of the trust. The trust preferred securities are mandatorily redeemable upon maturity, or upon earlier redemption as provided in the indenture. We have the right to redeem the debentures in whole (but not in part) on or after specific dates, at a redemption price specified in the indenture plus any accrued but unpaid interest through the redemption date. Interest accrues at the rate of three-month LIBOR plus 2.4%, which was 4.9% at December 31, 2004, with interest to be paid quarterly starting in February 2005. We entered into this transaction to provide additional regulatory capital to our bank to support its growth.

      Contractual Obligations. At September 30, 2004, we had $10.8 million in loan commitments outstanding. Time deposits due within one year of September 30, 2004 totaled $101.0 million. We believe the large percentage of time deposits that mature within one year reflects customers’ hesitancy to invest their funds long term when they expect interest rates to rise. If these maturing deposits do not remain with us, we may be required to seek other sources of funds, including other time deposits and borrowings. Depending on market conditions, we may be required to pay higher rates on deposits and borrowings than we currently pay on time deposits maturing with one year. We believe, however, based on past experience, that a significant portion of our time deposits will remain with us. We believe we have the ability to attract and retain deposits by adjusting interest rates offered.

      The following table presents certain of our contractual obligations as of June 30, 2004.

                                           
Payments Due by Period

Less than One to Three to More Than
Total One Year Three Years Five Years Five Years





(In thousands)
Long-term debt obligations
  $ 114,243     $ 6,451     $ 62,883     $ 35,866     $ 9,043  
Operating lease obligations(1)
    220       220                    
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Total
  $ 114,463     $ 6,671     $ 62,883     $ 35,866     $ 9,043  
     
     
     
     
     
 


(1)  Payments are for lease of real property.

      Capital Requirements. Bank of Internet USA is subject to various regulatory capital requirements set by the federal banking agencies. Failure by our bank to meet minimum capital requirements could result in certain mandatory and discretionary actions by regulators that could have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, our bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of our bank’s assets, liabilities and certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting

43


Table of Contents

practices. Our bank’s capital amounts and classifications are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors.

      Quantitative measures established by regulation require our bank to maintain certain minimum capital amounts and ratios. The OTS requires our bank to maintain minimum ratios of tangible capital to tangible assets of 1.5%, core capital to tangible assets of 4.0% and total risk-based capital to risk-weighted assets of 8.0%. At September 30, 2004, our bank met all the capital adequacy requirements to which it was subject.

      At September 30, 2004, our bank was “well capitalized” under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be “well capitalized,” our bank must maintain minimum leverage, tier 1 risk-based and total risk-based capital ratios of at least 5.0%, 6.0% and 10.0%, respectively. No conditions or events have occurred since that date that management believes would change the bank’s capital levels. To maintain its status as a “well capitalized” financial institution under applicable regulations and to support additional growth, we anticipate the need for additional capital, which includes raising funds in this offering. From time to time after the offering, we may need to raise additional capital to support our bank’s further growth and to maintain its “well-capitalized” status.

      Bank of Internet capital amounts, ratios and requirements at September 30, 2004 were as follows:

                                                   
To Be “Well
Capitalized” Under
For Capital Prompt Corrective
Actual Adequacy Purposes Action Regulations



Amount Ratio Amount Ratio Amount Ratio






(Dollars in thousands)
Tier 1 leverage (core) capital:
                                               
 
Amount and ratio to adjusted tangible assets
  $ 34,447       7.60 %   $ 18,142       4.00 %   $ 22,677       5.00 %
Tier 1 capital:
                                               
 
Amount and ratio to risk-weighted assets
  $ 34,447       12.03 %     N/A       N/A     $ 17,180       6.00 %
Total capital:
                                               
 
Amount and ratio to risk-weighted assets
  $ 35,507       12.40 %   $ 22,907       8.00 %   $ 28,634       10.00 %
Tangible capital:
                                               
 
Amount and ratio to tangible assets
  $ 34,447       7.60 %   $ 6,803       1.50 %     N/A       N/A  

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

      Market risk is defined as the sensitivity of income and capital to changes in interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates, commodity prices and other relevant market rates or prices. The primary market risk to which we are exposed is interest rate risk. Changes in interest rates can have a variety of effects on our business. In particular, changes in interest rates affect out net interest income, net interest margin, net income, the value of our securities portfolio, the volume of loans originated, and the amount of gain or loss on the sale of our loans.

      We are exposed to different types of interest rate risk. These risks include lag, repricing, basis, prepayment and lifetime cap risk, each of which is described in further detail below:

      Lag/ Repricing Risk. Lag risk results from the inherent timing difference between the repricing of our adjustable rate assets and our liabilities. Repricing risk is caused by the mismatch of repricing methods between interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. Lag/repricing risk can produce short term volatility in our net interest income during periods of interest rate movements even though the effect of this lag generally balances out over time. One example of lag risk is the repricing of assets indexed to the monthly treasury average, or the MTA. The MTA index is based on a moving average of rates outstanding during the previous 12 months. A sharp movement in interest rates in a month will not be fully reflected in the index for

44


Table of Contents

12 months resulting in a lag in the repricing of our loans and securities based on this index. We expect more of our interest-bearing liabilities will mature or reprice within one year than will our interest-earning assets, resulting in a one year negative interest rate sensitivity gap (the difference between our interest rate sensitive assets maturing or repricing within one year and our interest rate sensitive liabilities maturing or repricing within one year, expressed as a percentage of total interest-earning assets). In a rising interest rate environment, an institution with a negative gap would generally be expected, absent the effects of other factors, to experience a greater increase in its cost of liabilities relative to its yield on assets, and thus a decrease in its net interest income.

      Basis Risk. Basis risk occurs when assets and liabilities have similar repricing timing but repricing is based on different market interest rate indices. Our adjustable rate loans that reprice are directly tied to indices based upon U.S. Treasury rates, LIBOR, Eleventh District Cost of Funds and the prime rate. Our deposit rates are not directly tied to these same indices. Therefore, if deposit interest rates rise faster than the adjustable rate loan indices and there are no other changes in our asset/liability mix, our net interest income will likely decline due to basis risk.

      Prepayment Risk. Prepayment risk results from the right of customers to pay their loans prior to maturity. Generally, loan prepayments increase in falling interest rate environments and decrease in rising interest rate environments. In addition, prepayment risk results from the right of customers to withdraw their time deposits before maturity. Generally, early withdrawals of time deposits increase during rising interest rate environments and decrease in falling interest rate environments. When estimating the future performance of our assets and liabilities, we make assumptions as to when and how much of our loans and deposits will be prepaid. If the assumptions prove to be incorrect, the asset or liability may perform different from expected. In the last three fiscal years, the mortgage industry and our bank have experienced high rates of loan prepayments due to historically low interest rates. Market rates began rising in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2004 and, if they continue, mortgage loan prepayments are expected to decrease. In addition, if that occurs, we may experience increased rates of customer early withdrawals of their time deposits.

      Lifetime Cap Risk. Our adjustable rate loans have lifetime interest rate caps. In periods of rising interest rates, it is possible for the fully indexed interest rate (index rate plus the margin) to exceed the lifetime interest rate cap. This feature prevents the loan from repricing to a level that exceeds the cap’s specified interest rate, thus adversely affecting net interest income in periods of relatively high interest rates. On a weighted average basis, our adjustable rate loans at September 30, 2004 had lifetime rate caps that were 500 basis points or more greater than the effective rate at September 30, 2004. If market rates rise by more than the interest rate cap, we will not be able to increase these customers’ loan rates above the interest rate cap.

      The principal objective of our asset/liability management is to manage the sensitivity of net income to changing interest rates. Asset/liability management is governed by policies reviewed and approved annually by our board of directors. Our board of directors has delegated the responsibility to oversee the administration of these policies to the asset/liability committee, or ALCO. ALCO’s members are board members Theodore C. Allrich and Robert Eprile, our President and Chief Executive Officer Gary Lewis Evans and our Chief Financial Officer Andrew J. Micheletti. ALCO meets regularly to consider investment and financing alternatives with particular emphasis on duration and interest rate risk. The interest rate risk strategy currently deployed by ALCO is to use “natural” balance sheet hedging (as opposed to derivative hedging) or to avoid holding loans which ALCO views as higher risk. Specifically, we attempt to match the effective duration of our assets with our borrowings. To reduce the repricing risk associated with holding certain adjustable loans, which are fixed for the first three or five years, we have matched estimated maturities by obtaining long-term three year or five year advances from the FHLB. Other examples of ALCO policies designed to reduce our interest rate risk include limiting the premiums paid to purchase mortgage loans or mortgage-backed securities to 3% or less of mortgage principal. This policy addresses mortgage prepayment risk by capping the yield loss from an unexpected high level of mortgage loan prepayments. Once a quarter, ALCO members report to our board of directors the status of our interest rate risk profile.

45


Table of Contents

      We measure interest rate sensitivity as the difference between amounts of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities that mature within a given period of time. The difference, or the interest rate sensitivity gap, provides an indication of the extent to which an institution’s interest rate spread will be affected by changes in interest rates. A gap is considered positive when the amount of interest rate sensitive assets exceeds the amount of interest rate sensitive liabilities and negative when the amount of interest rate sensitive liabilities exceeds the amount of interest rate sensitive assets. In a rising interest rate environment, an institution with a positive gap would be in a better position than an institution with a negative gap to invest in higher yielding assets or to have its asset yields adjusted upward, which would result in the yield on its assets to increase at a faster pace than the cost of its interest-bearing liabilities. During a period of falling interest rates, however, an institution with a positive gap would tend to have its assets mature at a faster rate than one with a negative gap, which would tend to reduce the growth in its net interest income. The following table sets forth the interest rate sensitivity of our assets and liabilities at September 30, 2004:

                                 
Term to Repricing, Repayment, or Maturity at
September 30, 2004

Over Over
One Year One Year Five Years
or through and
Less Five Years Insensitive Total




(Dollars in thousands)
Interest-earning assets:
                               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 21,131     $     $     $ 21,131  
Interest-earning deposits in other financial institutions
    6,034       2,875             8,909  
Investment securities(1)
    232       55,470             55,702  
Stock of FHLB, at cost
    5,729                   5,729  
Loans held for investment, net of allowance for loan loss(2)
    94,651       209,980       50,474       355,105  
Loans held for sale, at cost
    216                   216  
     
     
     
     
 
Total interest-earning assets
    127,993       268,325       50,474       446,792  
Noninterest-earning assets
                7,147       7,147  
     
     
     
     
 
Total assets
  $ 127,993     $ 268,325     $ 57,621     $ 453,939  
     
     
     
     
 
Interest-bearing liabilities:
                               
Interest-bearing deposits(3)
  $ 219,280     $ 69,750     $     $ 289,030  
Advances from the FHLB
    23,000       90,564       7,911       121,475  
Other borrowings
    3,300                   3,300  
     
     
     
     
 
Total interest-bearing liabilities
    245,580       160,314       7,911       413,805  
Other noninterest-bearing liabilities
                7,838       7,838  
Stockholders’ equity
                32,296       32,296  
     
     
     
     
 
Total liabilities and equity
  $ 245,580     $ 160,314     $ 48,045     $ 453,939  
     
     
     
     
 
Net interest rate sensitivity gap
  $ (117,587 )   $ 108,011     $ 42,563     $ 32,987  
Cumulative gap
  $ (117,587 )   $ (9,576 )   $ 32,987     $ 32,987  
Net interest rate sensitivity gap — as a % of interest-earning assets
    (91.9 )%     40.3 %     84.3 %     7.4 %
Cumulative gap — as a % of cumulative interest-earning assets
    (91.9 )%     (2.4 )%     7.4 %     7.4 %


(1)  Comprised of U.S. government securities and mortgage-backed securities which are classified as held to maturity and available for sale. The table reflects contractual repricing dates.
 
(2)  The table reflects either contractual repricing dates or maturities.
 
(3)  The table assumes that the principal balances for demand deposit and savings accounts will reprice in the first year.

46


Table of Contents

      Although “gap” analysis is a useful measurement device available to management in determining the existence of interest rate exposure, its static focus as of a particular date makes it necessary to utilize other techniques in measuring exposure to changes in interest rates. For example, gap analysis is limited in its ability to predict trends in future earnings and makes no assumptions about changes in prepayment tendencies, deposit or loan maturity preferences or repricing time lags that may occur in response to a change in the interest rate environment.

      We supplement our gap analysis above to include certain assumptions. There are $219.3 million of interest-bearing deposits shown in the gap table as repricing in one year or less, which includes all $118.2 million of checking and savings account balances. There also are $210.0 million of interest-earning loans held for investment shown in the gap table as repricing or maturing in one through five years, with no prepayment assumptions included in the loan totals. Based on prior experience, we believe that checking and savings account customers do not act immediately to close or move their checking and savings accounts in response to rising interest rates and that some mortgage loans will be prepaid (for example, due to sale of property) before scheduled. If 70% of our checking and savings accounts close or reprice during the year (rather than 100% as shown in the table) and assuming that on average 10% of our loans are prepaid during the year (rather than no prepayments as shown in the table), our negative gap would be reduced from $117.6 million to approximately $56.1 million. We believe we can adjust the interest rates we pay on our deposit to reduce deposit outflows should they occur.

      We have not entered into any derivative financial instruments such as futures, forwards, swaps and options. Also, we have no market risk-sensitive instruments held for trading purposes. Our exposure to market risk is reviewed on a regular basis by management.

      We attempt to measure the effect market interest rate changes will have on the net present value of assets and liabilities, which is defined as market value of equity. At June 30, 2004 (the most recent period for which data is available), we analyzed the market value of equity sensitivity to an immediate parallel and sustained shift in interest rates derived from the current treasury and LIBOR yield curves. For rising interest rate scenarios, the base market interest rate forecast was increased by 100 and 200 basis points. For the falling interest rate scenarios, we used a 100 basis point decrease due to limitations inherent in the current rate environment. The following table indicates the sensitivity of market value of equity to the interest rate movement described above at June 30, 2004:

                                 
Net Present
Percentage Value as Board
Change from Percentage Established
Sensitivity Base of Assets Minimum




(Dollars in thousands)
Up 200 basis points
  $ (4,426 )     (11.00 )%     9.16 %     8.00 %
Up 100 basis points
  $ (2,236 )     (5.00 )%     9.54 %     8.00 %
Base
                9.92 %     8.00 %
Down 100 basis points
  $ 2,070       5.00 %     10.24 %     8.00 %

      The board of directors of our bank establishes limits on the amount of interest rate risk we may assume, as estimated by the net present value model. At June 30, 2004, the board’s established limit was 8.0%, meaning that the net present value after a theoretical instantaneous increase or decrease in interest rates must be greater than 8.0%. At June 30, 2004, the net present value for a 200 basis point and 100 basis point increase in interest rates exceed the board requirement by 116 basis points and 154 basis points, respectively.

      The computation of the prospective effects of hypothetical interest rate changes is based on numerous assumptions, including relative levels of interest rates, asset prepayments, runoffs in deposits and changes in repricing levels of deposits to general market rates, and should not be relied upon as indicative of actual results. Furthermore, these computations do not take into account any actions that we may undertake in response to future changes in interest rates.

47


Table of Contents

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

      In March 2004, SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin, or SAB, No. 105 was issued, which provides guidance regarding loan commitments that are accounted for as derivative instruments under Financial Accounting Standards Board, or the FASB, No. 133 (as amended), Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities . In this Bulletin, the SEC ruled that the amount of the expected servicing rights should not be included when determining the fair value of derivative interest rate lock commitments. This guidance must be applied to rate locks initiated after March 31, 2004. The adoption of SAB No. 105 did not have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.

      In December 2003, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 46R, or FIN 46R, which revised the January 2003, FASB issued Interpretation No. 46, or FIN 46, Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities . FIN 46R is a revision to the original FIN 46 that addresses the consolidation of certain variable interest entities ( e.g. , nonqualified special purpose entities). The revision clarifies how variable interest entities should be identified and evaluated for consolidation purposes. We adopted FIN 46R as of June 30, 2004. The adoption of FIN 46R did not have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.

      In December 2003, the Accounting Standards Executive Committee of the AICPA issued Statement of Position No. 03-3, or SOP 03-3, Accounting for Certain Loans or Debt Securities Acquired in a Transfer . SOP 03-3 addresses the accounting for differences between contractual cash flows and the cash flows expected to be collected from purchased loans or debt securities if those differences are attributable, in part, to credit quality. SOP 03-3 requires purchased loans and debt securities to be recorded initially at fair value based on the present value of the cash flows expected to be collected with no carryover of any valuation allowance previously recognized by the seller. Interest income should be recognized based on the effective yield from the cash flows expected to be collected. To the extent that the purchased loans or debt securities experience subsequent deterioration in credit quality, a valuation allowance would be established for any additional cash flows that are not expected to be received. However, if more cash flows subsequently are expected to be received than originally estimated, the effective yield would be adjusted on a prospective basis. SOP 03-3 will be effective for loans and debt securities acquired after December 31, 2004. Management does not expect the adoption of this statement to have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.

      In May 2003, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 150, Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity . This Statement establishes standards for how an issuer classifies and measures certain financial instruments with characteristics of both liabilities and equity. It requires that an issuer classify a financial instrument that is within its scope as a liability (or an asset in some circumstances). Many of these instruments were previously classified as equity. This Statement is effective for financial instruments entered into or modified after May 31, 2003, and otherwise is effective for public companies at the beginning of the first interim period beginning after June 15, 2003. The adoption of this standard did not have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.

      In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 123 (R), or SFAS 123(R), Share-Based Payment . SFAS No. 123 (R) replaces the existing requirements under SFAS No. 123 and APB 25. SFAS 123 (R) requires companies to measure and recognize compensation expense equal to the fair value of stock options or other share based payments. SFAS 123 (R) is effective for all interim and annual periods beginning after June 15, 2005 and, thus, will be effective for our company beginning with the first quarter of fiscal 2006. We are in the process of evaluating the impact of this standard on our consolidated financial statements.

48


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

General

      We are the holding company for Bank of Internet USA, a consumer-focused, nationwide savings bank operating primarily over the Internet. We provide a variety of consumer banking services, focusing primarily on gathering retail deposits over the Internet and originating and purchasing multifamily and single family loans for investment. Since the inception of our bank in 2000, we have designed and implemented an automated Internet-based banking platform and electronic workflow process that we believe affords us low operating expenses and allows us to pass these savings along to our customers in the form of attractive interest rates and low fees on deposits and loans. This approach to banking is the foundation of our business model, allowing us to leverage technology and handle routine banking functions electronically.

      We operate our Internet-based bank from a single location in San Diego, California. At September 30, 2004, we had total assets of $453.9 million, net loans held for investment of $355.1 million and total deposits of $295.7 million. Our deposits consist primarily of interest-bearing checking and savings accounts and time deposits. Our loans are primarily first mortgages secured by multifamily (five or more units) and single family (one to four units) real property. To a lesser extent, we also make commercial real estate and consumer loans.

Business Strategy

      Our business strategy is to lower the cost of delivering banking products and services by leveraging technology, while continuing to grow our assets and deposits to achieve increased economies of scale. Our strategy includes a number of key elements:

  •  Leverage Technology. We believe that efficient management and processing of information is critical in online banking. We have designed and implemented an automated Internet-based banking platform and workflow process to handle traditional banking functions with reduced paperwork and human intervention. Our websites and CRM software support our customer self-service model by automating interactions with customers. Our banking platform also increases the efficiency of routine analysis work by our personnel and assists our account representatives in handling customer requests and applications. Our banking platform transfers much of the data entry tasks to the customer and allows for batch handling of applications by our employees. We plan to continue to incrementally improve our proprietary software and systems on an ongoing basis. We currently expect the annual rate of capital expenditures for technology-related improvements will remain consistent with our past growth experience.
 
  •  Exploit Advantages of Nationwide Presence. Our nationwide, online presence allows us increased flexibility to target a large number of loan and deposit customers based on demographics, geographic location and price and provides us with a low cost of customer acquisition and the ability to be selective in approving prospective loan customers. Our advertising is carried mostly over the Internet so we can rapidly shift and target our marketing based on the demographics and location of the target audience nationwide. We can also establish a presence in new geographic and demographic markets with relatively low entry costs, such as our recent efforts to target multifamily lending in the State of Texas. Our thrift charter allows us to operate in all 50 states without the need to seek regulatory approval to enter new markets. Our marketing costs are fairly uniform on a nationwide basis because we advertise mainly over the Internet.
 
  •  Continue to Grow Online Deposits and Expand Services. We offer a broad selection of retail deposit instruments, including interest-bearing demand accounts, savings accounts (including money market savings) and time deposits. We provide our customers with many options for accessing funds, including ATM machines, debit cards, automated clearing house funds and checking accounts. We plan to continually develop new products and services within the next two years in order to serve specific demographics. For example, we recently opened our “Senior Banking Center” website to market to seniors, who we believe tend to maintain relatively high balances but are also more interest rate sensitive. We are also developing “Banco de Internet,” a redesigned version of our existing website to

49


Table of Contents

  focus on Spanish speaking U.S. customers. During our fiscal year ended June 30, 2004, we opened 6,408 new deposit accounts, resulting in approximately $136.0 million in new deposits, and spent approximately $29,000 in external advertising targeted for deposit gathering. We intend to expand the volume and breadth of our deposit marketing over the Internet through websites and search engines such as Google. We expect that the annual rate of our marketing costs compared to growth in new customers will remain consistent with our past growth experience.
 
  •  Increase Loan Originations and Purchases. As we increase our deposits, we intend to utilize the funds to originate multifamily and single family mortgage loans over the Internet. We offer single family mortgage loans in 50 states for sale, servicing released, to generate fee income. We also originate multifamily loans primarily in California, Arizona, Texas and Washington. We intend to continually increase single family and multifamily loan originations through our websites, including our “Broker Advantage” website, which we have developed to manage our relationships with loan brokers and our wholesale loan pipeline. We also plan to continue to purchase multifamily and single family loans. We expect that our loan marketing and origination costs will rise incrementally as our originations grow at a rate in line with our past experience.

Lending and Investment Activities

      General. We originate single family mortgage loans on a nationwide basis, and currently originate multifamily loans primarily in California, Arizona, Texas and Washington. We currently sell substantially all of the single family loans that we originate and retain all of our multifamily loan originations. In addition, we purchase single family and multifamily mortgage loans from other lenders to hold in our portfolio. Our originations, purchases and sales of mortgage loans include both fixed and adjustable interest rate loans. All originations and purchases are sourced, underwritten, processed, controlled and tracked primarily through our customized websites and software. We believe that, due to our automated systems, our lending business is highly scalable, allowing us to handle increasing volumes of loans and enter into new geographic lending markets with only a small increase in personnel, in accordance with our strategy of leveraging technology to lower our operating expenses.

      Loan Products. Our loans consist of first mortgage loans secured by single family and multifamily properties and, to a lesser extent, commercial properties. We also provide a limited amount of home equity financing and unsecured consumer loans. Further details regarding our loan programs are discussed below:

  •  Single Family Loans. We offer fixed and adjustable rate, single family mortgage loans in all 50 states, and provide both conforming and jumbo loans. We currently sell substantially all of the single family loans that we originate on a nonrecourse basis to wholesale lending institutions, typically with servicing rights released to the purchaser. Before we fund each loan, we obtain prior approval by a purchaser, who delivers a specific delivery and pricing commitment, which reduces our risk in funding the loan. In addition, while each loan is underwritten to our standard guidelines, we may also follow specific underwriting guidelines put in place by the purchaser of the loan.
 
  •  Multifamily Loans. We currently originate adjustable rate multifamily mortgage loans primarily in California, Arizona, Texas and Washington, and we plan to expand in the future the states and geographic markets in which we originate new multifamily loans. In addition, we currently hold multifamily loans secured by property in 13 states. We typically hold all of the multifamily loans that we originate and perform the loan servicing directly on these loans. Our multifamily loans as of September 30, 2004 ranged in amount from approximately $64,000 to $2.9 million, and were secured by first liens on properties typically ranging from five to 70 units. We offer multifamily loans with interest rates that adjust based on a variety of industry standard indices, including U.S. Treasury security yields, LIBOR and Eleventh District Cost of Funds. Borrowers may obtain a fixed initial interest rate for a period of up to five years, which then floats based on a spread to the applicable index. Our loans typically have prepayment protection clauses, interest rate floors, ceilings and rate change caps.

50


Table of Contents

  •  Commercial Loans. We originate a small volume of adjustable rate commercial real estate loans, primarily in California. We currently hold all of the commercial loans that we originate and perform the loan servicing on these loans. Our commercial loans as of September 30, 2004 ranged in amount from approximately $114,000 to $2.2 million, and were secured by first liens on mixed-use, shopping and retail centers, office buildings and multi-tenant industrial properties. We offer commercial loans on similar terms and interest rates as our multifamily loans.

      Loan Portfolio Composition. The following table sets forth the composition of our loan portfolio in amounts and percentages by type of loan at September 30, 2004 and at each fiscal year-end since inception of our operations:

                                                                                     
At June 30,

At September 30,
2004 2004 2003 2002 2001





(Dollars in thousands)
Residential real estate loans:
                                                                               
 
Single family (one to four units)
  $ 23,753       6.70 %   $ 21,753       6.14 %   $ 42,124       17.16 %   $ 32,763       19.67 %   $ 118,377       84.89 %
Multifamily (five units or more)
    318,888       89.98 %     320,971       90.55 %     191,426       77.99 %     125,303       75.22 %     12,878       9.23 %
 
Commercial real estate and land
    11,715       3.31 %     11,659       3.29 %     11,839       4.82 %     8,396       5.04 %     8,122       5.82 %
 
Consumer loans and other
    48       0.01 %     63       0.02 %     62       0.03 %     109       0.07 %     78       0.06 %
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
   
Total loans held for investment
  $ 354,404       100 %   $ 354,446       100 %   $ 245,451       100 %   $ 166,571       100 %   $ 139,455       100 %
             
             
             
             
             
 
Allowance for loan losses
    (1,060 )             (1,045 )             (790 )             (505 )             (310 )        
 
Unamortized premiums, net of deferred loan fees
    1,761               1,860               1,272               1,185               534          
     
             
             
             
             
         
 
Net loans held for investment
  $ 355,105             $ 355,261             $ 245,933             $ 167,251             $ 139,679          
     
             
             
             
             
         

      The following table sets forth the amount of loans maturing in our total loans held for investment at September 30, 2004 and June 30, 2004 based on the contractual terms to maturity:

                                         
Term to Contractual Repayment or Maturity

Over Three
Less Months Over One
Than Three through One Year through Over Five
Months Year Five Years Years Total





(Dollars in thousands)
September 30, 2004
  $ 42     $ 406     $ 4,072     $ 349,884     $ 354,404  
June 30, 2004
  $ 454           $ 3,090     $ 350,902     $ 354,446  

51


Table of Contents

      The following table sets forth the amount of our loans at September 30, 2004 and June 30, 2004 that are due after September 30, 2005 and June 30, 2005, respectively, and indicates whether they have fixed or floating or adjustable interest loans:

                         
Floating or Total at
Fixed Adjustable September 30, 2004



(In thousands)
September 30, 2004
                       
Single family (one to four units)
    1,214       22,539       23,753  
Multifamily (five units or more)
    27,251       291,637       318,888  
Commercial real estate and land
    279       11,036       11,315  
Consumer
                 
     
     
     
 
Total
    28,744       325,212       353,956  
     
     
     
 
                         
Floating or Total at
Fixed Adjustable June 30, 2004



(In thousands)
June 30, 2004
                       
Single family (one to four units)
    1,230       20,523       21,753  
Multifamily (five units or more)
    26,872       293,700       320,572  
Commercial real estate and land
    187       11,472       11,659  
Consumer
          8       8  
     
     
     
 
Total
    28,289       325,703       353,992  
     
     
     
 

52


Table of Contents

      Our loans are secured by properties primarily located in the western United States. The following table shows the largest states and regions ranked by location of these properties at September 30, 2004 and June 30, 2004:

Percent of Loan Principal Secured by Real Estate Located in State

                                 
Total Real
Estate Single
State Loans Family Multifamily Commercial and Land





September 30, 2004
                               
California-south(1)
    54.82 %     40.46 %     54.57 %     90.92 %
California-north(2)
    8.72 %     30.73 %     7.40 %      
Colorado
    7.65 %           8.50 %      
Washington
    7.40 %           8.22 %      
Arizona
    5.22 %     1.66 %     5.68 %      
Oregon
    3.47 %           3.77 %      
All other states
    12.72 %     27.15 %     11.86 %     9.08 %
     
     
     
     
 
      100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %
     
     
     
     
 
June 30, 2004
                               
California-south(1)
    54.83 %     46.68 %     54.28 %     90.84 %
California-north(2)
    9.71 %     44.58 %     7.50 %      
Colorado
    8.27 %           9.13 %      
Washington
    7.61 %           8.40 %      
Arizona
    5.14 %     1.82 %     5.55 %      
Oregon
    4.05 %           4.47 %      
All other states
    10.39 %     6.92 %     10.67 %     9.16 %
     
     
     
     
 
      100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %
     
     
     
     
 


(1)  Consists of loans secured by real property in California with zip code ranges from 90000 to 92999.
 
(2)  Consists of loans secured by real property in California with zip code ranges from 93000 to 96999.

      Another measure of credit risk is the ratio of the loan amount to the value of the property securing the loan (called loan-to-value ratio or LTV). The following table shows the LTVs of our loan portfolio on weighted average and median basis at September 30, 2004 and June 30, 2004. The LTVs were calculated by dividing (a) the loan principal balance less principal repayments by (b) the appraisal value of the property securing the loan at the time of funding.

                                 
Total Real
Estate Single Commercial
Loans Family Multifamily and Land




September 30, 2004
                               
Weighted Average LTV
    53.43%       59.87%       53.15%       48.11%  
Median LTV
    52.50%       59.55%       51.05%       39.68%  
 
June 30, 2004
                               
Weighted Average LTV
    53.45%       61.61%       53.09%       48.45%  
Median LTV
    53.00%       61.44%       52.00%       39.68%  

53


Table of Contents

      Lending Activities. The following table summarizes the volumes of real estate loans originated, purchased and sold for the three months ended September 30, 2004 and for each fiscal year since inception of our operations:

                                             
For Years Ended June 30,
At September 30,
2004 2004 2003 2002 2001





(Dollars in thousands)
Loans Held for Sale:
                                       
Single family (one to four units):
                                       
   
Beginning balance
  $ 435     $ 3,602     $ 128     $ 22     $  
   
Loan originations
    2,514       76,550       124,739       6,994       3,317  
   
Loans purchases
                             
   
Proceeds from sale of loans held for sale
    (2,744 )     (80,081 )     (122,042 )     (6,932 )     (3,317 )
   
Gains on sales of loans held for sale
    11       364       778       67       22  
   
Other
                (1 )     (23 )      
     
     
     
     
     
 
   
Ending balance
  $ 216     $ 435     $ 3,602     $ 128     $ 22  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Loans Held for Investment:
                                       
Single family (one to four units):
                                       
   
Beginning balance
  $ 21,753     $ 42,124     $ 32,763     $ 118,377     $  
   
Loan originations
    104       1,641       1,838       3,595       6,797  
   
Loans purchases
    5,301       7,855       32,919       7,792       127,340 (1)
   
Loans sold
                             
   
Principal repayments
    (3,406 )     (29,867 )     (25,396 )     (97,024 )     (14,807 )
   
Other
    1                   23       (953 )
     
     
     
     
     
 
   
Ending balance
  $ 23,753     $ 21,753     $ 42,124     $ 32,763     $ 118,377  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Multifamily (five units or more):
                                       
   
Beginning balance
  $ 320,971     $ 191,426     $ 125,303     $ 12,878     $  
   
Loan originations
    11,125       57,337       49,949       29,970       4,945  
   
Loans purchases
          120,264       48,267       123,349       7,965  
   
Loans sold
                             
   
Principal repayments
    (13,208 )     (48,056 )     (32,093 )     (40,894 )     (32 )
   
Other
                             
     
     
     
     
     
 
   
Ending balance
  $ 318,888     $ 320,971     $ 191,426     $ 125,303     $ 12,878  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Commercial real estate and land
                                       
   
Beginning balance
  $ 11,659     $ 11,839     $ 8,397     $ 8,122     $  
   
Loan originations
    100       5,467       6,784       1,073       4,261  
   
Loans purchases
                            4,273  
   
Loans sold
                             
   
Principal repayments
    (44 )     (5,647 )     (3,342 )     (798 )     (412 )
   
Other
                             
     
     
     
     
     
 
   
Ending balance
  $ 11,715     $ 11,659     $ 11,839     $ 8,397     $ 8,122  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Consumer loans and other
                                       
   
Beginning balance
  $ 63     $ 62     $ 108     $ 78     $  
   
Loan originations
          33       38       21        
   
Loans purchases
                             
   
Loans sold
                             
   
Principal repayments
    (15 )     (33 )     (108 )     8       (272 )
   
Other
          1       24       1       350  
     
     
     
     
     
 
   
Ending balance
  $ 48     $ 63     $ 62     $ 108     $ 78  
     
     
     
     
     
 
TOTAL LOANS HELD FOR INVESTMENT
  $ 354,404     $ 354,446     $ 245,451     $ 166,571     $ 139,455  
   
Allowance for loan losses
    (1,060 )     (1,045 )     (790 )     (505 )     (310 )
   
Unamortized premiums, net of deferred loan fees
    1,761       1,860       1,272       1,185       534  
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
NET LOANS HELD FOR INVESTMENT
  $ 355,105     $ 355,261     $ 245,933     $ 167,251     $ 139,679  
     
     
     
     
     
 


(1)  Single family loan purchases in our first year of operations provided us the time to develop our internal loan origination capabilities.

54


Table of Contents

      The following table summarizes the amount funded, the number and the size of real estate loans originated and purchased for the three months ended September 30, 2004 and for each fiscal year since inception of our operations:

                                             
For the Three
Months
Ended For the Fiscal Years Ended June 30,
September 30,
2004 2004 2003 2002 2001





(Dollars in thousands)
Type of Loan
                                       
Single family (one to four units):
                                       
 
Loans originated
                                       
   
Amount funded
  $ 2,618     $ 78,191     $ 126,577     $ 10,589     $ 10,114  
   
Number of loans
    12       317       560       46       38  
   
Average loan size
  $ 218     $ 247     $ 226     $ 230     $ 266  
 
Loans purchased
                                       
   
Amount funded
  $ 5,301     $ 7,855     $ 32,919     $ 7,792     $ 127,340  
   
Number of loans
    14       11       68       130       296  
   
Average loan size
  $ 379     $ 714     $ 484     $ 60     $ 430  
Multifamily (five or more units):
                                       
 
Loans originated
                                       
   
Amount funded
  $ 11,125     $ 57,337     $ 49,949     $ 29,970     $ 4,945  
   
Number of loans
    17       84       80       50       9  
   
Average loan size
  $ 654     $ 683     $ 624     $ 599     $ 549  
 
Loans purchased
                                       
   
Amount funded
        $ 120,264     $ 48,267     $ 123,349     $ 7,965  
   
Number of loans
          116       79       315       16  
   
Average loan size
        $ 1,037     $ 611     $ 392     $ 498  
Commercial real estate and land:
                                       
 
Loans originated
                                       
   
Amount funded
  $ 100     $ 5,467     $ 6,784     $ 1,073     $ 4,261  
   
Number of loans
    1       5       6       3       5  
   
Average loan size
  $ 100     $ 1,093     $ 1,131     $ 358     $ 852  
 
Loans purchased
                                       
   
Amount funded
                          $ 4,273  
   
Number of loans
                            16  
   
Average loan size
                          $ 267  

      Loan Marketing. We market our lending products through a variety of channels depending on the product. We market single family mortgage loans in all 50 states to Internet comparison shoppers through our purchase of advertising on search engines, such as Google and Yahoo, and popular product comparison sites, such as Bankrate.com. We market multifamily loans primarily in four states through Internet search engines and through traditional origination techniques, such as direct mail marketing, personal sales efforts and limited media advertising.

      Loan Originations. We originate loans through three different origination channels: online retail; online wholesale; and direct.

  •  Online Retail Loan Origination. We originate single family and multifamily mortgage loans directly online through our websites, where our customers can review interest rates and loan terms, enter their loan applications and lock in interest rates directly over the Internet.

55


Table of Contents

  •  Single Family Loan Website. Our primary website for single family loans is located at www.homeloansbankofinternet.com. We maintain and update the rate and other information on this website. Once a single family loan application is received, we outsource processing of the loan application to a third-party processor, which handles all of the tasks of underwriting and processing the loan. Customers seeking direct contact with a loan officer during the application process are directed to a loan officer at the third-party loan processor.
 
  •  Multifamily Loan Website. Our primary website for multifamily loans is located at www.ApartmentBank.com, where customers can obtain loan rates and terms, prequalify loan requests, submit loan applications, communicate with loan officers and monitor loan processing in a secure, online environment. Multifamily loan applications are underwritten and processed internally by our personnel. We designed our multifamily website and underlying software to expedite the origination, processing and management of multifamily loans. For example, customers can directly input or import loan application data electronically, or submit data by facsimile. Once a customer begins an online application, he or she can save the application and resume the process at a later date through a secure password. Our software determines which forms are needed, populates the forms and allows multiple parties, such as guarantors, to access the application.
 
  •  Online Wholesale Loan Origination. We have developed relationships with independent multifamily loan brokers in our four primary multifamily markets, and we manage these relationships and our wholesale loan pipeline through our “Broker Advantage” website located at www.broker.bofi.com. Through this password-protected website, our approved independent loan brokers can compare programs, terms and pricing on a real time basis and communicate with our staff. Additionally, through a secure loan pipeline management feature, brokers can submit prequalification requests, submit, edit and manage full loan applications, manage loans in process, track outstanding documents and obtain any necessary forms required for documentation. We do not allow brokers to perform any loan processing beyond acting as the originating broker of record. We handle all further loan processing, including verification of loan requests, underwriting, preparation of loan documents and obtaining third party reports and appraisals. We believe that the tools and services offered by Broker Advantage free loan brokers from much of the administrative tasks of loan processing and allow brokers to focus more of their time on local marketing and business development efforts.
 
  •  Direct Loan Origination. We employ a staff of three loan originators who directly originate multifamily and commercial loans and develop wholesale lending relationships with loan brokers on a regional basis. Our internal software, known as “Origination Manager,” allows each loan originator to have direct online access to our multifamily loan origination system and originate and manage their loan portfolios in a secure online environment from anywhere in the nation. Routine tasks are automated, such as researching loan program and pricing updates, prequalifying loans, submitting loan applications, viewing customer applications, credit histories and other application documents and monitoring the status of loans in process. We have three direct loan originators, located in Dallas/ Fort Worth, Phoenix and San Diego.

      Loan Purchases. We purchase selected single family and multifamily loans from other lenders, allowing us to utilize excess cash when direct originations are not available and diversify our loan portfolio geographically. We currently purchase loans primarily from three major banks or mortgage companies. We evaluate each purchased loan as an independent credit decision and apply the same lending policies as our originated loans. Each purchased loan is internally underwritten pursuant to our credit policies for the applicable loan type, and subject to the same loan credit quality scrutiny and approval levels as originated loans. As part of the underwriting and due diligence process for purchased multifamily loans, additional techniques are employed, including a full credit file review for each loan, on-site property inspection, acquisition of independent third party reports as needed, and compliance/documentation quality control audits. At September 30, 2004, approximately $160.7 million, or 45.4%, of our loan portfolio was acquired from other lenders who are servicing the loans on our behalf, 87.9% of which are multifamily loans and 12.1% are single family loans.

56


Table of Contents

      Loan Servicing. We typically retain servicing rights for all multifamily loans that we originate. We typically do not acquire servicing rights on purchased single family and multifamily loans, and we typically release servicing rights to the purchaser when we sell single family loans that we originate. At September 30, 2004, we serviced 295 mortgage loans with two full time employees.

      Loan Underwriting Process and Criteria. We individually underwrite all multifamily and commercial loans that we originate, and all loans that we purchase. We outsource to a third-party processor the underwriting of all single family loans that we originate, based on underwriting criteria that we establish and provide to the processor. Our loan underwriting policies and procedures are written and adopted by our board of directors and our loan committee, consisting of President and Chief Executive Officer Gary Lewis Evans and board members Thomas Pancheri and Robert Eprile. Each loan, regardless of how it is originated, must meet underwriting criteria set forth in our lending policies and the requirements of applicable lending regulations of the OTS.

      Our staff of loan underwriters operates independently of commissioned loan officers. Utilizing our required format, policies and procedures, the underwriters analyze the credit request and prepare credit memoranda and financial analyses for submission to the Chief Credit Officer and loan committee. Loans under $1.0 million require the approval of both the Chief Credit Officer and one loan committee member, while loans over $1.0 million require the approval of the Chief Credit Officer and two loan committee members.

      We have designed our loan application and review process so that much of the information that is required to underwrite and evaluate a loan is created electronically during the loan application process. Therefore we can automate many of the mechanical procedures involved in preparing underwriting reports and reduce the need for human interaction, other than in the actual credit decision process. We believe that our systems will allow us to handle increasing volumes of loans with only a small increase in personnel, in accordance with our strategy of leveraging technology to lower our operating expenses.

      We apply different underwriting criteria depending on the type of loan. Each single family loan is underwritten by our third-party processor based on standard FNMA/ FHLMC guidelines, and we may from time to time implement additional underwriting guidelines determined by the expected purchaser of the loan. For example, a purchaser may specify single family loans that meet additional underwriting criteria, such as loan size and type of property.

      We perform underwriting directly on all multifamily and commercial loans that we originate and purchase. We rely primarily on the cash flow from the underlying property as the expected source of repayment, but we also endeavor to obtain personal guarantees from all borrowers or substantial principals of the borrower. In evaluating multifamily and commercial loans, we review the value and condition of the underlying property, as well as the financial condition, credit history and qualifications of the borrower. In evaluating the borrower’s qualifications, we consider primarily the borrower’s other financial resources, experience in owning or managing similar properties and payment history with us or other financial institutions. In evaluating the underlying property, we consider primarily the net operating income of the property before debt service and depreciation, the ratio of net operating income to debt service and the ratio of the loan amount to the appraised value. We typically require a debt service coverage ratio, after operating expense adjustments, of at least 1.25 times for multifamily and 1.50 times for commercial loans, based on the actual operating history of the property over the prior two calendar years and assuming an interest rate equal to the greater of the contractual start rate or the fully indexed margin. We also prepare a pro forma debt service coverage ratio, which must also meet or exceed a 1.25 or 1.50 multiple, based on assumptions including current macro, regional and local economic trends, recent financial statements and current rent rolls. In evaluating multifamily and commercial properties securing loans we originate, we obtain third-party reports, including title and environmental risk reports, third-party appraisals and review appraisals. One of our employee underwriters typically visits each multifamily or commercial property before loan approval and may also visit related properties owned by the borrower or its affiliates or comparable properties in the area, to further our comfort with the loan. We typically do not require updated appraisals or cash flow analysis on our loans held for investment.

57


Table of Contents

      Lending Limits. As a savings association, we generally are subject to the same lending limit rules applicable to national banks. With limited exceptions, the maximum amount that we may lend to any borrower, including related entities of the borrower, at one time may not exceed 15% of our unimpaired capital and surplus, plus an additional 10% of unimpaired capital and surplus for loans fully secured by readily marketable collateral. We are additionally authorized to make loans to one borrower, by order of the Director of the OTS, in an amount not to exceed the lesser of $30.0 million or 30% of our unimpaired capital and surplus for the purpose of developing residential housing, if certain specified conditions are met. See “Regulation — Regulation of Bank of Internet USA.”

      At September 30, 2004, Bank of Internet’s loans-to-one-borrower limit was $5.2 million, based upon the 15% of unimpaired capital and surplus measurement. At September 30, 2004, no single loan was larger than $2.9 million and our largest single lending relationship had an outstanding balance of $4.3 million. We expect that our lending limit will increase to approximately $7.5 million immediately following this offering, assuming that $21.8 million in net proceeds are raised in the offering and that $16.0 million of the net proceeds are contributed to our bank, based on the assumptions set forth below the table in “Capitalization.”

      Asset Quality and Credit Risk. For every quarter from inception to June 30, 2004, we had no nonperforming assets or troubled debt restructurings. Since that time, one loan with a principal balance of approximately $152,000 at June 30, 2004 defaulted, but the loan was repaid in full. Since our history is limited, we expect in the future to have additional loans that default or become nonperforming. Nonperforming assets are defined as nonperforming loans and real estate acquired by foreclosure or deed-in-lieu thereof. Nonperforming loans are defined as nonaccrual loans and loans 90 days or more overdue but still accruing interest to the extent applicable. Troubled debt restructurings are defined as loans that we have agreed to modify by accepting below market terms either by granting interest rate concessions or by deferring principal or interest payments. Our policy in the event of nonperforming assets is to place such assets on nonaccrual status when, in the judgment of management, the probability of collection of interest is deemed to be insufficient to warrant further accrual. When a loan is placed on nonaccrual status, previously accrued but unpaid interest will be deducted from interest income. Our policy is to not accrue interest on loans past due 90 days or more.

      Investment Portfolio. In addition to loans, we invest available funds in investment grade fixed income securities, consisting mostly of federal agency securities. We also invest available funds in term deposits of other FDIC-insured financial institutions. Our investment policy, as established by our board of directors, is designed primarily to maintain liquidity and generate a favorable return on investment without incurring undue interest rate risk, credit risk or portfolio asset concentration. Our investment policy is currently implemented by an investment committee of the board of directors, comprised of Messrs. Evans, Allrich and Eprile, within overall parameters set by our board of directors. Under our investment policy, we are currently authorized to invest in obligations issued or fully guaranteed by the United States government, specific federal agency obligations, specific time deposits, negotiable certificates of deposit issued by commercial banks and other insured financial institutions, investment grade corporate debt securities and other specified investments.

58


Table of Contents

      The following table sets forth changes in our investment portfolio for the three months ended September 30, 2004 and for each fiscal year since 2002:

                                           
For the Three
Months Ended For the Fiscal Years Ended
September 30, June 30,


2004 2003 2004 2003 2002





(Dollars in thousands)
Securities at beginning of period
  $ 3,665     $ 441     $ 441     $ 726     $ 1,522  
 
Purchases
    52,808             3,409              
 
Sales
                                       
 
Repayments and prepayments
    (641 )     (64 )     (185 )     (285 )     (796 )
 
(Decrease) increase in unrealized gains/losses on available-for-sale securities(1)
    (130 )                        
     
     
     
     
     
 
Securities at end of period
  $ 55,702     $ 377     $ 3,665     $ 441     $ 726  
     
     
     
     
     
 


(1)  Through June 30, 2004, we did not have any securities designated as available-for-sale.

      The following table sets forth, at September 30, 2004, the dollar amount of our investment portfolio by type, based on the contractual terms to maturity and the weighted average yield for each range of maturities:

                                                                                 
Due within After One but After Five but
Total Amount One Year within Five Years within Ten Years After Ten Years





Amount Yield(1) Amount Yield(1) Amount Yield(1) Amount Yield(1) Amount Yield(1)










(Dollars in thousands)
Investment Securities Available-for-Sale:
                                                                               
GNMA MBS(2)
  $ 9,920       3.01 %   $ 214       2.95 %   $ 931       2.96 %   $ 1,346       2.96 %   $ 7,429       3.02 %
FNMA MBS(2)
    37,668       3.93 %     651       3.93 %     2,887       3.93 %     4,353       3.93 %     29,777       3.93 %
     
             
             
             
             
         
Total debt securities
  $ 47,588       3.74 %   $ 865       3.69 %   $ 3,818       3.69 %   $ 5,699       3.70 %   $ 37,206       3.75 %
     
             
             
             
             
         
Total fair value of debt securities
  $ 47,458       3.74 %   $ 865       3.69 %   $ 3,818       3.69 %   $ 5,699       3.70 %   $ 37,076       3.75 %
     
             
             
             
             
         
 
Investment Securities Held to Maturity:
                                                                               
U.S. Government and Agency
  $ 3,417       3.65 %   $           $ 3,417       3.65 %   $           $        
FHLMC MBS(2)
    4,595       4.11 %     78       4.11 %     349       4.11 %     529       4.11 %     3,639       4.11 %
FNMA MBS(2)
    232       2.32 %     6       2.32 %     26       2.32 %     38       2.32 %     162       2.32 %
     
             
             
             
             
         
Total debt securities
  $ 8,244       3.87 %   $ 84       3.98 %   $ 3,792       3.68 %   $ 567       3.99 %   $ 3,801       4.03 %
     
             
             
             
             
         
Total fair value of debt securities
  $ 8,227       3.87 %   $ 84       3.98 %   $ 3,815       3.68 %   $ 567       3.99 %   $ 3,761       4.03 %
     
             
             
             
             
         


(1)  Weighted average yield is based on amortized cost of the securities.
 
(2)  Mortgage-backed securities are allocated based on contractual principal maturities, assuming no prepayments.

      Allowance for Loan Losses. We maintain an allowance for loan losses in an amount that we believe is sufficient to provide adequate protection against probable losses in our loan portfolio. We evaluate quarterly the adequacy of the allowance based upon reviews of individual loans, recent loss experience, current economic conditions, risk characteristics of the various categories of loans and other pertinent factors. The evaluation is inherently subjective, as it requires estimates that are susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available. The allowance is increased by the provision for loan losses, which is charged

59


Table of Contents

against current period operating results. The allowance is decreased by the amount of charge-offs of loans deemed uncollectible and increased by recoveries of loans previously charged off.

      Under our allowance for loan loss policy, impairment calculations are determined based on general portfolio data for general reserves and loan level data. Specific loans are evaluated for impairment and are to be classified as nonperforming or in foreclosure they are 90 days or more delinquent. A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that we will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Factors that we consider in determining impairment include payment status, collateral value and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. Loans that experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired. Impairment is measured on a loan by loan basis by either the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate or the fair value of the collateral if repayment of the loan is expected from the sale of collateral.

      General loan loss reserves are calculated by grouping each loan by collateral type and by grouping the loan-to-value ratios of each loan within the collateral type. An estimated impairment rate for each loan-to-value group within each type of loan is multiplied by the total principal amount in the group to calculate the required general reserve attributable to that group. We use an allowance rate that provides a larger loss allowance for loans with greater loan-to-value ratios, measured at the time the loan was funded. The internal asset review committee of our board of directors reviews and approves the bank’s calculation methodology. Specific reserves are to be calculated when an internal asset review of a loan identifies a significant adverse change in the financial position of the borrower or the value of the collateral. The specific reserve is based on discounted cash flows, observable market prices or the estimated value of underlying collateral.

      For every quarter from inception to June 30, 2004, we had no loan defaults, foreclosures, nonperforming loans or specific loan loss allowances. Since that time, one loan with a principal balance of approximately $152,000 at June 30, 2004 defaulted, but the loan was repaid in full. Since our history is limited, we expect in the future to have additional loans that default or become nonperforming. We have provided general loan loss allowances as an estimate of the impairment inherent in our portfolio.

60


Table of Contents

      The following table sets forth the changes in our allowance for loan losses, by loan type, from inception through September 30, 2004. We have not recorded any specific loan loss reserves or any loan charge-offs or recoveries in the period from inception through September 30, 2004:

                                                 
Total
Allowance
as a
Commercial Percentage
Real Estate of Total
Single Family Multifamily and Land Consumer Total Loans






(Dollars in thousands)
Balance at July 6, 1999 (inception)
  $     $     $     $     $        
                                             
 
Provision for loan loss
                                     
     
     
     
     
     
         
Balance at June 30, 2000
                                   
                                             
 
Provision for loan losses
    198       76       33       3       310          
     
     
     
     
     
         
Balance at June 30, 2001
    198       76       33       3       310       0.22 %
                                             
 
Provision for loan losses
    (107 )     300       2             195          
     
     
     
     
     
         
Balance at June 30, 2002
    91       376       35       3       505       0.30 %
                                             
 
Provision for loan losses
    (14 )     302             (3 )     285          
     
     
     
     
     
         
Balance at June 30, 2003
    77       678       35             790       0.32 %
                                             
 
Provision for loan losses
    (35 )     284       6             255          
     
     
     
     
     
         
Balance at June 30, 2004
    42       962       41             1,045       0.29 %
                                             
 
Provision for loan loss
    (2 )     17                   15          
     
     
     
     
     
         
Balance at September 30, 2004
  $ 40     $ 979     $ 41     $     $ 1,060       0.30 %
     
     
     
     
     
     
 

      The following table sets forth how our allowance for loan losses is allocated by type of loan at each of the dates indicated:

                                                                                 
September 30, 2004 June 30, 2004 June 30, 2003 June 30, 2002 June 30, 2001





Loan Loan Loan Loan Loan
Category Category Category Category Category
Amount as a % Amount as a % Amount as a % Amount as a % Amount as a %
of of Total of of Total of of Total of of Total of of Total
Allowance Loans Allowance Loans Allowance Loans Allowance Loans Allowance Loans










(Dollars in thousands)
Single family
  $ 40       3.77 %   $ 42       4.02 %   $ 77       9.75 %   $ 91       18.02 %   $ 198       63.87 %
Multifamily
    979       92.36 %     962       92.06 %     678       85.82 %     376       74.46 %     76       24.52 %
Commercial real estate and land
    41       3.87 %     41       3.92 %     35       4.43 %     35       6.93 %     33       10.64 %
Consumer
                                        3       0.59 %     3       0.97 %
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Total
  $ 1,060       100 %   $ 1,045       100 %   $ 790       100 %   $ 505       100 %   $ 310       100 %
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 

61


Table of Contents

Deposit Products and Services

      Deposit Products. We offer a full line of deposit products over the Internet to customers in all 50 states. Our deposit products consist of demand deposits (interest bearing and non-interest bearing), savings accounts and time deposits Our customers access their funds through ATMs, debit cards, Automated Clearing House funds (electronic transfers) and checks. We also offer the following additional services in connection with our deposit accounts:

  •  Online Bill Payment Service. Customers can pay their bills online through electronic funds transfer or a written check prepared and sent to the payee.
 
  •  Online Check Imaging. Online images of cancelled checks and deposit slips are available to customers 24 hours a day. Images of cancelled checks are available real time (at the time the check clears our bank) and may be printed or stored electronically.
 
  •  ATM Cards or VISA® Check Cards. Each customer may choose to receive a free ATM card or VISA® check card upon opening an account. Customers can access their accounts at ATMs and any other location worldwide that accept VISA® check cards. We do not charge a fee for ATM/ VISA® usage, and we reimburse our customers up to $10 per month for fees imposed by third-party operators of ATM/ VISA® locations.
 
  •  Overdraft Protection. Overdraft protection, in the form of an overdraft line of credit, is available to all checking account customers who request the protection and qualify.
 
  •  Electronic Statements. Statements are produced and imaged automatically each month and may be printed or stored electronically by the customer.

      Deposit Marketing. We currently market to deposit customers through targeted, online marketing in all 50 states by purchasing “key word” advertising on Internet search engines, such as Google, and placement on product comparison sites, such as Bankrate.com. We target deposit customers based on demographics, such as age, income, geographic location and other criteria. For example, we recently opened our “Senior Banking Center” website to target seniors who tend to maintain relatively high balances but are also rate sensitive. This account offers greater interest rates and higher amounts of free bill paying, but lower amounts of ATM reimbursement. We also offer a “Boomers” account targeting baby-boomers, and are developing “Banco de Internet,” a redesigned version of our website to focus on Spanish speaking U.S. customers. We also plan to create in the future strategic alliances with financial and similar websites to target deposit-taking products to their customers. We have never obtained any “brokered deposits,” or deposits for which we have paid a commission.

      As part of our deposit marketing strategies, we actively manage deposit interest rates offered on our websites and displayed in our advertisements. Senior management is directly involved in executing overall growth and interest rate guidance established by ALCO. Within these parameters, management and staff survey our competitors’ interest rates and evaluate consumer demand for various products and our existing deposit mix. They then establish our marketing campaigns accordingly and monitor and adjust our marketing campaigns on an ongoing basis. Within minutes our management and staff can react to changes in deposit inflows and external events by altering interest rates reflected on our websites and in our advertising.

      During our fiscal year ended June 30, 2004, we opened 6,408 new deposit accounts, resulting in approximately $136.0 million in new deposits, and spent approximately $29,000 in external advertising costs for deposits.

62


Table of Contents

      Deposit Composition. The following table sets forth the dollar amount of deposits by type and weighted average interest rates at September 30, 2004 and at each of June 30, 2004, 2003 and 2002:

                                                                     
At June 30,

At September 30,
2004 2004 2003 2002




Amount Rate(1) Amount Rate(1) Amount Rate(1) Amount Rate(1)








(Dollars in thousands)
Noninterest-bearing
  $ 6,647           $ 2,279           $ 3,299           $ 1,405        
Interest-bearing:
                                                               
 
Demand
    27,221       1.38 %     26,725       1.35 %     29,902       1.38 %     34,283       3.07 %
 
Savings
    91,014       1.96 %     94,120       1.96 %     18,823       1.91 %     7,977       1.87 %
 
Time deposits:
                                                               
   
Under $100,000
    106,021       3.28 %     88,082       3.44 %     95,489       3.93 %     82,889       4.23 %
   
$100,000 or more
    64,774       3.16 %     58,635       3.20 %     46,479       3.96 %     41,064       4.18 %
     
             
             
             
         
 
Total time deposits
    170,795       3.23 %     146,717       3.35 %     141,968       3.94 %     123,953       4.21 %
     
             
             
             
         
Total interest-bearing
    289,030       2.66 %     267,562       2.66 %     190,693       3.34 %     166,213       3.86 %
     
             
             
             
         
Total deposits
  $ 295,677       2.60 %   $ 269,841       2.64 %   $ 193,992       3.28 %   $ 167,618       3.83 %
     
             
             
             
         


(1)  Based on weighted average stated interest rates at the end of the period.

      The following tables set forth the average balance of each type of deposit and the average rate paid on each type of deposit for the periods indicated:

                                                 
For The Three Months Ended September 30,

2004 2003


Average Average
Average Interest Rate Average Interest Rate
Balance Expense Paid Balance Expense Paid






(Dollars in thousands)
Demand
  $ 28,157     $ 98       1.39 %   $ 29,379     $ 105       1.43 %
Savings
    93,370       461       1.97 %     32,771       159       1.94 %
Time deposits
    155,662       1,291       3.32 %     134,824       1,312       3.89 %
     
     
             
     
         
Total interest-bearing deposits
    277,189       1,850       2.67 %     196,974       1,576       3.20 %
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Total deposits
  $ 280,072     $ 1,850       2.64 %   $ 200,039     $ 1,576       3.15 %
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
                                                                         
For the Years Ended June 30,

2004 2003 2002



Average Average Average
Average Interest Rate Average Interest Rate Average Interest Rate
Balance Expense Paid Balance Expense Paid Balance Expense Paid









(Dollars in thousands)
Demand
  $ 29,600     $ 416       1.41 %   $ 33,213     $ 735       2.21 %   $ 17,518     $ 487       2.78 %
Savings
    64,197       1,252       1.95 %     8,160       119       1.46 %     10,873       272       2.50 %
Time deposits
    132,166       4,866       3.68 %     142,903       5,854       4.10 %     123,812       6,196       5.00 %
     
     
             
     
             
     
         
Total interest-bearing deposits
    225,963       6,534       2.89 %     184,276       6,708       3.64 %     152,203       6,955       4.57 %
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Total deposits
  $ 227,966     $ 6,534       2.87 %   $ 186,032     $ 6,708       3.61 %   $ 153,028     $ 6,955       4.54 %
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 

63


Table of Contents

      The following table shows the maturity dates of our certificates of deposit at September 30, 2004 and at each of June 30, 2004 and 2003:

                         
At
September 30, At June 30,


2004 2004 2003



(Dollars in thousands)
Within 12 months
  $ 101,045     $ 80,365     $ 71,147  
13 to 24 months
    27,176       23,018       35,465  
25 to 36 months
    22,563       14,760       11,116  
37 to 48 months
    5,090       14,309       10,803  
49 months and thereafter
    14,921       14,265       13,437  
     
     
     
 
Total
  $ 170,795     $ 146,717     $ 141,968  
     
     
     
 

      The following table shows maturities of our time deposits having principal amounts of $100,000 or more at September 30, 2004 and June 30, 2004:

                                         
Term to Maturity

Over Three Over Six
Within Months Months
Three through Six through One Over One
Months Months Year Year Total





(Dollars in thousands)
September 30, 2004
                                       
Time deposits with balances of $100,000 or more
  $ 14,149     $ 15,053     $ 9,920     $ 25,652     $ 64,774  
June 30, 2004
                                       
Time deposits with balances of $100,000 or more
  $ 13,355     $ 11,785     $ 10,599     $ 22,897     $ 58,635  

Borrowings

      In addition to deposits, we have historically funded our asset growth through advances from the FHLB. Our bank can borrow up to 35.0% of its total assets from the FHLB, and borrowings are collateralized by mortgage loans and mortgage-backed securities pledged to the FHLB. Based on loans and securities pledged at September 30, 2004, we had a total borrowing capacity of approximately $158.7 million, of which $121.9 million was outstanding and $36.8 million was available. At September 30, 2004, we also had a $4.5 million unsecured Fed Funds purchase line of credit with a major bank, under which no borrowings were outstanding.

      On October 24, 2003, we entered into a $5.0 million loan facility with a commercial bank consisting of a one-year revolving line of credit plus a fully amortizing term loan of up to nine years. We entered into this loan facility to provide additional regulatory capital to our bank to support its growth. Advances from the FHLB are not capital for regulatory purposes. Interest is payable quarterly under this credit line at prime plus 1% per annum. Principal is payable in 36 equal quarterly installments starting on January 24, 2005. We may prepay all or a portion of the principal at anytime without a prepayment penalty. At December 31, 2004, the note payable balance was $5.0 million and the interest rate was 6.25% per annum. We intend to use a portion of the net proceeds from the offering to prepay in full the entire amount outstanding under the note payable. See “Use of Proceeds.”

      The loan facility is secured by our bank’s common stock held by BofI Holding, Inc. Under the terms of the loan facility, we are bound by a number of significant covenants that restrict our ability, out of the ordinary course of business, to dispose of assets, to incur additional debt or guarantees, to invest in or acquire any interest in another enterprise and to suffer a change in ownership of 51% or more of our common stock. The loan facility also requires us to maintain a debt coverage ratio of 1.50 as calculated by the lender. We were in

64


Table of Contents

compliance with all such covenants and restrictions at December 31, 2004, and do not anticipate that such covenants and restrictions will limit our operations.

      On December 16, 2004, we completed a transaction in which we formed a trust and issued $5.0 million of trust preferred securities. The net proceeds from the offering were used to purchase approximately $5.2 million of junior subordinated debentures of our company with a stated maturity of 30 years. The debentures are the sole assets of the trust. The trust preferred securities are mandatorily redeemable upon maturity, or upon earlier redemption as provided in the indenture. We have the right to redeem the debentures in whole (but not in part) on or after specific dates, at a redemption price specified in the indenture plus any accrued but unpaid interest through the redemption date. Interest accrues at the rate of three-month LIBOR plus 2.4%, which was 4.9% at December 31, 2004, with interest to be paid quarterly starting in February 2005.

      The table below sets forth the amount of our borrowings, the maximum amount of borrowings in each category during any month-end during each reported period, the approximate average amounts outstanding during each reported period and the approximate weighted average interest rate thereon at or for the three months ended September 30, 2004 and 2003 and at or for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2004, 2003 and 2002:

                                             
At or For the
Three Months Ended At or For the Fiscal Years Ended
September 30, June 30,


2004 2003 2004 2003 2002





(Dollars in thousands)
Advances from the FHLB:
                                       
 
Average balance outstanding
  $ 99,961     $ 58,446     $ 69,932     $ 35,343     $ 22,764  
   
Maximum amount outstanding at any month-end during the period
    121,475       58,900       101,446       55,900       29,900  
 
Balance outstanding at end of period
    121,475       58,900       101,446       55,900       29,900  
 
Average interest rate at end of period
    3.20 %     3.92 %     3.19 %     4.40 %     5.05 %
 
Average interest rate during period
    3.47 %     4.11 %     3.79 %     4.86 %     5.02 %
Notes payable:
                                       
 
Average balance outstanding
  $ 1,343           $ 1,119              
   
Maximum amount outstanding at any month-end during the period
    3,300             3,060              
 
Balance outstanding at end of period
    3,300             1,300              
 
Average interest rate at end of period
    5.75 %           5.25 %            
 
Average interest rate during period
    5.96 %           5.36 %            
Notes payable — related party:
                                   
 
Average balance outstanding
                          $ 487  
   
Maximum amount outstanding at any month-end during the period
                            1,570  
 
Balance outstanding at end of period
                             
 
Average interest rate at end of period
                             
 
Average interest rate during period
                            9.45 %

Technology

      We have implemented customized software and hardware systems to provide products and services to our customers. Most of our key customer interfaces were designed by us specifically to address the needs of an Internet-only bank and its customers. Our website and CRM technology drive our customer self-service model, reducing the need for human interaction while increasing our overall operating efficiencies. Our CRM

65


Table of Contents

software enables us to collect customer data over our websites, which is automatically uploaded into our customer databases. The databases drive our workflow processes by automatically linking to third-party processors and storing all customer contract and correspondence data, including emails, hard copy images and telephone notes. With customer information readily accessible through our CRM software, our service personnel can respond to customers rapidly. We intend to continue to improve our systems and implement new systems, with the goal of providing for increased transaction capacity without materially increasing personnel costs.

      The following summarizes our current technology resources:

      Core Banking Systems. We use a major banking industry outsourcing company for substantially all our core banking systems. This company is responsible for all our basic core processing applications, including general ledger, loans, deposits, ATM networks, electronic fund transfers, item processing and imaging. These outsourced services for our core banking systems are located in California, Wisconsin and North Carolina, with a backup location in New York. Our bill pay system is outsourced to the processing subsidiary of a major bank. We use a variety of vendors to provide automated information for our customers, including credit, identity authentication, tax status and property appraisal.

      Internet and CRM Systems. We use our own customized software for our website interface with loan and deposit customers, including collection and initial processing of new customer information. We have also created customized software to manage workflow and fraud control and provide automated interfaces to our outsourced service providers. We directly host our primary web servers, which are located in San Diego, California, and fully control and manage the content of our websites with a staff of technology personnel. Web servers used by our customers to access real time account data are located in California and Kansas, with a backup location in Texas.

      Systems Architecture. Our Internet and CRM platforms have been developed using Microsoft software and Intel-based hardware. Our outsourced core processing system uses IBM hardware and software. We use a variety of specialized companies to provide hardware and software for firewalls, network routers, intrusion detection, load balancing, data storage and data backup. To aid in disaster recovery, customer access to our websites is supported by a fully redundant network and our servers are “mirrored” so that most hardware failures or software bugs should cause no more than a few minutes of service outage. “Mirroring” means that our server is backed up continuously so that all data is stored in two physical locations.

Security

      Because we operate almost exclusively through electronic means, we believe that we must be vigilant in detecting and preventing fraudulent transactions. We have implemented stringent computer security and internal control procedures to reduce our susceptibility to “identity theft,” “hackers,” theft and other types of fraud. We have implemented an automated approach to detecting identity theft that we believe is highly effective, and we have integrated our fraud detection processes into our CRM technology. For example, when opening new deposit accounts, our CRM programs automatically collect a customer’s personal and computer identification from our websites, send the data to internal and third-party programs which analyze the data for potential fraud, and quickly provide operating personnel with a summary report for final assessment and decision making during the account-opening process.

      We continually evaluate the systems, services and software used in our operations to ensure that they meet high standards of security. The following are among the security measures that are currently in place:

  •  Encrypted Transactions. All banking transactions and other appropriate Internet communications are encrypted so that sensitive information is not transmitted over the Internet in a form that can be read or easily deciphered.
 
  •  Secure Log-on. To protect against the possibility of unauthorized downloading of a customer’s password protected files, user identification and passwords are not stored on the Internet or our web server.

66


Table of Contents

  •  Authenticated Session Integrity. An authenticated user is any user who signs onto our website with a valid user ID and password. To protect against fraudulent bank customers, our server is programmed to alert our core processing vendor of any attempted illegitimate entry so that its staff can quickly investigate and respond to such attempts.
 
  •  Physical Security. Our servers and network computers reside in secure facilities. Currently, computer operations supporting our outsourced core banking systems are based in Lenexa, Kansas with backup facilities in Houston, Texas. Only employees with proper photographic identification may enter the primary building. The computer operations are located in a secure area that can be accessed only by using a key card and further password identification. In addition, our marketing and account opening servers reside in a secure third-party location in San Diego with a mirror site at our corporate offices. These servers are physically separate from our outsourced core back-office processing system and maintain the same level of security services as our outsourced core processing servers in Lenexa, Kansas.
 
  •  Service Continuity. The core processing vendor and our bank provide a fully redundant network. Our server is also “mirrored.” This network and server redundancy is designed to provide reliable access to our bank. However, if existing customers are not able to access their accounts over the Internet, customers retain access to their funds through paper checks, ATM cards, customer service by telephone and an automated telephone response system.
 
  •  Monitoring. All customer transactions on our server produce one or more entries into transaction logs, which we monitor for unusual or fraudulent activity. We are notified and log any attempt by an authenticated user to modify a command or request from our websites. Additionally, all financial transactions are logged, and these logs are constantly reviewed for abnormal or unusual activity.

Competition

      The market for banking and financial services is intensely competitive, and we expect competition to continue to intensify in the future. We believe that competition in our market is based predominantly on price, customer service and brand recognition. Our competitors include:

  •  large, publicly-traded, Internet-based banks, as well as smaller Internet-based banks;
 
  •  “brick and mortar” banks, including those that have implemented websites to facilitate online banking; and
 
  •  traditional banking institutions such as thrifts, finance companies, credit unions and mortgage banks.

      In real estate lending, we compete against traditional real estate lenders, including large and small savings banks, commercial banks, mortgage bankers and mortgage brokers. Many of our current and potential competitors have greater brand recognition, longer operating histories, larger customer bases and significantly greater financial, marketing and other resources and are capable of providing strong price and customer service competition. In order to compete profitably, we may need to reduce the rates we offer on loans and investments and increase the rates we offer on deposits, which actions may adversely affect our overall financial condition and earnings. We may not be able to compete successfully against current and future competitors.

Intellectual Property and Proprietary Rights

      We register our various Internet URL addresses with service companies, and work actively with bank regulators to identify potential naming conflicts with competing financial institutions. We also work with various regulators to shut down websites with names which may be misleading to our customers. Policing unauthorized use of proprietary information is difficult and litigation may be necessary to enforce our intellectual property rights.

      We own the Internet domain names “BankofInternet.com,” “BofI.com,” “ApartmentBank.com,” “InsuranceSales.com,” “InvestmentSales.com,” “BancodeInternet.com” and many other similar names.

67


Table of Contents

Domain names in the United States and in foreign countries are regulated, and the laws and regulations governing the Internet are continually evolving. Additionally, the relationship between regulations governing domain names and laws protecting intellectual property rights is not entirely clear. As a result, we may in the future be unable to prevent third parties from acquiring domain names that infringe or otherwise decrease the value of our trademark and other intellectual property rights.

Employees

      At September 30, 2004, we had one part-time and 24 full time employees, of which seven were in administration, finance and accounting, seven were in deposit operations, seven were in lending operations and three were in information technology. None of our employees is represented by a labor union or subject to a collective bargaining agreement. We have not experienced any work stoppage and consider our relations with our employees to be good.

Facilities

      Our principal executive offices, which also serve as our bank’s main office and branch, are located at 12220 El Camino Real, Suite 220, San Diego, California 92130, and our telephone number is (858) 350-6200. This facility occupies a total of approximately 8,000 square feet under a lease that expires in June 2005. We believe our facilities are adequate for our current needs.

Legal Proceedings

      We may from time to time become a party to legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of our business. We are not currently a party to any material legal proceedings.

68


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Directors and Executive Officers

      The following table lists our directors and executive officers at September 30, 2004:

             
Name Age Position



Gary Lewis Evans
    55     Director; President and Chief Executive Officer of BofI Holding and Bank of Internet USA
Patrick A. Dunn
    39     Vice President and Chief Credit Officer of Bank of Internet USA
Andrew J. Micheletti
    47     Chief Financial Officer of BofI Holding; Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Bank of Internet USA
Michael J. Berengolts
    34     Vice President and Chief Technology Officer of Bank of Internet USA
Jerry F. Englert
    63     Chairman
Theodore C. Allrich
    58     Vice Chairman
Robert Eprile(1)(3)
    51     Director
Paul Grinberg(2)
    43     Director
Thomas J. Pancheri(1)(2)
    44     Director
Connie M. Paulus(3)
    44     Director
Gordon L. Witter(1)(2)(3)
    69     Director


(1)  Member of the compensation committee.
 
(2)  Member of the audit committee.
 
(3)  Member of the nominating committee.

      Gary Lewis Evans. Mr. Evans has served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Bank of Internet USA since its formation and as a member of the board of directors of BofI Holding since April 2004. Mr. Evans has also served as President and Chief Executive Officer of BofI Holding since October 2004. Mr. Evans has over 30 years of experience in the operation and management of commercial and savings banks. He served as President of La Jolla Bank from June 1988 to June 1996. In June 1996, he formed an Internet marketing and development consulting company. Mr. Evans also co-authored the 1997 McGraw-Hill publication, The Financial Institutions Internet Sourcebook , and was a key participant in the educational video, The ABC’s of Internet Banking , American Bankers Association. Mr. Evans has published the “Investment Management and Tactics” chapter for the 1989 book, Savings and Loan Investment Management published by Sheshunoff and Company. Mr. Evans currently is a member of the CFA Institute and The Financial Analysts Society of San Diego. Mr. Evans holds a Bachelor of Science degree in Business Administration, as well as a Masters of Science degree in Finance, from California State University at Northridge.

      Patrick A. Dunn. Mr. Dunn has served as Vice President and Chief Credit Officer of Bank of Internet USA since its formation and is responsible for the bank’s credit administration, including portfolio management, compliance and origination management. Mr. Dunn joined Bank of Internet USA to organize and direct the bank’s lending operations, as part of the bank’s original management team. Prior to Bank of Internet, Mr. Dunn was an officer of La Jolla Bank, serving as Vice President and Chief Loan Officer from March 1994 to March 2000, and as Regional Loan Officer and Branch Manager from September 1989 to March 1994. Mr. Dunn holds a Bachelor of Science degree in Finance from Colorado State University.

      Andrew J. Micheletti. Mr. Micheletti has served as Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of BofI Holding and Bank of Internet USA since April 2001. Prior to joining our company, from June 1997 to March 2001, Mr. Micheletti was Vice President — Finance for TeleSpectrum Worldwide Inc., an international provider of outsourced telephone and Internet services. In July 1999, TeleSpectrum acquired International

69


Table of Contents

Data Response Corporation, where Mr. Micheletti had served as Vice President and Corporate Controller since 1997. From September 1990 to May 1997, Mr. Micheletti was Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Linsco/ Private Ledger Corporation, an independent contractor securities broker-dealer with offices throughout the United States. Starting as an internal auditor in 1985, Mr. Micheletti held various positions at Imperial Savings Association, including Vice President — Financial Reporting and, upon its receivership, Controller. Mr. Micheletti was also an auditor with Deloitte & Touche LLP from 1980 to 1985. Mr. Micheletti is licensed as a CPA in the State of California and has held various NASD securities licenses. He holds a Bachelor of Science degree from San Diego State University.

      Michael J. Berengolts. Mr. Berengolts has served as Vice President and Chief Technology Officer of Bank of Internet USA since April 1999. Mr. Berengolts joined Bank of Internet USA as part of the original management team to organize and direct its technology development. Mr. Berengolts is responsible for all hardware and software systems for the bank, including the development of our CRM system. Prior to joining the bank, from June 1997 to June 1999, Mr. Berengolts was the information systems manager for Benefit Management Systems, a software provider to the managed health care industry. In addition to Mr. Berengolts’ information systems experience, he founded a manufacturing company producing hockey equipment, operated it from November 1994 to June 1997 and then sold it to an industry competitor. Mr. Berengolts holds a Bachelor of Science degree in Business Administration from the University of San Diego.

      Jerry F. Englert. Mr. Englert has served as Chairman of the board of directors of BofI Holding since July 1999 and as President and Chief Executive Officer of BofI Holding from July 1999 to October 2004. Since May 2003, Mr. Englert has been Director of Strategic Planning and Financial Relations for Hollis-Eden Pharmaceuticals, Inc. In addition, Mr. Englert is the owner of Harvard Fair, a specialty supply company, and has been its Chairman and CEO since 1982. He was a founder of Bank Del Mar and its Vice Chairman from 1989 to 1994. Mr. Englert served as the President, Chief Executive Officer and a Director of Winfield Industries from 1972 until it was sold to Maxxim Medical in 1991. From 1968 to 1972, he was Vice President of Marketing for IVAC Corporation, and, from 1963 to 1968, he was a Regional Sales Manager for Baxter Health Care, Inc. Mr. Englert holds a Bachelor of Arts degree from Morris Harvey College. In addition, Mr. Englert received an honorary Ph.D. from the University of Charleston.

      Theodore C. Allrich. Mr. Allrich has served as Vice Chairman of the board of directors of BofI Holding since 1999. Mr. Allrich is the founder of the financial educational website, The Online Investor (www.theonlineinvestor.com), based on his book of the same name, and served as an investment advisor with his own firm, Allrich Investment Management, from June 1991 to June 2003. Prior to starting his own firm, Mr. Allrich spent 20 years with various Wall Street brokerage firms, where he was involved with investment banking, fixed income sales and management, specializing in mortgage-backed securities, institutional equity sales and trading. His last position with a brokerage firm was in 1990 as the regional manager for high grade fixed income investments with Drexel Burnham Lambert in San Francisco. Mr. Allrich holds a Bachelor of Arts degree from the University of California at Davis and a Master of Business Administration degree in Finance from Stanford University.

      Robert Eprile. Mr. Eprile has served as a member of the board of directors of BofI Holding since July 1999. Mr. Eprile is a founder of US Encode Corporation and has served as President since June 2002. US Encode develops and markets a proprietary authentication technology to secure credit card and other financial transactions over the Internet. Mr. Eprile also serves as an outside director on the board of Compliance Coach, an e -learning company that provides online compliance training to financial services companies. From October 1996 to May 1999, Mr. Eprile served as Chairman of the Ashton Technology Group, a developer of electronic commerce and electronic transactional systems for the financial services industry. Mr. Eprile was a founder of Universal Trading Technologies Corporation (UTTC), which develops and markets electronic trading systems, and served as its President and CEO from March 1995 to May 1999. Mr. Eprile holds a Bachelor of Arts degree from Oberlin College in Ohio and a Master of Business Administration degree from Stanford University.

      Paul Grinberg. Mr. Grinberg has served as a member of the board of directors of BofI Holding since April 2004. Since October 2004, Mr. Grinberg has served as the Senior Vice President-Finance of Encore

70


Table of Contents

Capital Group, a purchaser of charged-off, unsecured consumer loans. Mr. Grinberg has also served as the President and CEO of Brio Consulting Group, Inc., a company he founded that provides financial consulting services, primarily to small and mid-size private equity and venture-backed companies, since May 2003. From May 2000 to April 2003, Mr. Grinberg was the Chief Financial Officer of Stellcom, Inc., a systems integration firm focused on providing mobile and wireless technology solutions to Fortune 1000 companies. From July 1999 to April 2000, Mr. Grinberg was the Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer for TeleSpectrum Worldwide, Inc., a leading provider of direct marketing and multichannel CRM solutions to Fortune 1000 companies in the United States and Canada. In July 1999, TeleSpectrum acquired International Data Response Corporation, where Mr. Grinberg served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since February 1997. From September 1983 to January 1997, Mr. Grinberg held several positions at Deloitte & Touche LLP, the most recent of which was as a partner in the firm’s Merger & Acquisition Services Group. Mr. Grinberg is licensed as a CPA in the state of New York. Mr. Grinberg holds a Bachelor of Science degree in accounting from Yeshiva University and a Masters of Business Administration degree in Finance from Columbia University’s Graduate School of Business.

      Thomas J. Pancheri. Mr. Pancheri has served as a member of the board of directors of BofI Holding since July 1999. Since July 1981, Mr. Pancheri has served as the President of San Diego Pension Consultants, Inc., a company specializing in the design and administration of retirement plans. San Diego Pension Consultants is the main division of Pen/Flex, Inc., which services qualified plans, primarily in the San Diego area. Mr. Pancheri is active in the National Institute of Pension Administrators and was the Charter President of the San Diego chapter. In addition, he has been a member of the Western Pension & Benefits Conference since 1980.

      Connie M. Paulus. Ms. Paulus has served as a member of the board of directors of BofI Holding since July 1999. Ms. Paulus is a scientist specializing in transgenic technology and has more than 20 years of laboratory experience, including appointments at Washington State University, UC Irvine Medical Center, The Salk Institute for Biological Sciences and the University of California at San Diego. From January 1992 to December 1999, Ms. Paulus served as a research associate at the University of California at San Diego, managing the transgenic animal facility. She also participates in a family owned business specializing in residential and commercial land development and real estate lending. Ms. Paulus holds a Bachelor of Science degree from Western Washington University and a Masters of Science degree from Washington State University.

      Gordon L. Witter. Mr. Witter has served as a member of the board of directors of BofI Holding since July 1999. Following his retirement as a Chief Pilot for American Airlines, Captain Witter formed Witter Associates, a flight operations consulting firm, where he has been serving as President since April 1995. He is a co-founder of Air Carrier Associates, Inc., a firm specializing in risk management issues for airline and general aviation clients and has been its Managing Partner from July 1997 to the present. Mr. Witter serves as Treasurer of the Sharp Healthcare Foundation and as Chairman of the San Diego Aerospace Museum and is on the Greater San Diego Chamber of Commerce Military Affairs Council.

Board Composition

      Our board of directors is authorized to have up to nine members and is currently comprised of eight members. In accordance with the terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws, following the offering, our board of directors will be divided into three classes, class I, class II and class III, with each class serving staggered three-year terms. The members of the classes are divided as follows:

  •  the class I directors will be Messrs. Eprile and Allrich, and their terms will expire at the 2005 annual meeting of stockholders;
 
  •  the class II directors will be Messrs. Englert, Grinberg and Evans, and their terms will expire at the 2006 annual meeting of stockholders; and
 
  •  the class III directors will be Messrs. Witter and Pancheri and Ms. Paulus, and their terms will expire at the 2007 annual meeting of stockholders.

71


Table of Contents

      The authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution of the board of directors. Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed between the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one third of the directors. This classification of our board of directors may have the effect of delaying or preventing changes in our control or management. Our directors will hold office until their successors have been elected and qualified or until their earlier death, resignation, disqualification or removal for cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of our outstanding stock entitled to vote on election of directors.

Board Committees

      Our board of directors has an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating committee.

      Audit Committee. The audit committee consists of Messrs. Witter, Grinberg and Pancheri. Our board of directors has determined that Mr. Grinberg, who serves as chairperson of our audit committee, is an audit committee financial expert as defined under the applicable rules of the SEC and has the requisite financial sophistication as defined under the applicable Nasdaq stock market rules. We believe the composition of our audit committee meets the criteria for independence under, and the functioning of our audit committee complies with applicable requirements of, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the current rules of the Nasdaq Stock Market and SEC rules and regulations. We intend to comply with future audit committee requirements as they become applicable to us.

      Our audit committee oversees our accounting and financial reporting processes, internal systems of control, independent auditor relationships and the audits of our financial statements. This committee’s responsibilities include, among other things:

  •  selecting and hiring our independent auditors;
 
  •  evaluating the qualifications, independence and performance of our independent auditors;
 
  •  approving the audit and nonaudit services to be performed by our independent auditors;
 
  •  reviewing the design, implementation, adequacy and effectiveness of our internal controls and our critical accounting policies;
 
  •  overseeing and monitoring the integrity of our financial statements and our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements as they relate to financial statements or accounting matters; and
 
  •  reviewing with management and our auditors any earnings announcements and other public announcements regarding our results of operations.

      Our independent auditors and internal financial personnel regularly meet privately with our audit committee and have unrestricted access to this committee.

      Compensation Committee. The compensation committee consists of Messrs. Pancheri, Witter and Eprile. We believe the composition of our compensation committee meets the criteria for independence under, and the functioning of our compensation committee complies with applicable requirements of, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the current rules of the Nasdaq Stock Market and SEC rules and regulations. We intend to comply with future compensation committee requirements as they become applicable to us.

      Our compensation committee assists our board of directors in determining the development plans and compensation of our senior management, directors and employees and recommends these plans to our board of directors. This committee’s responsibilities include, among other things:

  •  reviewing the employee-wide compensation standards;
 
  •  reviewing and recommending compensation and benefit plans for our executive officers and directors;
 
  •  setting performance goals for our officers and reviewing their performance against these goals;

72


Table of Contents

  •  management succession planning; and
 
  •  administering our equity incentive plans.

      Nominating Committee. The nominating committee consists of Messrs. Eprile and Witter and Ms. Paulus. We believe the composition of our nominating committee meets the criteria for independence under, and the functioning of our nominating committee complies with applicable requirements of, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the current rules of the Nasdaq Stock Market and SEC rules and regulations. We intend to comply with future nominating committee requirements as they become applicable to us.

      Our nominating committee’s purpose is to assist our board of directors by identifying individuals qualified to become directors. This committee’s responsibilities include, among other things:

  •  evaluating the composition, size and governance of our board of directors and make recommendations regarding future planning and the appointment of directors;
 
  •  establishing a policy for considering stockholder nominees for election to our board of directors; and
 
  •  evaluating and recommending candidates for election to our board of directors.

      Bank of Internet USA Committees. In addition, Bank of Internet USA has an asset/liability committee, loan committee, investment committee, internal asset review committee and compliance committee.

      Our asset/liability committee, or ALCO, manages the sensitivity of net income to changing interest rates, consistent with the policies reviewed and approved annually by our board of directors. ALCO meets regularly to consider investment and financing alternatives with particular emphasis on duration and interest rate risk. Once a quarter, ALCO members report to our board of directors the status of our bank’s interest rate risk profile. The members of ALCO are board members Messrs. Allrich and Eprile, our President and Chief Executive Officer Gary Lewis Evans and our Chief Financial Officer Andrew J. Micheletti.

      Our loan committee oversees our underwriting policies and loan portfolio, and is primarily responsible for preparing and updating our loan underwriting policies and procedures. Members of our loan committee also review and approve specific credit requests in excess of specified dollar amounts. The members of our loan committee are Messrs. Evans, Eprile and Pancheri, who serves as the chairman.

      Our investment committee manages our investment portfolio consistent with the investment policy established by our board of directors. Our investment policy is designed primarily to provide and maintain liquidity and to generate a favorable return on investment without incurring undue interest rate risk, credit risk and investment portfolio asset concentrations. The members of our investment committee are Messrs. Evans, Allrich and Eprile,

      Our internal asset review committee monitors the credit quality of our loan portfolio on an ongoing basis and also monitors nonperforming assets and reviews our calculation of the allowance for loan and lease losses quarterly. The members of our internal asset review committee are Ms. Paulus, Mr. Witter and Chief Financial Officer Andrew J. Micheletti.

      Our compliance committee oversees all aspects of our bank’s compliance with applicable regulations, including the Community Reinvestment Act. The members of our compliance committee are Robert Eprile, who serves as chairman, and co-compliance officers Patrick Dunn and Barabara Fronek.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

      No member of our compensation committee serves as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving as a member of our board of directors or compensation committee. There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.

73


Table of Contents

Director Compensation

      Our directors who are also employees of our company receive no additional compensation for their services as directors. Our nonemployee directors receive $2,000 per month for serving on our board and are reimbursed for travel expenses and other out-of-pocket costs of attending board and committee meetings. Our nonemployee and employee directors are eligible to receive options and shares of common stock directly under our 2004 stock incentive plan.

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Summary Compensation Table

      The following table sets forth information concerning the compensation we paid during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2004 to our Chief Executive Officer and each of our other most highly compensated executive officers who earned more than $100,000 during that fiscal year. We refer to these individuals in this prospectus as the “named executive officers.” In accordance with the rules of the SEC, the compensation described in this table does not include perquisites and other personal benefits received by the executive officers named in the table below that do not exceed the lesser of $50,000 or 10% of the total salary and bonus reported for these executed officers.

                                   
Long Term Compensation
Annual Compensation

Shares All Other
Name and Principal Position Salary Bonus Underlying Options Compensation





Gary Lewis Evans
  $ 170,700     $ 2,700       22,000        
  President and Chief Executive Officer of BofI Holding and Bank of Internet USA(1)                                
Jerry F. Englert
  $ 87,500             5,810     $ 9,750 (3)
  Former President and Chief Executive Officer of BofI Holding(2)                                
Patrick A. Dunn
  $ 151,885     $ 2,700       15,000        
  Vice President and Chief Credit Officer of Bank of Internet USA                                
Andrew J. Micheletti
  $ 132,908     $ 17,700       20,000        
  Chief Financial Officer of BofI Holding; Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Bank of Internet USA                                
Michael J. Berengolts
  $ 114,908     $ 2,700       6,000        
  Vice President and Chief Technology Officer of Bank of Internet USA                                


  (1)  Mr. Evans was appointed as President and Chief Executive Officer of BofI Holding in October 2004.
 
  (2)  Mr. Englert resigned as President and Chief Executive Officer of BofI Holding in October 2004.
 
  (3)  Represents fees earned for serving as a director of BofI Holding.

74


Table of Contents

Option Grants in Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2004

      The following table sets forth information with respect to stock options granted to each of our named executive officers during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2004. The percentage of total options set forth below is based on options to purchase an aggregate of 93,001 shares of common stock granted to employees during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2004. All of these options were granted under our amended and restated 1999 stock option plan at an exercise price per share equal to the fair market value of our common stock at the time of grant, as determined by our board of directors. Potential realizable values are net of exercise price but before taxes associated with exercise. Amounts represent hypothetical gains that could be achieved for the options if exercised at the end of the option term. The assumed 5% and 10% rates of stock price appreciation are provided in accordance with the rules of the SEC and do not represent our estimate or projection of the future common stock price. Actual gains, if any, on stock option exercises will be dependent on the future performance of our common stock.

                                                 
Individual Grants Potential Realizable

Value at Assumed Annual
% of Rates of Stock
Number of Total Options Appreciation for
Shares Granted to Exercise Option Term
Underlying Employees in Price Per Expiration
Name Options Granted Fiscal Year Share Date 5% 10%







Gary Lewis Evans
    22,000       23.7 %   $ 10.00       6/30/14     $ 138,357     $ 350,623  
Jerry F. Englert
    5,810       6.2 %   $ 10.00       6/30/14     $ 36,539     $ 92,596  
Patrick A. Dunn
    15,000       16.1 %   $ 10.00       6/30/14     $ 94,334     $ 239,061  
Andrew J. Micheletti
    20,000       21.5 %   $ 10.00       6/30/14     $ 125,779     $ 318,748  
Michael J. Berengolts
    6,000       6.5 %   $ 10.00       6/30/14     $ 37,734     $ 95,625  

Aggregate Option Exercises in Last Fiscal Year and Fiscal Year-End Option Values

      The following table sets forth information concerning exercisable and unexercisable stock options held by each of the named executive officers at June 30, 2004. The value realized upon exercise is based on the estimated fair market value of our common stock at the time of exercise less the per share exercise price, multiplied by number of shares acquired upon exercise. The value of unexercised in-the-money options is based on the assumed initial public offering price of $11.00 per share less the per share exercise price, multiplied by the number of number of shares underlying the options. All options were granted under our amended and restated 1999 stock option plan.

                                                 
Number of Shares Value of Unexercised
Underlying Unexercised In-the-Money
Options at June 30, 2004 Options at June 30, 2004
Shares Acquired

Name on Exercise Value Realized Exercisable Unexercisable Exercisable Unexercisable







Gary Lewis Evans
                85,116       48,893     $ 526,287     $ 148,105  
Jerry F. Englert
                93,361       7,645     $ 582,482     $ 7,645  
Patrick A. Dunn
                48,742       31,258     $ 269,829     $ 88,196  
Andrew J. Micheletti
                22,667       36,083     $ 119,258     $ 92,004  
Michael J. Berengolts
                28,342       15,658     $ 174,754     $ 52,261  

Employment Agreements

      In July 2003, Bank of Internet USA entered into employment agreements with each of our named executive officers, Messrs. Evans, Dunn, Micheletti and Berengolts. Under these agreements, if we terminate a protected officer’s employment for any reason other than for cause, then we must (a) pay that officer normal compensation in effect through the date of termination; (b) pay that officer a severance payment equal to twelve times his then-current base monthly salary, payable at the option of our board of directors either in one lump sum or in twelve equal installments; and (c) continue group insurance benefits for that officer for one

75


Table of Contents

year from termination or until that officer commences work with a new employer providing group medical insurance benefits to that officer. In addition, if a protected officer’s employment is terminated for any reason other than for cause, or that officer’s employment is terminated due to death or disability, then all stock options currently held by such officer will fully vest as of the termination date. Each agreement automatically renews in one year terms unless terminated by either Bank of Internet USA or the officer.

Employee Benefit Plans

 
1999 Stock Option Plan

      Our amended and restated 1999 stock option plan was approved by our board of directors and our stockholders in 2003. At September 30, 2004, a total of 749,406 shares of common stock were reserved for issuance under our 1999 stock option plan. For a period of eight years commencing with the annual stockholders meeting in 2001, the aggregate number of shares available for issuance under our 1999 stock option plan on any date will be automatically increased to that number of shares equal to the lesser of (a) 15% of the number of issued and outstanding shares of our common stock and (b) a lesser number of shares as determined by our board of directors. For purposes of calculating the foregoing 15% limit, shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of any outstanding convertible securities are considered to be issued and outstanding. However, in no event shall the number of shares issuable under our 1999 stock option plan exceed 3,000,000 shares. At September 30, 2004, options to purchase 722,517 shares of common stock remain outstanding and 3,281 shares of common stock are available for grant under this plan.

      After the closing of the offering, all shares of common stock subject to options granted under our 1999 stock option plan that expire without having been exercised or are cancelled will become available for grant under the 2004 stock incentive plan. Awards under our 1999 stock option plan consist of incentive stock options, which are stock options that are intended to qualify under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code, and nonqualified stock options, which are stock options that do not qualify under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code.

      Our 1999 stock option plan provides for the grant of:

  •  incentive stock options to our employees, including officers and employee directors; and
 
  •  nonqualified stock options to our employees, employee and nonemployee directors and consultants.

      The compensation committee of our board of directors administers our 1999 stock option plan, including selecting the persons eligible to receive options under our 1999 stock option plan, determining the number of shares to be subject to each option grant, determining the exercise price of each option grant and determining the vesting and exercise periods of each option grant. The exercise price of all incentive stock options and nonqualified stock options granted under our 1999 stock option plan must be at least equal to the fair value of our common stock on the date of grant. With respect to any participant who owns stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all our classes of stock or the stock of any parent or subsidiary of ours, the exercise price of any incentive stock option or nonqualified stock option granted must equal at least 110% of the fair value on the grant date. The maximum term of an incentive stock option or nonqualified stock option granted to any participant must not exceed ten years. The maximum term of an incentive stock option granted to any participant who owns stock possessing more than 10% of the voting power of all our classes of stock or the stock of any parent or subsidiary of ours must not exceed five years. The aggregate fair market value of stock for which incentive stock options are exercisable for the first time by an optionee in any calendar year may not exceed $100,000. If the value of the stock exceeds $100,000, the options for the amount in excess of $100,000 will be treated as nonqualified stock options.

      During an optionee’s lifetime, only the optionee can exercise his or her options. The optionee cannot transfer its option other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution. If an optionee’s status as an employee, director or consultant terminates for any reason other than death or disability or for cause, the optionee may exercise his or her vested options within the three-month period following the termination, or for such other period of time (not less than 30 days) specified in the option agreement. In the event an optionee dies while an employee, director or consultant of our company, the options vested as of the date of death may

76


Table of Contents

be exercised within the twelve-month period following the date of the optionee’s death, or for such other period (not less than six months) specified in the option agreement. In the event an optionee becomes disabled, the options vested as of the date of disability may be exercised within the six-month period following date of the optionee’s disability. In the event an optionee’s employment is terminated for cause, all options held by such optionee shall terminate without the opportunity for exercise. In no event may an optionee exercise an option after the expiration date of the term of an option grant set forth in the option agreement.

      The type and maximum number of shares available under our 1999 stock option plan, as well as the number and type of shares subject to, and per share exercise price of, outstanding option grants under our 1999 stock option plan will be appropriately adjusted in the event of a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, combination or reclassification involving our company.

      In the event of a change in control of our company, all options granted under our 1999 stock option plan will accelerate and become fully vested and exercisable. Under our 1999 stock option plan, a change in control occurs upon:

  •  any person becoming the beneficial owner of securities representing a majority of the voting power of our then outstanding securities; or
 
  •  a sale of all or substantially all of our assets, or a merger or consolidation involving our company in which the holders of our securities immediately prior to such event hold in the aggregate less than a majority of the securities of the surviving or resulting entity immediately after such event.

      Pursuant to requirements of the OTS, our 1999 stock option plan provides that, if our bank’s capital falls below minimum regulatory requirements, as determined by the OTS, we may require all optionees to exercise or forfeit their options. In such event, any options that are not exercised as so required by the OTS will terminate and be forfeited.

      Our 1999 stock option plan will terminate automatically in 2009 unless terminated earlier by our board of directors. Our board of directors has the authority to amend or terminate our 1999 stock option plan, subject to stockholder approval of some amendments. However, no action may be taken that will adversely affect any option previously granted under our 1999 stock option plan, without the optionee’s consent.

      We do not intend to make further grants under our 1999 stock option plan after the closing of the offering.

 
2004 Stock Incentive Plan

      Our board of directors approved our 2004 stock incentive plan in August 2004, and our stockholders approved our 2004 stock incentive plan in October 2004. The maximum number of shares of common stock available for issuance under our 2004 stock incentive plan, plus the number of shares available for issuance under outstanding stock options awarded under our 1999 stock option plan, will be equal to 14.8% of our outstanding common stock at any time. However, the number of shares available for issuance as restricted stock grants may not exceed 5.0% of our outstanding common stock at any time (subject to the overall maximum of 14.8% of our outstanding shares of common stock). Each share of restricted stock that is issued under our 2004 stock incentive plan and vests will be deemed to be the issuance of three shares for purposes of calculating the overall maximum number of shares of common stock available for issuance under our 2004 stock incentive plan but not for purposes of calculating the above 5.0% limit applicable to the issuance of restricted stock. No awards have yet been granted under our 2004 stock incentive plan. We anticipate that all future option grants will be made solely under our 2004 stock incentive plan.

      Our 2004 stock incentive plan provides for the grant of stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units, stock appreciation rights and dividend equivalent rights, collectively referred to as “awards.” Awards may be granted to employees, directors and consultants.

      The compensation committee of our board of directors, referred to as the “plan administrator,” will administer our 2004 stock incentive plan, including selecting the grantees, determining the number of shares to be subject to each award, determining the exercise or purchase price of each award, determining the term of each award, and determining the vesting and exercise periods of each award.

77


Table of Contents

      Awards shall be transferable by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and to the extent provided in the award agreement. Our 2004 stock incentive plan permits the designation of beneficiaries by holders of awards.

      In the event a participant in our 2004 stock incentive plan terminates employment or is terminated by us without cause, any options which have become exercisable prior to the time of termination will remain exercisable for three months from the date of termination (unless a shorter or longer period of time is determined by the plan administrator). In the event a participant in our 2004 stock incentive plan is terminated by us for cause, any options which have become exercisable prior to the time of termination will immediately terminate. If termination was caused by death or disability, any options which have become exercisable prior to the time of termination, will remain exercisable for twelve months from the date of termination (unless a shorter or longer period of time is determined by the plan administrator). In no event may a participant exercise the option after the expiration date of the option.

      The plan administrator, which currently is our compensation committee, shall have discretion to provide for acceleration of vesting in connection with a corporate transaction. Under our 2004 stock incentive plan, a corporate transaction is generally defined as:

  •  acquisition of more than 40% of our stock through a reverse merger or series of related transactions culminating in a reverse merger including, but not limited to, a tender offer followed by a reverse merger (but excluding any such transaction that the plan administrator determines shall not be a corporate transaction);
 
  •  acquisition of more than 50% of our stock in a single or series of related transactions by any person or related group of persons (but excluding any such transaction that the plan administrator determines shall not be a corporate transaction);
 
  •  a sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of our company;
 
  •  a merger or consolidation in which our company is not the surviving entity; or
 
  •  a complete liquidation or dissolution.

      Unless terminated sooner, our 2004 stock incentive plan will automatically terminate ten years after stockholder approval of our 2004 stock incentive plan. Our board of directors will have authority to amend or terminate our 2004 stock incentive plan. No suspension or termination of our 2004 stock incentive plan shall adversely affect any rights under awards already granted to a participant unless agreed to by the affected participant. To the extent necessary to comply with applicable provisions of federal securities laws, state corporate and securities laws, the Internal Revenue Code, the rules of any applicable stock exchange or national market system, and the rules of any non-U.S. jurisdiction applicable to awards granted to residents therein, we shall obtain stockholder approval of any such amendment to our 2004 stock incentive plan in such a manner and to such a degree as required.

 
2004 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

      Our board of directors approved our 2004 employee stock purchase plan in August 2004, and our stockholders approved our 2004 stock incentive plan in October 2004. Our 2004 employee stock purchase plan is intended to qualify as an “Employee Stock Purchase Plan” under Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code in order to provide our employees with an opportunity to purchase common stock through payroll deductions. An aggregate of 500,000 shares of common stock has been reserved for issuance and will be available for purchase under our 2004 employee stock purchase plan, subject to adjustment for a stock split, or any future stock dividend or other similar change in our common stock or our capital structure.

      The compensation committee of our board of directors, referred to as the “plan administrator,” will administer our 2004 employee stock purchase plan. All of our employees who are regularly employed for more than five months in any calendar year and work more than 20 hours per week will be eligible to participate in our 2004 employee stock purchase plan, subject to a five day waiting period after hiring. Nonemployee directors, consultants and employees subject to the rules or laws of a non-U.S. jurisdiction that prohibit or

78


Table of Contents

make impractical their participation in an employee stock purchase plan will not be eligible to participate in our 2004 employee stock purchase plan.

      Our 2004 employee stock purchase plan will designate offer periods, purchase periods and exercise dates. Offer periods will generally be overlapping periods of 24 months. The first offer period under our 2004 employee stock purchase plan will begin on the date determined by our board of directors. Purchase periods will generally be six month periods. Exercise dates are the last day of each purchase period. In the event of a corporate transaction, the plan administrator may elect to either (a) shorten the offer periods then in progress and set a new exercise date for the purchase of shares or (b) pay each participant a cash amount in settlement of the participant’s purchase rights under the applicable offering periods.

      Under our 2004 employee stock purchase plan, a corporate transaction is generally defined as:

  •  acquisition of more than 40% of our stock through a reverse merger or series of related transactions culminating in a reverse merger including, but not limited to, a tender offer followed by a reverse merger (but excluding any such transaction that the plan administrator determines shall not be a corporate transaction);
 
  •  acquisition of more than 50% of our stock in a single or series of related transactions by any person or related group of persons (but excluding any such transaction that the plan administrator determines shall not be a corporate transaction);
 
  •  a sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of our company;
 
  •  a merger or consolidation in which our company is not the surviving entity; or
 
  •  a complete liquidation or dissolution.

      On the first day of each offer period, a participating employee will be granted a purchase right. A purchase right is a form of option to be automatically exercised on the forthcoming exercise dates within the offer period during which authorized deductions are to be made from the pay of participants and credited to their accounts under our 2004 employee stock purchase plan. When the purchase right is exercised, the participant’s withheld salary is used to purchase shares of common stock. The price per share at which shares of common stock are to be purchased under our 2004 employee stock purchase plan during any purchase period will be expressed as a percentage not less than the lower of (a) 85% of the fair market value of the common stock on the date of grant of the option (which is the commencement of the offer period or (b) 85% of the fair market value of the common stock on the date the purchase right is exercised, with such percentage (and any discount) to be determined by our board of directors.

      The participant’s purchase right is exercised in this manner on each exercise date arising in the offer period unless, on the first day of any purchase period, the fair market value of the common stock is lower than the fair market value of the common stock on the first day of the offer period. If so, the participant’s participation in the original offer period is terminated, and the participant is automatically enrolled in the new offer period effective the same date.

      Payroll deductions may range from 1% to 15% in whole percentage increments of a participant’s regular base pay. The plan administrator will determine the maximum number of shares of common stock that any employee may purchase under our 2004 employee stock purchase plan during a purchase period. The Internal Revenue Code imposes additional limitations on the amount of common stock that may be purchased during any calendar year.

      Unless terminated sooner, our 2004 employee stock purchase plan will terminate automatically ten years after stockholder approval of our 2004 employee stock purchase plan. The plan administrator will have authority to amend or terminate our 2004 employee stock purchase plan. The plan administrator may terminate any offer period on any exercise date or establish a new exercise date with respect to any offer period then in progress if the plan administrator determines that the termination of the offer period is in the best interests of our company and its stockholders. To the extent necessary to comply with applicable provisions of federal securities laws, state corporate and securities laws, the Internal Revenue Code, the rules of any

79


Table of Contents

applicable stock exchange or national market system, and the rules of any non-U.S. jurisdiction applicable to awards granted to residents therein, we shall obtain stockholder approval of any such amendment to the 2004 employee stock purchase plan in such a manner and to such a degree as required.
 
Retirement and Death Benefits

      During the quarter ended December 31, 2003, we purchased life insurance policies on the lives of our key employees. These policies, which are assets of our company, have been paid for in their entirety and are intended to offset obligations entered into by us in connection with the retirement, involuntary termination or disability of these executives.

 
Deferred Compensation Plan

      Effective January 1, 2003, we adopted the Bank of Internet USA Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan to provide designated key executive and management employees with an opportunity to defer additional compensation beyond the limitations imposed on our 401(k) plan by the Internal Revenue Code. Our deferred compensation plan allows eligible employees to elect to defer up to 100% of their compensation, including commissions and bonuses. Although the plan provides that we may make discretionary contributions to a participant’s account, no such discretionary contributions have been made to date. Participant deferrals are fully vested at all times, and discretionary contributions, if any, will be subject to a vesting schedule specified by us. The liabilities associated with the plan are unfunded and unsecured. All five of our currently eligible employees currently participate in the plan.

 
401(k) Plan

      We maintain a defined contribution plan intended to qualify as an eligible “cash or deferred arrangement” under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. Under our 401(k) plan, each participant (a) may contribute up to 15% of his or her pretax compensation, up to a statutory limit, and (b) is fully vested in his or her deferred salary contributions. Our 401(k) plan also permits us to make discretionary and matching contributions, subject to limitations specified by our board of directors. Participants are entitled to direct the trustee to invest their accounts in authorized investment alternatives selected by us. To date, we have not made any discretionary or matching contributions to our 401(k) plan on behalf of participants.

Limitations on Liability and Indemnification Matters

      Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws provide that we will indemnify all of our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws also authorize us to indemnify our employees and other agents, at our option, to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. We have entered into agreements to indemnify our directors and officers, in addition to indemnification provided for in our charter documents. These agreements, among other things, provide for the indemnification of our directors and officers for expenses, including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by any person in any action or proceeding, including any action by or in the right of our company, arising out of that person’s services as a director or officer of our company or any other company or enterprise to which that person provides services at our request to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law. We believe that these provisions and agreements will assist us in attracting and retaining qualified persons to serve as directors and officers.

      Delaware law permits a corporation to provide in its certificate of incorporation that a director of the corporation shall not be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, for unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law or for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. Our certificate of incorporation provides for the elimination of personal liability of a director for breach of fiduciary duty to the extent permitted by Delaware law.

80


Table of Contents

      The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and our stockholders. Furthermore, a stockholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent that we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers as required by these indemnification provisions. At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers or employees regarding which indemnification is sought, and we are not aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification.

      Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of our company in accordance with the provisions contained in our charter documents, Delaware law or otherwise, we have been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission this indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. If a claim for indemnification against these liabilities, other than the payment by us of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of our company in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding, is asserted by a director, officer or controlling person, we will, unless in the opinion of our counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by us is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act, and we will follow the court’s determination.

      We maintain insurance on behalf of our officers and directors, insuring them against liabilities that they may incur in such capacities or arising out of this status.

81


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

Common Stock and Warrant Issuances

      In September and October 2001, we issued and sold an aggregate of 587,200 shares of our common stock at $10.00 per share, including 27,500 shares to Jerry and Connie Englert, 100,000 shares to The Chipman First Family Limited Partnership, 6,500 shares to Robert Eprile, 25,000 shares to J. Gary Burke and 15,000 shares to Theodore Allrich. Messrs. Englert, Allrich and Eprile are members of our board of directors. Each of The Chipman First Family Limited Partnership and J. Gary Burke owns more than five percent of our outstanding common stock.

      In June and July 2002, we issued and sold an aggregate of 179,850 shares of our common stock, together with warrants to purchase up to an additional 59,950 shares of our common stock. Three shares of our common stock and a warrant to purchase one share of our common stock were sold as a single unit to investors at $36.00 per unit. Each warrant sold in the offering has an exercise price of $14.00 per share, is currently exercisable and terminates on July 31, 2005, subject to the right of our board of directors, in its sole discretion, to extend the purchase period of these warrants for up to two additional years. In the offering, The Chipman First Family Limited Partnership purchased 27,700 units, or 83,100 shares of our common stock and a warrant to purchase up to 27,700 shares of our common stock.

Preferred Stock Issuance

      Between November 2003 and June 2004, we issued and sold an aggregate of 675 shares of our preferred stock designated “Series A — 6% Cumulative Nonparticipating Perpetual Preferred Stock, Convertible through January 1, 2009” at $10,000 per share to 22 investors, including 100 shares to Jerry and Connie Englert and 200 shares to The Chipman First Family Limited Partnership. The rights, preferences and privileges of the Series A preferred stock were established in a certificate of designation filed by us with the Delaware Secretary of State on October 27, 2003, and generally include (a) the holder’s right to six percent per annum cumulative dividends, payable quarterly, (b) our right to redeem some or all of the outstanding shares of Series A preferred stock and (c) the holder’s right to convert all or a portion of the shares of Series A preferred stock into common stock. See “Description of Capital Stock — Preferred Stock” for more information on our Series A preferred stock.

Indebtedness of Management

      We in the past have made, and from time to time in the future may make, loans to our executive officers and directors in compliance with applicable laws. At September 30, 2004, we had outstanding to one of our directors one residential loan with a balance of approximately $950,000. The loan was, and any loan we may make to our directors or executives officers in the future will be, made in the ordinary course of business and on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with other persons. In addition, this loan did not, and any loan we may make to our directors or executives officers in the future will not, involve more than the normal risk of collectability or present other unfavorable features.

Loans to Us

      Since inception, we borrowed a total of $2.8 million from directors, officers and other organizers on an unsecured basis to provide capital to our bank, including $1.0 million from Chipman First Family Limited Partnership, $250,000 from J. Gary Burke and $275,000 from Jerry F. Englert. We believe these borrowings were made on terms prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with unaffiliated third parties. All of the loans were repaid in full during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2002.

Consulting Arrangements

      Jerry F. Englert, our Chairman, and Theodore C. Allrich, our Vice Chairman, each served as a consultant to our company from February 2003 to January 2004 in connection with our capital raising efforts during that

82


Table of Contents

period. We paid each of them $12,500 per month, or an aggregate of $150,000 to each, for their consulting services to us.

Indemnification Agreements

      We have entered into indemnification agreements with our each of our executive officers and directors. These indemnification agreements require us to indemnify these individuals to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law.

      We believe that all transactions set forth above were on terms no less favorable to us than could have been obtained from unaffiliated third parties. We intend that all future transactions between us and our officers, directors, principal stockholders and their affiliates will be approved by a majority the directors on our board, including a majority of the independent directors on our board of directors, and will be on terms no less favorable to us than could be obtained from unaffiliated third parties.

83


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

      The table below provides information regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock at November 30, 2004 by:

  •  each person known by us to own beneficially more than 5% of our common stock;
 
  •  each of our directors and named executive officers; and
 
  •  all of our directors and executive officers as a group.

      The information regarding beneficial ownership of our common stock has been presented according to the rules of the SEC and is not necessarily indicative of beneficial ownership for any other purpose. Under the rules of the SEC, beneficial ownership includes shares over which the indicated beneficial owner exercises voting or investment power. Shares of common stock subject to options or warrants that are currently exercisable or will become exercisable within 60 days of November 30, 2004 are deemed outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of that person or group holding the options or warrants but are not treated as outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person or group. The percentages for beneficial ownership after the offering assume that the underwriters do not exercise their over-allotment option. Unless otherwise indicated in the footnotes below, we believe that the persons and entities named in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares beneficially owned, subject to applicable community property laws. Unless otherwise indicated, the following beneficial owners can be reached at our principal offices. Percentage ownership in the table is based on 4,559,024 shares of common stock outstanding at November 30, 2004, together with applicable options, warrants and shares of Series A preferred stock for each stockholder.

                         
Percentage of Shares
Beneficially Owned
Number of Shares
Name and Address of Beneficial Owner Beneficially Owned Before Offering After Offering




The Chipman First Family Limited Partnership(1)
    751,200       15.44 %     10.56 %
Jerry F. Englert(2)
    620,396       12.79 %     8.74 %
Robert Eprile(3)
    426,510       9.07 %     6.13 %
J. Gary Burke(4)
    392,500       8.44 %     5.69 %
Gary Lewis Evans(5)
    151,684       3.26 %     2.20 %
Patrick A. Dunn(6)
    56,325       1.22 %     *  
Andrew J. Micheletti(7)
    29,688       *       *  
Michael Berengolts(8)
    37,512       *       *  
Theodore C. Allrich(9)
    63,583       1.38 %     *  
Paul Grinberg
          *       *  
Thomas J. Pancheri(10)
    141,078       3.05 %     2.05 %
Connie M. Paulus(11)
    183,778       3.94 %     2.66 %
Gordon L. Witter(12)
    96,349       2.09 %     1.40 %
All directors and executive officers as a group (11 persons)(13)
    1,806,903       33.00 %     23.39 %


  * Less than one percent.

  (1)  The address for The Chipman First Family Limited Partnership is P.O. Box 7216, Incline Village, Nevada 89452. Includes warrants to purchase 115,200 shares of our common stock exercisable within 60 days of November 30, 2004. Also includes 190,400 shares of common stock currently issuable upon conversion of our Series A preferred stock, based on the current effective conversion price of $10.50 per share.

84


Table of Contents

  (2)  Includes options and warrants to purchase 95,196 and 100,625 shares, respectively, of our common stock exercisable within 60 days of November 30, 2004. Also includes 95,200 shares of common stock currently issuable upon conversion of our Series A preferred stock, based on the current effective conversion price of $10.50 per share.
 
  (3)  Includes options and warrants to purchase 52,510 and 91,875 shares, respectively, of our common stock exercisable within 60 days of November 30, 2004.
 
  (4)  The address for J. Gary Burke is P.O. Box 248, Hubbard, Ohio 44425. Includes warrants to purchase 91,875 shares of our common stock exercisable within 60 days of November 30, 2004.
 
  (5)  Includes options to purchase 98,184 shares of our common stock exercisable within 60 days of November 30, 2004.
 
  (6)  Includes options to purchase 56,325 shares of our common stock exercisable within 60 days of November 30, 2004.
 
  (7)  Includes options to purchase 27,188 shares of our common stock exercisable within 60 days of November 30, 2004.
 
  (8)  Includes options and warrants to purchase 32,775 and 450 shares, respectively, of our common stock exercisable within 60 days of November 30, 2004.
 
  (9)  Includes options and warrants to purchase 32,658 and 3,981 shares, respectively, of our common stock exercisable within 60 days of November 30, 2004.

(10)  Includes options and warrants to purchase 38,078 and 24,500 shares, respectively, of our common stock exercisable within 60 days of November 30, 2004.
 
(11)  Includes options and warrants to purchase 38,078 and 23,275 shares, respectively, of our common stock exercisable within 60 days of November 30, 2004. Also includes 47,600 shares of common stock currently issuable upon conversion of our Series A preferred stock, based on the current effective conversion price of $10.50 per share.
 
(12)  Includes options and warrants to purchase 38,078 and 10,938 shares, respectively, of our common stock exercisable within 60 days of November 30, 2004. Also includes 9,520 shares of common stock currently issuable upon conversion of our Series A preferred stock, based on the current effective conversion price of $10.50 per share.
 
(13)  Includes options and warrants to purchase 509,070 and 255,644 shares, respectively, of our common stock exercisable within 60 days of November 30, 2004. Also includes 152,320 shares of common stock currently issuable upon conversion of our Series A preferred stock, based on the current effective conversion price of $10.50 per share.

85


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

General

      Our authorized capital stock consists of 25,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.01 par value per share, and 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $0.01 par value per share. The following description of our capital stock is subject to, and qualified in its entirety by, the provisions of our certificate of incorporation, including any certificates of designation thereto, and bylaws, which are included as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, and by the provisions of applicable law.

      Our capital stock does not represent nonwithdrawable capital, is not an account of an insurable type, and is not insured by the FDIC or any other government agency.

Common Stock

      Outstanding Shares. At September 30, 2004, there were 4,519,649 shares of our common stock outstanding that were held of record by 233 stockholders. After the offering, based on the number of shares outstanding at September 30, 2004 and on the assumptions set forth below the table in “Capitalization,” there will be 7,497,649 shares of our common stock outstanding, or 7,835,149 shares if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full.

      Dividends. Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any then outstanding shares of our preferred stock, and subject to compliance with limitations imposed by law, the holders of our common stock are entitled to receive ratably those dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by our board of directors out of legally available funds.

      Voting Rights. Each holder of our common stock is entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders, including the election of directors. Under our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, our stockholders will not have cumulative voting rights. Because of this, the holders of a majority of the shares of our common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors can elect all of the directors standing for election, if they should so choose.

      Liquidation. In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, holders of our common stock will be entitled to share ratably in the net assets legally available for distribution to stockholders after the payment of all of our debts and other liabilities and the satisfaction of any liquidation preferences granted to the holders of any outstanding shares of our preferred stock.

      Rights and Preferences. Holders of our common stock have no preemptive, conversion or subscription rights, and there are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to our common stock. The rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of our common stock are subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of shares of any series of our preferred stock, including any which we may designate in the future.

      Fully Paid and Nonassessable. All outstanding shares of our common stock are, and the shares of our common stock to be issued in the offering will be, fully paid and nonassessable.

Preferred Stock

      Outstanding Shares. At September 30, 2004, 1,200 shares of our preferred stock were designated “Series A — 6% Cumulative Nonparticipating Perpetual Preferred Stock, Convertible through January 1, 2009,” which we refer to in this prospectus as Series A preferred stock, of which 675 shares of Series A preferred stock were issued and outstanding. The remaining 998,800 shares of our preferred stock has not be designated as a particular class.

      Cumulative Dividends. Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any then outstanding shares of our preferred stock, and subject to compliance with limitations imposed by law, the holders of our Series A preferred stock are entitled to receive, out of legally available funds, cumulative dividends at the annual rate of $600 per share, payable in quarterly installments of $150 on each of March 31, June 30, September 30 and

86


Table of Contents

December 31, when and as declared by our board of directors. No dividends or other distributions may be made with respect to our common stock until all accumulated dividends with respect to our Series A preferred stock have been paid in full or set apart.

      Voting Rights. Except for amendments to our certificate of incorporation that create or authorize the issuance of a series of preferred stock with liquidation preferences senior to our Series A preferred stock, which requires the approval of the holders of a majority of our Series A preferred stock, and except as otherwise provided by law, holders of our Series A preferred stock will not have any voting rights.

      Liquidation. In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, holders of our Series A preferred stock will be entitled to receive, in preference to any payment on our common stock, an amount equal to $10,000 per share plus all accumulated and unpaid dividends thereon.

      Redemption. We have the right (but are not obligated) to redeem, out of legally available funds, in whole or from time to time in part, our Series A preferred stock. The redemption price to be paid by us for our shares of Series A preferred stock will vary depending on when the shares are redeemed with the redemption price decreasing by $100 every calendar year from $10,500 per share (if redeemed on or before December 31, 2004) to $10,000 per share (if redeemed on or after January 1, 2009).

      Conversion. Holders of Series A preferred stock have the right (but are not obligated) to convert their Series A preferred stock into shares of our common stock. The number of shares of our common stock to be issued upon conversion of our Series A preferred stock will vary depending on when a holder elects to convert, with the number of shares of our common stock to issued upon conversion of a share of Series A preferred stock ranging from 952 shares (if converted between January 1, 2004 and January 1, 2006) and 555 shares (if converted between April 1, 2008 and January 1, 2009). Shares of our Series A preferred stock only may be converted on the first day of a calendar quarter and only through January 1, 2009. The following table sets forth the conversion price and the number of shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of one share of Series A preferred stock.

                 
Shares of Common Stock
Issuable Upon Conversion
of One Share of Series A
Conversion Date Conversion Price(1) Preferred Stock(2)



Current through January 1, 2006
  $ 10.50       952  
April 1, 2006 through January 1, 2007
  $ 13.00       769  
April 1, 2007 through January 1, 2008
  $ 15.50       645  
April 1, 2008 through January 1, 2009
  $ 18.00       555  


(1)  The conversion price is subject to adjustment for stock dividends, stock splits and similar events.
 
(2)  Does not include fractional shares.

      Preemptive Rights. Holders of our common stock have no preemptive or subscription rights.

      Fully Paid and Nonassessable. All of our outstanding shares of Series A preferred stock are fully paid and nonassessable.

      Undesignated Preferred Stock. We are authorized to issue up to an additional 998,800 shares of preferred stock that has not been designated as a particular class. Our board of directors has the authority to issue the undesignated preferred stock in one or more series and to determine the powers, preferences and rights and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions granted to or imposed upon any wholly unissued series of undesignated preferred stock and to fix the number of shares constituting any series and the designation of the series without any further vote or action by our stockholders. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing desirable flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could have the effect of making it more difficult for a third party to acquire, or of discouraging a third party from attempting to acquire, a majority of our outstanding voting stock. We have no present plans to issue any additional shares of preferred stock.

87


Table of Contents

Warrants

      At September 30, 2004, warrants to purchase an aggregate of 787,950 shares of our common stock were issued and outstanding. All of the warrants are currently exercisable. Warrants to purchase 59,950 shares of our common stock have an exercise price of $14.00 per share and terminate on July 31, 2005, subject to the right of our board of directors, in its sole discretion, to extend the exercise period of these warrants for up to an additional two years. The remaining warrants to purchase 728,000 shares of our common stock have an exercise price of $4.19 per share and will terminate immediately prior to the closing of the offering if not exercised prior to that time. We expect that the warrants to purchase 728,000 shares of our common stock with an exercise price of $4.19 per share will be exercised on a cash basis prior to the closing of the offering. Each warrant contains provisions for the adjustment of the exercise price and the aggregate number of shares issuable upon exercise of such warrant in the event of stock dividends, stock splits, reorganization, reclassifications and similar events.

Anti-Takeover Provisions

      Provisions of Delaware law and our certificate of incorporation and bylaws could make our acquisition by means of a tender offer, a proxy contest or otherwise, and the removal of incumbent officers and directors more difficult. These provisions are expected to discourage types of coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids and to encourage persons seeking to acquire control to first negotiate with us. We believe that the benefits of increased protection of our potential ability to negotiate with the proponent of an unfriendly or unsolicited proposal to acquire or restructure us outweighs the disadvantages of discouraging proposals, including proposals that are priced above the then current market value of our common stock, because, among other things, negotiation of these proposals could result in an improvement of their terms. These provisions may also have the effect of preventing changes in our management. It is possible that these provisions could make it more difficult to accomplish transactions that stockholders may otherwise deem to be in their best interests.

 
Delaware Law

      We are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. Under this provision, we may not engage in any business combination with any interested stockholder for a period of three years following the date the stockholder became an interested stockholder, unless:

  •  prior to that date our board of directors approved either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;
 
  •  upon completion of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock outstanding at the time the transaction began; or
 
  •  on or following that date, the business combination is approved by our board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder.

      Section 203 defines “business combination” to include:

  •  any merger or consolidation involving the corporation and the interested stockholder;
 
  •  any sale, transfer, pledge or other disposition of 10% or more of the assets of the corporation involving the interested stockholder;
 
  •  subject to some exceptions, any transaction that results in the issuance or transfer by the corporation of any stock of the corporation to the interested stockholder;
 
  •  any transaction involving the corporation that has the effect of increasing the proportionate share of the stock of any class or series of the corporation beneficially owned by the interested stockholder; or

88


Table of Contents

  •  the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits provided by or through the corporation.

      In general, Section 203 defines an “interested stockholder” as any entity or person beneficially owning 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation and any entity or person affiliated with or controlling or controlled by the entity or person.

 
Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

      Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws contain provisions that could have the effect of discouraging potential acquisition proposals or tender offers or delaying or preventing a change in control of our company. In particular, our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, as applicable, among other things:

  •  provide that our board of directors will be divided into three classes of directors;
 
  •  provide that special meetings of our stockholders may be called only by our president, our chairman or our secretary;
 
  •  provide that our stockholders will not be permitted to act by written consent, which may lengthen the amount of time required to take stockholder actions;
 
  •  do not include a provision for cumulative voting in the election of directors. Under cumulative voting, a minority stockholder holding a sufficient number of shares may be able to ensure the election of one or more directors. The absence of cumulative voting may have the effect of limiting the ability of minority stockholders to effect changes in our board of directors;
 
  •  provide that vacancies on our board of directors may be filled by a majority of directors in office, although less than a quorum, and not by our stockholders; and
 
  •  allow us to issue up to 998,800 shares of undesignated preferred stock with rights senior to those of our common stock and that otherwise could adversely affect the rights and powers, including voting rights, of the holders of our common stock. In some circumstances, such an issuance could also have the effect of decreasing the market price of our common stock.

      The amendment of any of these provisions would require the approval of the holders of at least 75% of our then outstanding capital stock.

      These provisions are intended to enhance the likelihood of continuity and stability in the composition of our board and its policies and to discourage certain types of transactions that may involve an actual or threatened change in control of our company. These provisions are designed to reduce our vulnerability to an unsolicited acquisition proposal and to discourage certain tactics that may be used in proxy fights. However, these provisions could have the effect of discouraging others from making tender offers for our shares that could result from actual or rumored takeover attempts. These provisions also may have the effect of preventing changes in our management.

 
Banking Regulations

      The Change in Bank Control Act provides that no person, acting directly or indirectly or through or in concert with one or more other persons, may acquire control of a savings association unless the OTS has been given 60 days’ prior written notice. The HOLA provides that no company may acquire “control” of a savings association without the prior approval of the OTS. Any company that acquires such control becomes a savings and loan holding company subject to registration, examination and regulation by the OTS.

      Under federal law, acquisition of more than 10% of our common stock would result in a rebuttable presumption of control of our bank and the ownership of 25% of the voting stock would result in conclusive control of our bank. Depending on the circumstances, the foregoing banking regulations may prevent or frustrate a change in control of us, discourage bids at a premium over the market price of our common stock and adversely affect the market price of our common stock and the voting or other rights of our common stock.

89


Table of Contents

Nasdaq National Market Listing

      We have applied to have our common stock listed for quotation on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol “BOFI.”

Transfer Agent and Registrar

      The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is U.S. Stock Transfer Corporation. Its address is 1745 Gardena Avenue, Glendale, California 91204, and its telephone number is (818) 502-1404.

90


Table of Contents

REGULATION

General

      Savings and loan holding companies and savings associations are extensively regulated under both federal and state law. This regulation is intended primarily for the protection of depositors and the Savings Association Insurance Fund, or SAIF, and not for the benefit of our stockholders. The following information describes aspects of the material laws and regulations applicable to us and our subsidiary, and does not purport to be complete. The discussion is qualified in its entirety by reference to all particular applicable laws and regulations.

      Legislation is introduced from time to time in the U.S. Congress that may affect the operations of our company and Bank of Internet USA. In addition, the regulations governing us and Bank of Internet USA may be amended from time to time by the OTS. Any such legislation or regulatory changes in our future could adversely affect Bank of Internet USA. No assurance can be given as to whether or in what form any such changes may occur.

Regulation of BofI Holding, Inc.

      General. We are a savings and loan holding company subject to regulatory oversight by the OTS. As such, we are required to register and file reports with the OTS and are subject to regulation and examination by the OTS. In addition, the OTS has enforcement authority over us and our subsidiary, which also permits the OTS to restrict or prohibit activities that are determined to be a serious risk to Bank of Internet USA.

      Activities Restrictions. Our activities, other than through Bank of Internet USA or any other SAIF-insured savings association we may hold in the future, are subject to restrictions applicable to bank holding companies. Bank holding companies are prohibited, subject to exceptions, from engaging in any business or activity other than a business or activity that the Federal Reserve Board has determined to be closely related to banking. The Federal Reserve Board has by regulation determined that specified activities satisfy this closely-related-to-banking standard. Although we currently do not engage in these activities, the following include examples of FRB-approved activities:

  •  operating a mortgage company, finance company, credit card company, factoring company, trust company or savings association;
 
  •  performing specified data processing operations;
 
  •  providing limited securities brokerage services, acting as an investment or financial advisor;
 
  •  acting as an insurance agent for specified types of credit-related insurance; leasing personal property on a full-payout, non-operating basis;
 
  •  providing tax planning and preparation services;
 
  •  operating a collection agency; and
 
  •  providing specified courier services.

      The Federal Reserve Board also has determined that other specified activities, including real estate brokerage and syndication, land development, property management and underwriting of life insurance not related to credit transactions, are not closely related to banking nor a proper incident thereto. Legislation enacted in 1999 has expanded the types of activities that may be conducted by qualifying holding companies that register as “financial holding companies.”

Regulation of Bank of Internet USA

      General. As a federally chartered, SAIF-insured savings association, Bank of Internet USA is subject to extensive regulation by the OTS and the FDIC. Lending activities and other investments of Bank of Internet USA must comply with various statutory and regulatory requirements. Bank of Internet USA is also subject to

91


Table of Contents

reserve requirements promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board. The OTS, together with the FDIC, regularly examines Bank of Internet USA and prepares reports for Bank of Internet USA’s board of directors on any deficiencies found in the operations of Bank of Internet USA. The relationship between Bank of Internet USA and depositors and borrowers is also regulated by federal and state laws, especially in such matters as the ownership of savings accounts and the form and content of mortgage documents utilized by Bank of Internet USA.

      Bank of Internet USA must file reports with the OTS and the FDIC concerning its activities and financial condition, in addition to obtaining regulatory approvals prior to entering into specified transactions such as mergers with or acquisitions of other financial institutions or raising capital or issuing trust preferred securities. This regulation and supervision establishes a comprehensive framework of activities in which an institution can engage and is intended primarily for the protection of the SAIF and depositors. The regulatory structure also gives the regulatory authorities extensive discretion in connection with their supervisory and enforcement activities and examination policies, including policies with respect to the classification of assets and the establishment of adequate loan loss reserves for regulatory purposes. Any change in such regulations, whether by the OTS, the FDIC or the Congress, could have a material adverse effect on us, Bank of Internet USA and our operations.

      Insurance of Deposit Accounts. The SAIF, as administered by the FDIC, insures Bank of Internet USA’s deposit accounts up to the maximum amount permitted by law. The FDIC may terminate insurance of deposits upon a finding that Bank of Internet USA:

  •  has engaged in unsafe or unsound practices;
 
  •  is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations; or
 
  •  has violated any applicable law, regulation, rule, order or condition imposed by the FDIC or the OTS.

      The FDIC charges an annual assessment for the insurance of deposits based on the risk a particular institution poses to its deposit insurance fund. Under this system, as of December 31, 2001, SAIF members pay zero to $0.27 per $100 of domestic deposits, depending upon the institution’s risk classification. This risk classification is based on an institution’s capital group and supervisory subgroup assignment. In addition, all FDIC-insured institutions are required to pay assessments to the FDIC at an annual rate for the third quarter of 2002 of approximately $0.0172 per $100 of assessable deposits to fund interest payments on bonds issued by the Financing Corporation, or FICO, an agency of the Federal government established to recapitalize the predecessor to the SAIF. These assessments will continue until the FICO bonds mature in 2017.

      Regulatory Capital Requirements and Prompt Corrective Action. The prompt corrective action regulation of the OTS requires mandatory actions and authorizes other discretionary actions to be taken by the OTS against a savings association that falls within undercapitalized capital categories specified in the regulation.

      Under the regulation, an institution is well capitalized if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of at least 10.0%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of at least 6.0% and a leverage ratio of at least 5.0%, with no written agreement, order, capital directive, prompt corrective action directive or other individual requirement by the OTS to maintain a specific capital measure. An institution is adequately capitalized if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of at least 8.0%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of at least 4.0% and a leverage ratio of at least 4.0% (or 3.0% if it has a composite rating of “1” and is not experiencing or anticipating significant growth). The regulation also establishes three categories for institutions with lower ratios: undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized and critically undercapitalized. At September 30, 2004, Bank of Internet USA met the capital requirements of a “well capitalized” institution under applicable OTS regulations.

      In general, the prompt corrective action regulation prohibits an insured depository institution from declaring any dividends, making any other capital distribution, or paying a management fee to a controlling person if, following the distribution or payment, the institution would be within any of the three undercapitalized categories. In addition, adequately capitalized institutions may accept brokered deposits only with a waiver from the FDIC and are subject to restrictions on the interest rates that can be paid on such deposits. Undercapitalized institutions may not accept, renew or roll-over brokered deposits.

92


Table of Contents

      If the OTS determines that an institution is in an unsafe or unsound condition, or if the institution is deemed to be engaging in an unsafe and unsound practice, the OTS may, if the institution is well capitalized, reclassify it as adequately capitalized; if the institution is adequately capitalized but not well capitalized, require it to comply with restrictions applicable to undercapitalized institutions; and, if the institution is undercapitalized, require it to comply with restrictions applicable to significantly undercapitalized institutions. Finally, pursuant to an interagency agreement, the FDIC can examine any institution that has a substandard regulatory examination score or is considered undercapitalized without the express permission of the institution’s primary regulator.

      OTS capital regulations also require savings associations to meet three additional capital standards:

  •  tangible capital equal to at least 1.5% of total adjusted assets;
 
  •  leverage capital (core capital) equal to 4.0% of total adjusted assets; and
 
  •  risk-based capital equal to 8.0% of total risk-weighted assets.

      These capital requirements are viewed as minimum standards by the OTS, and most institutions are expected to maintain capital levels well above the minimum. In addition, the OTS regulations provide that minimum capital levels greater than those provided in the regulations may be established by the OTS for individual savings associations upon a determination that the savings association’s capital is or may become inadequate in view of its circumstances. Bank of Internet USA is not subject to any such individual minimum regulatory capital requirement and our regulatory capital exceeded all minimum regulatory capital requirements as of September 30, 2004. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources.”

      Loans-to-One-Borrower Limitations. Savings associations generally are subject to the lending limits applicable to national banks. With limited exceptions, the maximum amount that a savings association or a national bank may lend to any borrower, including related entities of the borrower, at one time may not exceed 15% of the unimpaired capital and surplus of the institution, plus an additional 10% of unimpaired capital and surplus for loans fully secured by readily marketable collateral. Savings associations are additionally authorized to make loans to one borrower by order of the Director of the OTS, in an amount not to exceed the lesser of $30.0 million or 30% of unimpaired capital and surplus for the purpose of developing residential housing, if specified conditions are met:

  •  the purchase price of each single family dwelling in the development does not exceed $500,000;
 
  •  the savings association is in compliance with its fully phased-in capital requirements;
 
  •  the loans comply with applicable loan-to-value requirements; and
 
  •  the aggregate amount of loans made under this authority does not exceed 150% of unimpaired capital and surplus.

      At September 30, 2004, Bank of Internet USA’s loans-to-one-borrower limit was $5.2 million based upon the 15% of unimpaired capital and surplus measurement. At September 30, 2004, no single loan was larger than $2.9 million and Bank of Internet USA’s largest single lending relationship had an outstanding balance of $4.3 million. We expect that our lending limit will increase to approximately $7.5 million immediately following the offering, assuming $21.8 million in net proceeds are raised in the offering and that $16.0 million of the net proceeds are contributed to our subsidiary bank, based on the assumptions set forth below the table in “Capitalization.”

      Qualified Thrift Lender Test. Savings associations must meet a qualified thrift lender, or QTL, test. This test may be met either by maintaining a specified level of portfolio assets in qualified thrift investments as specified by the Home Owners Loan Act, or HOLA, or by meeting the definition of a “domestic building and loan association” under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code. Qualified thrift investments are primarily residential mortgage loans and related investments, including mortgage related securities. Portfolio assets generally mean total assets less specified liquid assets, goodwill and other intangible assets and the value of property used in the conduct of Bank of Internet USA’s business. The required

93


Table of Contents

percentage of qualified thrift investments under the HOLA is 65% of portfolio. An association must be in compliance with the QTL test or the definition of domestic building and loan association on a monthly basis in nine out of every 12 months. Associations that fail to meet the QTL test will generally be prohibited from engaging in any activity not permitted for both a national bank and a savings association. At September 30, 2004, Bank of Internet USA was in compliance with its QTL requirement and met the definition of a domestic building and loan association.

      Liquidity Standard. Savings associations are required to maintain sufficient liquidity to ensure safe and sound operations.

      Affiliate Transactions. Transactions between a savings association and its affiliates are quantitatively and qualitatively restricted pursuant to OTS regulations. Affiliates of a savings association include, among other entities, the savings association’s holding company and companies that are under common control with the savings association. In general, a savings association or its subsidiaries are limited in their ability to engage in “covered transactions” with affiliates:

  •  to an amount equal to 10% of the association’s capital and surplus, in the case of covered transactions with any one affiliate; and
 
  •  to an amount equal to 20% of the association’s capital and surplus, in the case of covered transactions with all affiliates.

      In addition, a savings association and its subsidiaries may engage in covered transactions and other specified transactions only on terms and under circumstances that are substantially the same, or at least as favorable to the savings association or its subsidiary, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with nonaffiliated companies. A “covered transaction” includes:

  •  a loan or extension of credit to an affiliate;
 
  •  a purchase of investment securities issued by an affiliate;
 
  •  a purchase of assets from an affiliate, with some exceptions;
 
  •  the acceptance of securities issued by an affiliate as collateral for a loan or extension of credit to any party; and
 
  •  the issuance of a guarantee, acceptance or letter of credit on behalf of an affiliate.

      In addition, under the OTS regulations:

  •  a savings association may not make a loan or extension of credit to an affiliate unless the affiliate is engaged only in activities permissible for bank holding companies;
 
  •  a savings association may not purchase or invest in securities of an affiliate other than shares of a subsidiary;
 
  •  a savings association and its subsidiaries may not purchase low-quality assets from an affiliate;
 
  •  covered transactions and other specified transactions between a savings association or its subsidiaries and an affiliate must be on terms and conditions that are consistent with safe and sound banking practices; and
 
  •  with some exceptions, each loan or extension of credit by a savings association to an affiliate must be secured by collateral with a market value ranging from 100% to 130% of the amount of the loan or extension of credit, depending on the type of collateral.

      The OTS regulations generally exclude all non-bank and non-savings association subsidiaries of savings associations from treatment as affiliates, except to the extent that the OTS or the Federal Reserve Board decides to treat these subsidiaries as affiliates. The regulations also require savings associations to make and retain records that reflect affiliate transactions in reasonable detail and provide that specified classes of savings associations may be required to give the OTS prior notice of affiliate transactions.

94


Table of Contents

      Capital Distribution Limitations. OTS regulations impose limitations upon all capital distributions by savings associations, like cash dividends, payments to repurchase or otherwise acquire its shares, payments to stockholders of another institution in a cash-out merger and other distributions charged against capital. Under these regulations, a savings association may, in circumstances described in those regulations:

  •  be required to file an application and await approval from the OTS before it makes a capital distribution;
 
  •  be required to file a notice 30 days before the capital distribution; or
 
  •  be permitted to make the capital distribution without notice or application to the OTS.

      The OTS regulations require a savings association to file an application if:

  •  it is ineligible for expedited treatment of its other applications under OTS regulations;
 
  •  the total amount of all of capital distributions, including the proposed capital distribution, for the applicable calendar year exceeds its net income for that year to date plus retained net income for the preceding two years;
 
  •  it would not be at least adequately capitalized under the prompt corrective action regulations of the OTS following the distribution, as described above; or
 
  •  the association’s proposed capital distribution would violate a prohibition contained in any applicable statute, regulation or agreement between the savings association and the OTS or the FDIC, or violate a condition imposed on the savings association in an OTS-approved application or notice.

      In addition, a savings association must give the OTS notice of a capital distribution if the savings association is not required to file an application, but:

  •  would not be well capitalized under the prompt corrective action regulations of the OTS following the distribution, as described above;
 
  •  the proposed capital distribution would reduce the amount of or retire any part of the savings association’s common or preferred stock or retire any part of its debt instruments like notes or debentures included in capital, other than regular payments required under a debt instrument approved by the OTS; or
 
  •  the savings association is a subsidiary of a savings and loan holding company.

      If neither the savings association nor the proposed capital distribution meet any of the above listed criteria, the OTS does not require the savings association to submit an application or give notice when making the proposed capital distribution. The OTS may prohibit a proposed capital distribution that would otherwise be permitted if the OTS determines that the distribution would constitute an unsafe or unsound practice.

      Community Reinvestment Act and the Fair Lending Laws. Savings associations have a responsibility under the Community Reinvestment Act and related regulations of the OTS to help meet the credit needs of their communities, including low- and moderate-income neighborhoods. In addition, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act and the Fair Housing Act prohibit lenders from discriminating in their lending practices on the basis of characteristics specified in those statutes. An institution’s failure to comply with the provisions of the Community Reinvestment Act could, at a minimum, result in regulatory restrictions on its activities and the denial of applications. In addition, an institution’s failure to comply with the Equal Credit Opportunity Act and the Fair Housing Act could result in the OTS, other federal regulatory agencies or the Department of Justice taking enforcement actions against the institution. Based on an examination commenced in June, 2001, Bank of Internet USA received a satisfactory rating with respect to its performance pursuant to the Community Reinvestment Act.

      Federal Home Loan Bank System. Bank of Internet USA is a member of the FHLB system. Among other benefits, each FHLB serves as a reserve or central bank for its members within its assigned region. Each FHLB is financed primarily from the sale of consolidated obligations of the FHLB system. Each FHLB makes

95


Table of Contents

available loans or advances to its members in compliance with the policies and procedures established by the board of directors of the individual FHLB. As an FHLB member, Bank of Internet USA is required to own capital stock in an FHLB in specified amounts based on either its aggregate outstanding principal amount of its residential mortgage loans, home purchase contracts and similar obligations at the beginning of each calendar year or its outstanding advances from the FHLB. At September 30, 2004, Bank of Internet USA had $5.7 million of the stock of the FHLB of San Francisco, which met the applicable required investment at that time.

      Federal Reserve System. The Federal Reserve Board requires all depository institutions to maintain noninterest-bearing reserves at specified levels against their transaction accounts (primarily checking, NOW, and Super NOW checking accounts) and nonpersonal time deposits. At September 30, 2004, Bank of Internet USA was in compliance with these requirements.

      Activities of Subsidiaries. A savings association seeking to establish a new subsidiary, acquire control of an existing company or conduct a new activity through a subsidiary must provide 30 days prior notice to the FDIC and the OTS and conduct any activities of the subsidiary in compliance with regulations and orders of the OTS. The OTS has the power to require a savings association to divest any subsidiary or terminate any activity conducted by a subsidiary that the OTS determines to pose a serious threat to the financial safety, soundness or stability of the savings association or to be otherwise inconsistent with sound banking practices.

Recent Legislation

      Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. In July 2002, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the SOX, was enacted. The stated goals of the SOX are to increase corporate responsibility, to provide for enhanced penalties for accounting and auditing improprieties at publicly traded companies and to protect investors by improving the accuracy and reliability of corporate disclosures pursuant to the securities laws.

      The SOX is the most far-reaching U.S. securities legislation enacted in some time. The SOX generally applies to all companies, both U.S. and non-U.S., that file or are required to file periodic reports with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or the Exchange Act.

      The SOX includes very specific additional disclosure requirements and new corporate governance rules, requires the SEC and securities exchanges to adopt extensive additional disclosure, corporate governance and other related rules and mandates further studies of specified issues by the SEC and the Comptroller General. The SOX represents significant federal involvement in matters traditionally left to state regulatory systems, such as the regulation of the accounting profession, and to state corporate law, such as the relationship between a board of directors and management and between a board of directors and its committees.

      The SOX and subsequently enacted SEC and other regulations address, among other matters:

  •  audit committees;
 
  •  implementation of disclosure controls and procedures and internal control and financial reporting;
 
  •  certification of financial statements by the chief executive officer and the chief financial officer;
 
  •  the forfeiture of bonuses or other incentive-based compensation and profits from the sale of an issuer’s securities by directors and senior officers in the twelve month period following initial publication of any financial statements that later require restatement;
 
  •  a prohibition on insider trading during pension plan black-out periods;
 
  •  disclosure of off-balance sheet transactions;
 
  •  a prohibition on personal loans to directors and officers subject to certain exceptions for loans made by insured depository institutions;
 
  •  expedited filing requirements for changes in beneficial ownership of securities owned by officers, directors and principal stockholders of publicly held companies;

96


Table of Contents

  •  disclosure of a code of ethics and filing a Form 8-K for a change or waiver of such code;
 
  •  “real time” filing of periodic reports;
 
  •  the formation of a public accounting oversight board;
 
  •  auditor independence; and
 
  •  various increased criminal penalties for violations of securities laws.

97


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

      Prior to the offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. No prediction can be made as to the effect, if any, that sales of common stock or the availability of common stock for sale will have on the market price of our common stock. The market price of our common stock could decline because of the sale of a large number of shares of our common stock or the perception that such sales could occur. These factors could also make it more difficult to raise funds through future offerings of common stock.

      After the offering, and based on the number of shares of our common stock outstanding at September 30, 2004 and on the assumptions set forth under the table in “Capitalization,” 7,497,649 shares of our common stock will be outstanding, or 7,835,149 shares if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full. Of these shares, the 2,250,000 shares sold in the offering, or 2,587,500 shares if the underwriters’ over-allotment is exercised in full, will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act, except that any shares held by our “affiliates” as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act may be sold only in compliance with the limitations described below. The remaining 5,247,649 shares of common stock are “restricted securities,” within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act. The restricted securities generally may not be sold unless they are registered under the Securities Act or are sold pursuant to an exemption from registration, such as the exemption provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

      In connection with the offering, our existing officers, directors and certain holders of our common stock, who will beneficially own a total of                      shares of common stock after the offering, have entered into lock-up agreements pursuant to which they have agreed not to offer or sell any shares of common stock for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus without the prior written consent of WR Hambrecht + Co, LLC, who may, in its sole discretion, at any time and without notice, waive any of the terms of these lock-up agreements. In addition, certain other holders of our common stock, who will beneficially own a total of  shares of common stock after the offering, have entered into lock-up agreements pursuant to which they have agreed not to offer or sell any shares of common stock for a period of 90 days. The underwriters presently have no intention to allow any shares of common stock to be sold or otherwise offered by us prior to the expiration of these lock-up periods. Following these lock-up periods, these shares will not be eligible for sale in the public market without registration under the Securities Act unless such sale meets the conditions and restrictions of Rule 144 as described below.

      In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, any person or persons whose shares are required to be aggregated, including an affiliate of ours, who has beneficially owned shares for a period of at least one year is entitled to sell, within any three month period, commencing 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

  •  1% of the then outstanding shares of our common stock, or
 
  •  the average weekly trading volume in our common stock during the four calendar weeks immediately preceding the date on which the notice of such sale on Form 144 is filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

      Sales under Rule 144 are also subject to provisions relating to notice and manner of sale and the availability of current public information about us during the 90 days immediately preceding a sale. In addition, a person who is not an affiliate of ours during the 90 days preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least two years would be entitled to sell such shares under Rule 144(k) without regard to the volume limitation and other conditions described above.

      Our directors or officers who purchased our shares in connection with a written compensatory plan or contract may be entitled to rely on the resale provisions of Rule 701. Rule 701 permits non-affiliates to sell their Rule 701 shares without having to comply with the public information, holding period, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144. Affiliates may sell their Rule 701 shares without having to comply with Rule 144’s holding period restrictions. In each of these cases, Rule 701 allows the stockholders to sell 90 days after the date of this prospectus.

98


Table of Contents

      We intend to register on a registration statement on Form S-8 the shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options issued or reserved for future issuance under our amended and restated 1999 stock option plan, our 2004 stock incentive plan and our 2004 employee stock purchase plan. The Form S-8 will permit the resale in the public market of shares so registered by non-affiliates without restriction under the Securities Act.

99


Table of Contents

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

      In accordance with the terms of the underwriting agreement between WR Hambrecht + Co, LLC and The Seidler Companies Incorporated, as representatives of the underwriters, and us, each underwriter has agreed to purchase from us that number of shares of common stock set forth opposite the underwriter’s name below at the public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions described on the cover page of this prospectus.

           
Number of
Underwriters Shares


WR Hambrecht + Co, LLC
       
The Seidler Companies Incorporated
       
     
 
 
Total
    2,250,000  
     
 

      The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the underwriters are subject to conditions, including the absence of any material adverse change in our business, and the receipt of certificates, opinions and letters from us and counsel. Subject to those conditions, the underwriters are committed to purchase all of the shares of our common stock offered by this prospectus if any of the shares are purchased.

      The underwriters propose to offer the shares of our common stock directly to the public at the offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, as this price is determined by the OpenIPO process described below, and to certain dealers at this price less a concession not in excess of $          per share. The underwriters may allow, and dealers may reallow, a concession not to exceed $           per share on sales to other dealers. Any dealers that participate in the distribution of our common stock may be deemed to be underwriters within the meaning of the Securities Act, and any discount, commission or concession received by them and any provided by the sale of the shares by them may be deemed to be underwriting discounts and commissions under the Securities Act. After completion of the initial public offering of the shares, the underwriters may change the public offering price and other selling terms.

      The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discount to be paid to the underwriters by us in connection with this offering. The underwriting discount has been determined through negotiations between us and the underwriters, and has been calculated as a percentage of the offering price. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the over-allotment option.

                         
Per Share No Exercise Full Exercise



Public Offering Price
  $       $       $    
Underwriting Discount
  $       $       $    
Proceeds, before expenses, to us
  $       $       $    

      The expenses of the offering, exclusive of the underwriting discounts, will be approximately $          . We have also agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain fees and expenses. These fees and expenses are payable entirely by us. These fees include, among other things, our legal and accounting fees, printing expenses, expenses incurred in connection with meetings with potential investors, filing fees of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., fees of our transfer agent and registrar and the listing fees of the Nasdaq National Market.

      An electronic prospectus is available on the website maintained by WR Hambrecht + Co and The Seidler Companies Incorporated, two of the underwriters in this offering, and may also be made available on websites maintained by selected dealers and selling group members participating in this offering.

The OpenIPO Auction Process

      The distribution method being used in this offering is known as the OpenIPO auction, which differs from methods traditionally used in underwritten public offerings. In particular, the public offering price and the allocation of shares are determined primarily by an auction conducted by the underwriters. All qualified

100


Table of Contents

individual and institutional investors may place bids in an OpenIPO auction and investors submitting valid bids have an equal opportunity to receive an allocation of shares.

      The following describes how the underwriters and some selected dealers conduct the auction process and confirm bids from prospective investors:

 
Prior to Effectiveness of the Registration Statement

      Before the registration statement relating to this offering becomes effective, the underwriters and participating dealers solicit bids from prospective investors through the Internet and by telephone and facsimile. The bids specify the number of shares of our common stock the potential investor proposes to purchase and the price the potential investor is willing to pay for the shares. These bids may be above or below the range set forth on the cover page of the prospectus. The minimum size of any bid is 100 shares.

      The shares offered by this prospectus may not be sold, nor may offers to buy be accepted, prior to the time that the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission becomes effective. A bid received by the underwriters or a dealer involves no obligation or commitment of any kind prior to the closing of the auction. Bids can be modified or revoked at any time prior to the closing of the auction.

      Approximately two business days prior to the registration statement being declared effective, prospective investors receive, by e-mail, telephone or facsimile, a notice indicating the proposed effective date. Potential investors may at any time expressly request that all, or any specific, communications between them and the underwriters and participating dealers be made by specific means of communication, including e-mail, telephone and facsimile. The underwriters and participating dealers will contact the potential investors in the manner they request.

 
Effectiveness of the Registration Statement

      After the registration statement relating to this offering has become effective, potential investors who have submitted bids to the underwriters or a dealer are contacted by e-mail, telephone or facsimile. Potential investors are advised that the registration statement has been declared effective and that the auction may close in as little as one hour following effectiveness. Bids will continue to be accepted in the time period after the registration statement is declared effective but before the auction closes. Bidders may also withdraw their bids in the time period following effectiveness but before the close of the auction.

 
Reconfirmation of Bids

      We will require that bidders reconfirm the bids that they have submitted in the offering if any of the following events shall occur:

  •  More than 15 business days have elapsed since the bidder submitted his bid in the offering;
 
  •  There is a material change in the prospectus that requires recirculation of the prospectus by us and the underwriters; or
 
  •  The initial public offering price in the offering is more than 20% above the high end of the price range or more than 20% below the low end of the price range.

      If a reconfirmation of bids is required, we will send an electronic notice to everyone who has submitted a bid notifying them that they must reconfirm their bids by contacting the underwriters or participating dealers with which they have their brokerage accounts. Bidders will have the ability to cancel, modify or reconfirm their bid at any time until the auction closes. If bidders do not reconfirm their bids before the auction is closed, we and the underwriters will disregard their bids in the auction, and they will be deemed to have been withdrawn.

101


Table of Contents

 
Changes in the Price Range Prior to Effectiveness of the Registration Statement

      If, prior to the date on which the SEC declares our registration statement effective, there is a change in the price range or the number of shares to be sold in our offering, in each case in a manner that is not otherwise material to our offering, we and the underwriters will:

  •  Provide notice on our offering web site of the revised price range or number of shares to be sold in our offering, as the case may be.
 
  •  Issue a press release announcing the revised price range or number of shares to be sold in our offering, as the case may be.
 
  •  Send an electronic notice to everyone who has submitted a bid notifying them of the revised price range or number of shares to be sold in our offering, as the case may be.

      In these situations, the underwriters could accept an investor’s bid after the SEC declares the registration statement effective without requiring a bidder to reconfirm. However, the underwriters may decide at any time to require potential investors to reconfirm their bids, and if they fail to do so, unconfirmed bids will be invalid.

 
Closing of the Auction and Pricing

      The auction will close and a public offering price will be determined after the registration statement becomes effective at a time agreed to by us and WR Hambrecht + Co, which we anticipate will be after the close of trading on the Nasdaq National Market on the same day on which the registration statement is declared effective. The auction may close in as little as one hour following effectiveness of the registration statement. However, the date and time at which the auction will close and a public offering price will be determined cannot currently be predicted and will be determined by us and WR Hambrecht + Co based on general market conditions during the period after the registration statement is declared effective. If we are unable to close the auction, determine a public offering price and file a final prospectus with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 15 days after the registration statement is initially declared effective, we will be required to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission and have declared effective a post-effective amendment to the registration statement before the auction may be closed and before any bids may be accepted.

      Once a potential investor submits its bid, the bid remains valid unless subsequently withdrawn by the potential investor. Potential investors are able to withdraw their bids at any time before the close of the auction by notifying the underwriters or a participating dealer.

      Following the closing of the auction, the underwriters determine the highest price at which all of the shares offered, including shares that may be purchased by the underwriters to cover any over-allotments, may be sold to potential investors. This price, which is called the “clearing price,” is determined based on the results of all valid bids at the time the auction is closed. The clearing price is not necessarily the public offering price, which is set as described in “Determination of Public Offering Price” below. The public offering price determines the allocation of shares to potential investors, with all valid bids submitted at or above the public offering price receiving a pro rata portion of the shares bid for.

      You will have the ability to withdraw your bid at any time until the closing of the auction. The underwriters will accept successful bids by sending notice of acceptance after the auction closes and a public offering price has been determined, and bidders who submitted successful bids will be obligated to purchase the shares allocated to them regardless of (1) whether such bidders are aware that the registration statement has been declared effective and that the auction has closed or (2) whether they are aware that the notice of acceptance of that bid has been sent. Once the auction has closed, a public offering price has been determined and notices of acceptance have been sent, the underwriters will not cancel or reject a valid bid.

      Once the auction closes and a clearing price is set as described below, the underwriters or a participating dealer accept the bids from those bidders whose bid is at or above the public offering price but may allocate to a prospective investor fewer shares than the number included in the investor’s bid, as described in “Allocation of Shares” below.

102


Table of Contents

Determination of Public Offering Price

      The public offering price for this offering is ultimately determined by negotiation between the underwriters and us after the auction closes and does not necessarily bear any direct relationship to our assets, current earnings or book value or to any other established criteria of value, although these factors are considered in establishing the initial public offering price. Prior to the offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The principal factor in establishing the public offering price is the clearing price resulting from the auction. The clearing price is used by the underwriters and us as the principal benchmark in determining the public offering price for the stock that will be sold in this offering.

      The clearing price is the highest price at which all of the shares offered, including the shares that may be purchased by the underwriters to cover any over-allotments, may be sold to potential investors, based on the valid bids at the time the auction is run. The shares subject to the underwriters’ over-allotment option are used to calculate the clearing price whether or not the option is actually exercised.

      Depending on the outcome of negotiations between the underwriters and us, the public offering price may be lower, but will not be higher, than the clearing price. The bids received in the auction and the resulting clearing price are the principal factors used to determine the public offering price of the stock that will be sold in this offering. The public offering price may be lower than the clearing price depending on a number of additional factors, including general market trends or conditions, the underwriters’ assessment of our management, operating results, capital structure and business potential and the demand and price of similar securities of comparable companies. The underwriters and us may also agree to a public offering price that is lower than the clearing price in order to facilitate a wider distribution of the stock to be sold in the offering.

      The public offering price always determines the allocation of shares to potential investors. Therefore, if the public offering price is below the clearing price, all valid bids that are at or above the public offering price receive a pro rata portion of the shares bid for. If sufficient bids are not received, or if we do not consider the clearing price to be adequate, or if the underwriters and we are not able to reach agreement on the public offering price, then the underwriters and we will either postpone or cancel this offering. Alternatively, we may file with the SEC a post-effective amendment to the registration statement in order to conduct a new auction.

      The following simplified example illustrates how the public offering price is determined through the auction process:

      Company X offers to sell 1,000 shares in its public offering through the auction process. The underwriters, on behalf of Company X, receive five bids to purchase, all of which are kept confidential until the auction closes.

      The first bid is to pay $10.00 per share for 200 shares. The second bid is to pay $9.00 per share for 300 shares. The third bid is to pay $8.00 per share for 600 shares. The fourth bid is to pay $7.00 per share for 400 shares. The fifth bid is to pay $6.00 per share for 800 shares.

      Assuming that none of these bids are withdrawn or modified before the auction closes, and assuming that no additional bids are received, the clearing price used to determine the public offering price would be $8.00 per share, which is the highest price at which all 1,000 shares offered may be sold to potential investors who have submitted valid bids. However, the shares may be sold at a price below $8.00 per share based on negotiations between Company X and the underwriters.

      If the public offering price is the same as the $8.00 per share clearing price, the underwriters would accept bids at or above $8.00 per share. Because 1,100 shares were bid for at or above the clearing price, each of the three potential investors who bid $8.00 per share or more would receive approximately 90% of the shares for which bids were made. The two potential investors whose bids were below $8.00 per share would not receive any shares in this example.

      If the public offering price is $7.00 per share, the underwriters would accept bids that were made at or above $7.00 per share. No bids made at a price of less than $7.00 per share would be accepted. The four potential investors with the highest bids would receive a pro rata portion of the 1,000 shares offered, based on

103


Table of Contents

the 1,500 shares they requested, or two-thirds of the shares for which bids were made. The potential investor with the lowest bid would not receive any shares in this example.

      As described in “Allocation of Shares” below, because bids that are reduced on a pro rata basis may be rounded down to round lots, a potential investor may be allocated less than two-thirds of the shares bid for. Thus, the potential investor who bid for 200 shares may receive a pro rata allocation of 100 shares (one-half of the shares bid for), rather than receiving a pro rata allocation of 133 shares (two-thirds of the shares bid for).

      The following table illustrates the example described above, before rounding down any bids to the nearest round lot, assuming that the initial public offering price is set at $8.00 per share. The table also assumes that these bids are the final bids, and that they reflect any modifications that have been made to reflect any prior changes to the offering range, and to avoid the issuance of fractional shares.

Initial Public Offering of Company X

                                                           
Bid Information Auction Results


Approximate
Cumulative Allocated
Shares Shares Shares Requested Clearing Amount
Requested Requested Bid Price Allocated Shares Price Raised







      200       200     $ 10.00       180       90 %   $ 8.00     $ 1,440  
      300       500     $ 9.00       270       90 %   $ 8.00     $ 2,160  
Clearing Price
    600       1,100     $ 8.00       550       90 %   $ 8.00     $ 4,400  
      400       1,500     $ 7.00       0       0 %            
      800       2,300     $ 6.00       0       0 %            
                             
                     
 
 
Total:
                            1,000                     $ 8,000  
                             
                     
 

Allocation of Shares

      Bidders receiving a pro rata portion of the shares they bid for generally receive an allocation of shares on a round-lot basis, rounded to multiples of 100 or 1,000 shares, depending on the size of the bid. No bids are rounded to a round lot higher than the original bid size. Because bids may be rounded down to round lots in multiples of 100 or 1,000 shares, some bidders may receive allocations of shares that reflect a greater percentage decrease in their original bid than the average pro rata decrease. Thus, for example, if a bidder has confirmed a bid for 200 shares, and there is an average pro rata decrease of all bids of 30%, the bidder may receive an allocation of 100 shares (a 50% decrease from 200 shares) rather than receiving an allocation of 140 shares (a 30% decrease from 200 shares). In addition, some bidders may receive allocations of shares that reflect a lesser percentage decrease in their original bid than the average pro rata decrease. For example, if a bidder has submitted a bid for 100 shares, and there is an average pro rata decrease of all bids of 30%, the bidder may receive an allocation of all 100 shares to avoid having the bid rounded down to zero.

      Generally the allocation of shares in the offering will be determined in the following manner:

  •  Any bid with a price below the public offering price is allocated no shares.
 
  •  The pro-rata percentage is determined by dividing the number of shares offered (including the overallotment option) by the total number of shares bid at or above the public offering price. For example, if there are 200,000 shares bid for at or above the public offering price, and 150,000 shares offered in the offering, then the pro-rata percentage is 75%.
 
  •  All of the successful bids are then multiplied by the pro-rata percentage to determine the allocations before rounding. For example, three winning bids for 1,700 shares (Bid 1), 650 shares (Bid 2) and 100 shares (Bid 3) would be allocated 1,275 shares, 487 shares and 75 shares respectively, based on the pro rata percentage.

104


Table of Contents

  •  The bids are then rounded down to the nearest 100 share round lot, so the bids would be rounded to 1200, 400 and 0 shares respectively. This creates a stub of 237 unallocated shares.
 
  •  The 237 stub shares are then allocated to the bids. Continuing the example above, because Bid 3 for 100 shares was rounded down to 0 shares, 100 of the stub shares would be allocated to Bid 3. If there were not sufficient stub shares to allocate at least 100 shares to Bid 3, Bid 3 would not receive any shares in the offering. After allocation of these shares, 137 unallocated stub shares would remain.
 
  •  Because Bid 2 for 650 shares was reduced, as a result of rounding, by more total shares then Bid 1 for 1700 shares, Bid 2 would then be allocated stub shares up to the nearest 100 round lot (from 400 shares to 500 shares). This reduces the unallocated stub shares to 37 total shares.

      The remaining 37 stub shares are not enough shares to enable Bid 1 to be rounded up to a round lot of 100 shares. Therefore the remaining 37 unallocated stub shares would be allocated to smaller orders that are below their bid amounts. The table below illustrates the allocations in the example above.

Initial Public Offering of Company X

                                           
Initial Pro-Rata Allocation Initial Allocation of Final
Bid (75% of Initial Bid) Rounding Stub Shares Allocation





Bid 1
    1700       1275       1200       0       1200  
Bid 2
    650       487       400       100       500  
Bid 3
    100       75       0       100       100  
 
Total
    2450       1837       1600       200       1800  

Requirements for Valid Bids

      Valid bids are those that meet the requirements, including eligibility, account status and size, established by the underwriters or participating dealers. In order to open a brokerage account with WR Hambrecht + Co, a potential investor must deposit $2,000 in its account. This brokerage account will be a general account subject to WR Hambrecht + Co’s customary rules, and will not be limited to this offering. In addition, within one hour of the auction closing, a prospective investor submitting a bid through a WR Hambrecht + Co brokerage account must have an account balance equal to or in excess of the amount of its bid or WR Hambrecht + Co may not accept its bid. The auction may close in as little as one hour after the registration statement is declared effective. However, other than the $2,000 described above, prospective investors are not required to deposit any money into their accounts until after the registration statement becomes effective. No funds will be transferred to WR Hambrecht + Co, and any amounts in excess of $2,000 may be withdrawn at any time until the auction closes and the bid is accepted. Conditions for valid bids, including eligibility standards and account funding requirements of The Seidler Companies Incorporated and participating dealers other than WR Hambrecht + Co, may vary.

The Closing of the Auction and Allocation of Shares

      The auction will close on a date and at a time estimated and publicly disclosed in advance by the underwriters on the websites of WR Hambrecht + Co at www.wrhambrecht.com and www.openipo.com . The auction may close in as little as one hour following effectiveness of the registration statement. The 2,250,000 shares offered by this prospectus, or 2,587,500 shares if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full, will be purchased from us by the underwriters and sold through the underwriters and participating dealers to investors who have submitted valid bids at or higher than the public offering price.

      The underwriters or a participating dealer notify successful bidders by sending a notice of acceptance by e-mail, telephone or facsimile or mail informing bidders that the auction has closed and that their bids have been accepted. The notice will indicate the price and number of shares that have been allocated to the successful bidder. Other bidders are notified that their bids have not been accepted.

105


Table of Contents

      Each participating dealer has agreed with the underwriters to sell the shares it purchases from the underwriters in accordance with the auction process described above, unless the underwriters otherwise consent. The underwriters do not intend to consent to the sale of any shares in this offering outside of the auction process. The underwriters reserve the right in their sole discretion to reject any bids that they deem manipulative or disruptive in order to facilitate the orderly completion of this offering, and they reserve the right, in exceptional circumstances, to alter this method of allocation as they deem necessary to ensure a fair and orderly distribution of the shares of our common stock. For example, large orders may be reduced to ensure a public distribution and bids may be rejected or reduced by the underwriters or participating dealers based on eligibility or creditworthiness criteria. In addition, the underwriters or the participating dealers may reject or reduce a bid by a prospective investor who has engaged in practices that could have a manipulative, disruptive or otherwise adverse effect on the offering.

      Some dealers participating in the selling group may submit firm bids that reflect indications of interest from their customers that they have received at prices within the initial public offering price range. In these cases, the dealer submitting the bid is treated as the bidder for the purposes of determining the clearing price and allocation of shares.

      Price and volume volatility in the market for our common stock may result from the somewhat unique nature of the proposed plan of distribution. Price and volume volatility in the market for our common stock after the completion of this offering may adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

      We have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable no later than 30 days after the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to an aggregate of 337,500 additional shares of our common stock from us at the offering price, less the underwriting discounts and commissions set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. To the extent that the underwriters exercise this option, they will have a firm commitment to purchase the additional shares and we will be obligated to sell the additional shares to the underwriters. The underwriters may exercise the option only to cover over-allotments made in connection with the sale of shares offered. The underwriting agreement provides that we will indemnify the underwriters against specified liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to make.

      We have agreed not to offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase, make any short sale or otherwise dispose of any shares of common stock, or any options or warrants to purchase common stock other than the shares of common stock or options to acquire common stock issued under our stock plans, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of WR Hambrecht + Co. Each of our directors and executive officers and additional holders of approximately        % of our outstanding capital stock have agreed to restrictions on their ability to sell, offer, contract or grant any option to sell, pledge, transfer or otherwise dispose of shares of our common stock for a period of 180 days in the case of our directors and officers and certain holders of our common stock, and 90 days in the case of certain other holders of our common stock, after the date of this prospectus, without the prior written consent of WR Hambrecht + Co. The persons signing the lock-up agreements will be able to transfer their shares of common stock as a bona fide gift to immediate family members or to a trust or partnership or other business entity, or as a distribution without compensation to partners, members or shareholders of a business entity, subject to the transferees agreeing to enter into a lock-up agreement. In considering any request to release shares subject to a lock-up agreement, WR Hambrecht + Co will consider the possible impact of the release of the shares on the trading price of the stock sold in the offering.

      In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell shares of common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover positions created by short sales. Any short sales made by the underwriters would be made at the public offering price. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering. “Covered” short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares from us in the offering. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising its option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. As described above, the number of shares that may be sold pursuant to the underwriters’ overallotment option is included in the calculation of the clearing price. In determining the source of shares to

106


Table of Contents

close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the over-allotment option. “Naked” short sales are any sales in excess of such option. To the extent that the underwriters engage in any naked short sales, the naked short position would not be included in the calculation of the clearing price. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

      The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because one underwriter has repurchased shares sold by or for the account of the other underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

      These activities by the underwriters may stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of the common stock. As a result, the price of the common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. If these activities are commenced, the underwriters may discontinue them at any time. These transactions may be effected on the Nasdaq National Market, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

      WR Hambrecht + Co, LLC, The Seidler Companies Incorporated and at least one other selling group member currently intend to act as a market maker for the common stock following this offering. However, they are not obligated to do so and may discontinue any market making at any time.

Indemnity

      The underwriting agreement contains covenants of indemnity between the underwriter and us against certain civil liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, and liabilities arising from breaches of representations and warranties contained in the underwriting agreement.

VALIDITY OF THE SECURITIES

      The validity of our common stock offered by this prospectus will be passed upon for us by Morrison & Foerster LLP, Los Angeles, California. The validity of the common stock offered by this prospectus will be passed upon for the underwriters by Manatt, Phelps & Phillips, LLP, Costa Mesa, California.

EXPERTS

      The consolidated financial statements of BofI Holding, Inc. included in this prospectus have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein, and has been so included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

107


Table of Contents

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

      We have filed a registration statement on Form S-1 with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC. This prospectus, which is part of the registration statement, does not contain all the information included in the registration statement. Because some information is omitted, you should refer to the registration statement and its exhibits. For copies of actual contracts of documents referred to in this prospectus, you should refer to the exhibits attached to the registration statement. You may review a copy of the registration statement, including the attached exhibits, at the SEC’s Public Reference Room:

Public Reference Room

Room 1024
450 Fifth Street, N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20549

      You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC. The address of the SEC’s website is http://www.sec.gov.

108


Table of Contents

BOFI HOLDING, INC.

 
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
         
Page

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
    F-2  
Consolidated Balance Sheets at September 30, 2004 (unaudited) and June 30, 2004 and 2003
    F-3  
Consolidated Statements of Income for the three months ended September 30, 2004 and 2003 (unaudited) and for each of the years ended June 30, 2004, 2003 and 2002
    F-4  
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity and Comprehensive Income for the three months ended September 30, 2004 (unaudited) and for each of the years ended June 30, 2004, 2003 and 2002
    F-5  
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the three months ended September 30, 2004 and 2003 (unaudited) and for each of the years ended June 30, 2004, 2003 and 2002
    F-6  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
    F-8  

F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

Board of Directors and Stockholders
Bofl Holding, Inc.

      We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Bofl Holding, Inc. and subsidiary (the “Company”) as of June 30, 2004 and 2003, and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2004. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

      We conducted our audits in accordance with standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

      In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Bofl Holding, Inc. and subsidiary as of June 30, 2004 and 2003, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2004, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

  /s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Los Angeles, California

October 13, 2004

F-2


Table of Contents

BofI HOLDING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(Dollars in thousands, except share data)
                             
June 30,
September 30,
2004 2004 2003



(unaudited)
ASSETS
 
Cash and due from banks
  $ 2,600     $ 1,838     $ 2,673  
 
Money market mutual funds
    521       519       514  
 
Federal funds sold
    18,010       22,502       3,275  
     
     
     
 
   
Total cash and cash equivalents
    21,131       24,859       6,462  
 
Time deposits in financial institutions
    8,909       9,503       11,872  
 
Investment securities available for sale
    47,458              
 
Investment securities held to maturity
    8,244       3,665       441  
 
Stock of the Federal Home Loan Bank, at cost
    5,729       4,789       2,795  
 
Loans held for investment — net of allowance for loan losses of $1,060 in September 2004, $1,045 in June 2004 and $790 in June 2003
    355,105       355,261       245,933  
 
Loans held for sale
    216       435       3,602  
 
Accrued interest receivable
    1,657       1,486       1,107  
 
Furniture, equipment and software — net
    157       181       214  
 
Deferred income tax
    453       407       461  
 
Bank-owned life insurance — cash surrender value
    3,934       3,893        
 
Other assets
    946       560       577  
     
     
     
 
TOTAL
  $ 453,939     $ 405,039     $ 273,464  
     
     
     
 
 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Deposits:
                       
 
Non-interest bearing
  $ 6,647     $ 2,279     $ 3,299  
 
Interest bearing
    289,030       267,562       190,693  
     
     
     
 
   
Total deposits
    295,677       269,841       193,992  
Advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank
    121,475       101,446       55,900  
Note payable
    3,300       1,300        
Accrued interest payable
    324       283       272  
Income tax payable
    497              
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
    370       410       415  
     
     
     
 
   
Total liabilities
    421,643       373,280       250,579  
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Note 12) 
                       
STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY:
                       
 
Convertible preferred stock — $10,000 stated value; 1,000,000 shares authorized; 675 shares issued and outstanding
    6,637       6,637        
 
Common stock — $.01 par value; 10,000,000 shares authorized; 4,519,649 (September 2004), 4,506,524 (June 2004) and 4,474,351 (June 2003) shares issued and outstanding
    45       45       45  
 
Additional paid-in capital
    22,418       22,363       22,161  
 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax
    (78 )            
 
Retained earnings
    3,274       2,714       679  
     
     
     
 
   
Total stockholders’ equity
    32,296       31,759       22,885  
     
     
     
 
TOTAL
  $ 453,939     $ 405,039     $ 273,464  
     
     
     
 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-3


Table of Contents

BofI HOLDING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

(Dollars in thousands, except earnings per share)
                                               
Three Months Ended
September 30, Year Ended June 30,


2004 2003 2004 2003 2002





(unaudited)
INTEREST AND DIVIDEND INCOME:
                                       
 
Loans, including fees
  $ 4,472     $ 3,431     $ 15,177     $ 12,723     $ 10,765  
 
Investments
    354       150       595       791       876  
     
     
     
     
     
 
     
Total interest and dividend income
    4,826       3,581       15,772       13,514       11,641  
     
     
     
     
     
 
INTEREST EXPENSE:
                                       
 
Deposits
    1,851       1,576       6,534       6,708       6,955  
 
Advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank
    867       600       2,648       1,718       1,143  
 
Other borrowings
    20             60             46  
     
     
     
     
     
 
     
Total interest expense
    2,738       2,176       9,242       8,426       8,144  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Net interest income
    2,088       1,405       6,530       5,088       3,497  
Provision for loan losses
    15       15       255       285       195  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Net interest income, after provision for loan losses
    2,073       1,390       6,275       4,803       3,302  
     
     
     
     
     
 
NON-INTEREST INCOME:
                                       
   
Prepayment penalty fee income
    86       97       624       446       114  
   
Gain on sale of loans originated for sale
    11       164       364       778       67  
   
Banking service fees and other income
    72       27       202       125       116  
     
     
     
     
     
 
     
Total non-interest income
    169       288       1,190       1,349       297  
     
     
     
     
     
 
NON-INTEREST EXPENSE:
                                       
 
Salaries and employee benefits
    608       465       1,880       1,538       1,300  
 
Professional services
    85       32       166       152       172  
 
Occupancy and equipment
    65       60       245       205       161  
 
Data processing and internet
    90       78       328       278       210  
 
Advertising and promotional
    47       44       220       189       141  
 
Depreciation and amortization
    27       24       97       144       118  
 
Service contract termination
          197       197              
 
Other general and administrative
    217       177       686       652       906  
     
     
     
     
     
 
     
Total non-interest expense
    1,139       1,077       3,819       3,158       3,008  
     
     
     
     
     
 
INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES
    1,103       601       3,646       2,994       591  
INCOME TAXES (BENEFIT)
    442       247       1,471       1,264       (429 )
     
     
     
     
     
 
NET INCOME
  $ 661     $ 354     $ 2,175     $ 1,730     $ 1,020  
     
     
     
     
     
 
NET INCOME ATTRIBUTABLE TO COMMON STOCK
  $ 560     $ 354     $ 2,035     $ 1,730     $ 1,020  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Basic earnings per share
  $ 0.12     $ 0.08     $ 0.45     $ 0.39     $ 0.25  
Diluted earnings per share
    0.11       0.07       0.39       0.34       0.21  

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-4


Table of Contents

BofI HOLDING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(Dollars in thousands, except share data)
                                                                           
Accumulated
Convertible Retained Other
Preferred Stock Common Stock Additional Earnings Comprehensive


Paid-In (Accumulated Loss, Net of Comprehensive
Shares Amount Shares Amount Capital Deficit) Tax Income Total









BALANCE — July 1, 2001
        $       3,707,116     $ 37     $ 13,937     $ (2,071 )   $             $ 11,903  
 
Issuance of common stock
                    627,100       6       6,177                               6,183  
 
Exercise of common stock options
                    185               1                               1  
 
Extension of term to exercise common stock warrants
                                    394                               394  
 
Net income
                                            1,020             $ 1,020       1,020  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
BALANCE — June 30, 2002
                    4,334,401       43       20,509       (1,051 )                   19,501  
 
Issuance of common stock
                    139,950       2       1,652                               1,654  
 
Net income
                                            1,730             $ 1,730       1,730  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
BALANCE — June 30, 2003
                    4,474,351       45       22,161       679                     22,885  
 
Exercise of common stock options
                    23,423               165                               165  
 
Exercise of common stock warrants
                    8,750               37                               37  
 
Issuance of convertible preferred stock
    675       6,637                                                       6,637  
 
Cash dividends on convertible preferred stock
                                            (140 )                     (140 )
 
Net income
                                            2,175             $ 2,175       2,175  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
BALANCE — June 30, 2004
    675       6,637       4,506,524       45       22,363       2,714                     31,759  
 
Comprehensive income:
                                                                       
 
Net income (unaudited)
                                            661             $ 661       661  
 
Net unrealized loss from investment securities (unaudited)
                                                    (78 )     (78 )     (78 )
                                                             
         
 
Total comprehensive income (unaudited)
                                                          $ 583          
                                                             
         
 
Cash dividends on convertible preferred stock (unaudited)
                                            (101 )                     (101 )
 
Exercise of common stock warrants (unaudited)
                    13,125               55                           55  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
             
 
BALANCE — September 30, 2004 (unaudited)
    675     $ 6,637       4,519,649     $ 45     $ 22,418     $ 3,274     $ (78 )           $ 32,296  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
             
 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-5


Table of Contents

BofI HOLDING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(Dollars in thousands)
                                                 
Three Months Ended
September 30, Year Ended June 30,


2004 2003 2004 2003 2002





(unaudited)
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
                                       
 
Net income
  $ 661     $ 354     $ 2,175     $ 1,730     $ 1,020  
 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
                                       
   
Amortization of premiums on investment securities
    1       1             3       10  
   
Amortization of premiums and deferred loan fees
    133       146       485       481       505  
   
Provision for loan losses
    15       15       255       285       195  
   
Deferred income taxes
    6       41       54       (31 )     (430 )
   
Origination of loans held for sale
    (2,514 )     (35,010 )     (76,550 )     (124,739 )     (6,994 )
   
Gain on sales of loans held for sale
    (11 )     (164 )     (364 )     (778 )     (67 )
   
Proceeds from sale of loans held for sale
    2,744       37,806       80,081       122,042       6,932  
   
Depreciation and amortization
    27       24       97       144       118  
   
Amortization of borrowing costs
    29       23       110              
   
Stock dividends from the Federal Home Loan Bank
    (52 )     (23 )     (118 )     (89 )     (51 )
   
Extension of term to exercise common stock warrants
                            394  
   
Net changes in assets and liabilities which provide (use) cash:
                                       
     
Accrued interest receivable
    (171 )     14       (379 )     (139 )     (106 )
     
Other assets
    (427 )     120       (76 )     17       (534 )
     
Accrued interest payable
    41       (24 )     11       (111 )     (95 )
     
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
    457       55       (5 )     203       (61 )
     
     
     
     
     
 
       
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
    939       3,378       5,776       (982 )     836  
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
                                       
 
Purchase of investment securities available for sale
    (48,214 )                        
 
Purchases of investment securities held to maturity
    (5,287 )     (199 )     (9,142 )     (14,355 )     (10,575 )
 
Proceeds from maturities of investments
    1,927       2,027       8,287       13,055       4,150  
 
Net increase in stock of the Federal Home Loan Bank
    (888 )     (150 )     (1,876 )     (1,005 )     (854 )
 
Origination of loans
    (11,329 )     (18,059 )     (64,478 )     (58,609 )     (34,659 )
 
Purchases of loans
    (5,336 )     (11,888 )     (129,193 )     (81,778 )     (132,298 )
 
Principal repayments on loans
    16,673       28,957       83,603       60,939       138,708  
 
Purchases of furniture, equipment and software
    (3 )     (4 )     (64 )     (58 )     (29 )
 
Premium paid for bank-owned life insurance
                (3,800 )            
     
     
     
     
     
 
       
Net cash provided by (used) in investing activities
    (52,457 )     684       (116,663 )     (81,811 )     (35,557 )

F-6


Table of Contents

BofI HOLDING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS — (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands)
                                             
Three Months Ended
September 30, Year Ended June 30,


2004 2003 2004 2003 2002





(unaudited)
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
                                       
 
Net increase in deposits
  $ 25,836     $ 8,198     $ 75,849     $ 26,374     $ 40,414  
 
Proceeds from the Federal Home Loan Bank advances
    20,000       2,436       48,436       26,000       18,000  
 
Repayment of the Federal Home Loan Bank advance
                (3,000 )           (4,000 )
 
Proceeds from federal funds purchased
                            6,000  
 
Repayment of federal funds purchased
                            (6,000 )
 
Proceeds from issuance of notes payable to related parties
                            1,700  
 
Repayment of notes payable
                            (2,570 )
 
Proceeds from issuance of common stock
                      1,654       6,184  
 
Proceeds from revolving line term loan facility
    2,000             1,300              
 
Net proceeds from issuance of convertible preferred stock
                6,637              
 
Proceeds from exercise of common stock options and warrants
    55       112       202              
 
Cash dividends on convertible preferred stock
    (101 )           (140 )            
     
     
     
     
     
 
   
Net cash provided by financing activities
    47,790       10,746       129,284       54,028       59,728  
     
     
     
     
     
 
NET CHANGE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
    (3,728 )     14,808       18,397       (28,765 )     25,007  
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS — Beginning of year
    24,859       6,462       6,462       35,227       10,220  
     
     
     
     
     
 
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS — End of year
  $ 21,131     $ 21,270     $ 24,859     $ 6,462     $ 35,227  
     
     
     
     
     
 
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
                                       
 
Interest paid on deposits and borrowed funds
  $ 2,671     $ 2,183     $ 9,686     $ 8,537     $ 8,238  
 
Income taxes paid
  $ 55     $     $ 1,364     $ 1,301     $ 2  

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-7


Table of Contents

BofI HOLDING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2004 AND 2003 (UNAUDITED) AND
THE YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 2004, 2003 AND 2002
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
 
1. Organizations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

      Basis of Presentation and Consolidation  — The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of BofI Holding, Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiary, Bank of Internet USA (collectively, the “Company”). All significant intercompany balances have been eliminated in consolidation.

      BofI Holding, Inc. was incorporated in the State of Delaware on July 6, 1999 for the purpose of organizing and launching an Internet-based savings bank. The Bank of Internet USA (the “Bank”), which opened for business over the Internet on July 4, 2000, is subject to regulation and examination by the Office of Thrift Supervision (“OTS”), its primary regulator. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) insures the Bank’s deposit accounts up to the maximum allowable amount.

      During the year ended June 30, 2003, the Company changed its name from “BofI.com Holding, Inc.” to “BofI Holding, Inc.”

      Unaudited Interim Financial Information  — The accompanying unaudited interim consolidated balance sheet as of September 30, 2004, the consolidated statements of income for the three months ended September 30, 2004 and 2003, the consolidated statements of cash flows for the three months ended September 30, 2004 and 2003 and the consolidated statement of stockholders’ equity for the three months ended September 30, 2004 are unaudited. These unaudited interim consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. In the opinion of the Company’s management, the unaudited interim consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements and include all adjustments necessary for the fair presentation of the Company’s statement of financial position at September 30, 2004, its results of operations and its cash flows for the three months ended September 30, 2004 and 2003. The results for the three months ended September 30, 2004 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the year ending June 30, 2005.

      Use of Estimates  — In preparing consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, management is required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities as of the date of the balance sheet and reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results may differ from those estimates. Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant change in the near term relate to the determination of the allowance for loan losses and the valuation of deferred tax assets.

      Business  — The Bank provides financial services to consumers through the Internet. The Bank’s deposit products are demand accounts, savings accounts and time deposits marketed to consumers located in all fifty states. The Bank’s primary lending products are residential single family and multifamily mortgage loans. The Bank’s business is primarily concentrated in the State of California and is subject to the general economic conditions of that State.

      Cash Equivalents  — Cash and cash equivalents include cash and due from banks, money market mutual funds and federal funds sold, all of which have original maturities within ninety days.

      Federal Reserve Board regulations require depository institutions to maintain certain minimum reserve balances. Included in cash were balances maintained at the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco of $684 at September 30, 2004 and $770 and $1,037 at June 30, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

      Interest Rate Risk  — The Bank’s assets and liabilities are generally monetary in nature and interest rate changes have an effect on the Bank’s performance. The Bank decreases the effect of interest rate changes on its performance by striving to match maturities and interest sensitivity between loans and deposits. A significant change in interest rates could have a material effect on the Bank’s results of operations.

F-8


Table of Contents

BofI HOLDING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2004 AND 2003 (UNAUDITED) AND
THE YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 2004, 2003 AND 2002 — (Continued)
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

      Deferred Loan Fees and Costs  — Loan origination fees and certain direct origination costs for loans held for investment are capitalized and recognized as an adjustment to the interest yield of the related loans over their estimated lives.

      Loans Held for Sale  — Loans originated and intended for sale in the secondary market are carried at the lower of cost or estimated fair value in the aggregate. Net unrealized losses, if any, are recognized through a valuation allowance by charges to income. The Bank generally sells its loans with the servicing released to the buyer. Gains and loses on loan sales are recorded in noninterest income, based on the difference between sales proceeds and carrying value.

      Allowance for Loan Losses  — The allowance for loan losses is maintained at a level estimated to provide for probable losses in the loan portfolio. Management determines the adequacy of the allowance based upon reviews of individual loans and pools of loans, recent loss experience, current economic conditions, the risk characteristics of the various categories of loans and other pertinent factors. This evaluation is inherently subjective and requires estimates that are susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available. The allowance is increased by the provision for loan losses, net of recoveries of loans previously charged-off, which is charged against current period operating results. The allowance is decreased by the amount of charge-offs of loans deemed uncollectible.

      Under the allowance for loan loss policy, impairment calculations are determined based on general portfolio data for general reserves and loan level data for specific reserves. Specific loans are evaluated for impairment and are classified as nonperforming or in foreclosure when they are 90 days or more delinquent. A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Bank will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Factors considered by management in determining impairment include payment status, collateral value and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. Loans that experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired. Impairment is measured on a loan by loan basis by either the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate or the fair value of the collateral if repayment of the loan is expected primarily from the sale of collateral.

      General loan loss reserves are calculated by grouping each loan by collateral type and by grouping the loan-to-value ratios of each loan within the collateral type. An estimated allowance rate for each loan-to-value group within each type of loan is multiplied by the total principal amount in the group to calculate the required general reserve attributable to that group. Management uses an allowance rate that provides a larger loss allowance for loans with greater loan-to-value ratios. Specific reserves are calculated when an internal asset review of a loan identifies a significant adverse change in the financial position of the borrower or the value of the collateral. The specific reserve is based on discounted cash flows, observable market prices or the estimated value of underlying collateral.

      Investment Securities Available for Sale  — Securities available-for-sale are reported at estimated fair value, with unrealized gains and losses, net of the related tax effects, excluded from operations and reported as a separate component of accumulated other comprehensive income or loss. Amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts on securities are recorded as yield adjustments on such securities using the effective interest method. The specific identification method is used for purposes of determining cost in computing realized gains and losses on investment securities sold. At each reporting date, available-for-sale securities are assessed to determine whether there is an other-than-temporary impairment. Such impairment is required to be recognized in current earnings rather than other comprehensive income or loss.

F-9


Table of Contents

BofI HOLDING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2004 AND 2003 (UNAUDITED) AND
THE YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 2004, 2003 AND 2002 — (Continued)
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

      Investment Securities Held to Maturity  — Securities that management has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity are classified as “held to maturity” and recorded at amortized cost. Purchase premiums and discounts are recognized in interest income using the interest method over the terms of the securities. Declines in the fair value of held-to-maturity securities below their cost that are deemed to be other-than-temporary are reflected in earnings as realized losses.

      Furniture, Equipment and Software  — Fixed asset purchases in excess of five hundred dollars are capitalized and recorded at cost. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, which is three to seven years. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the lesser of the assets’ useful lives or the lease term.

      Interest Income on Loans  — Interest on loans is generally recorded over the terms of the loans based on the unpaid principal balances. Accrual of interest is discontinued when either principal or interest becomes 90 days past due or when, in management’s opinion, collectibility of such interest is doubtful. In addition, accrued but uncollected interest is reversed when a loan becomes 90 days past due.

      Premiums and Discounts on Loans Purchased  — Premiums and discounts on loans purchased from third parties are capitalized and amortized or accreted over the expected lives of the loans as an adjustment to yield. Such premiums and discounts are classified with the loan balance to which they relate for financial reporting purposes.

      Income Taxes  — Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are determined using the liability (or balance sheet) method. Under this method, the net deferred tax asset or liability is determined based on the tax effects of the temporary differences between the book and tax bases of the various balance sheet assets and liabilities and gives current recognition to changes in tax rates and laws. The Company records a valuation allowance when management believes it is more likely than not that deferred tax assets will not be realized.

      Earnings Per Share  — Earnings per share are presented under two formats: basic EPS and diluted EPS. Basic EPS is computed by dividing the net income (after deducting dividends on preferred stock) by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the year. Diluted EPS is computed by dividing the net income (after deducting dividends on preferred stock) by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the year, plus the impact of dilutive potential common shares, such as stock options and stock warrants. The impact on earnings per share from the convertible preferred stock is anti-dilutive.

F-10


Table of Contents

BofI HOLDING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2004 AND 2003 (UNAUDITED) AND
THE YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 2004, 2003 AND 2002 — (Continued)
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

      Stock Options  — The Company accounts for its stock-based employee compensation under the recognition and measurement principles of APB Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees, and related interpretations. No stock-based employee compensation cost is reflected in the income statements, as all options granted under those plans are granted with exercise prices not less than the fair market value of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant. The following table illustrates the effect on net income and net income per share had the Company applied the fair value recognition provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation, to stock-based employee compensation.

                                           
Three Months
Ended September 30, Year Ended June 30


2004 2003 2004 2003 2002





(unaudited)
Net income attributable to common stock, as reported
  $ 560     $ 354     $ 2,035     $ 1,730     $ 1,020  
Deduct:
                                       
Total stock-based employee compensation expense determined under fair value based method for all awards, net of related tax effect
    (22 )     (22 )     (90 )     (112 )     (107 )
     
     
     
     
     
 
Pro forma net income
  $ 538     $ 332     $ 1,945     $ 1,618     $ 913  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Earnings per share
                                       
 
Basic — as reported
  $ 0.12     $ 0.08     $ 0.45     $ 0.39     $ 0.25  
 
Basic — pro forma
  $ 0.12     $ 0.07     $ 0.43     $ 0.36     $ 0.22  
 
Diluted — as reported
  $ 0.11     $ 0.07     $ 0.39     $ 0.34     $ 0.21  
 
Diluted — pro forma
  $ 0.10     $ 0.06     $ 0.38     $ 0.32     $ 0.19  

      The weighted-average grant-date fair values of options granted were calculated using the following assumptions:

                                 
Three Months
Ended Year Ended June 30
September 30,
2004 2004 2003 2002




(unaudited)
Risk-free interest rates
    3.9 %     4.2 %     4.3 %     5.1 %
Dividend yield
                       
Volatility
    0.0 %     0.0 %     0.0 %     0.0 %
Weighted average expected life
    7 years       7  years       7  years       7  years  

      The weighted-average fair value at grant date for the options granted during the three months ended September 30, 2004 was $2.37 and during the year ended June 30, 2004, 2003 and 2002 was $2.52, $1.83 and $2.97 per share, respectively.

      New Accounting Pronouncements  — In March 2004, Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 105 (“SAB 105”) was issued, which provides guidance regarding loan commitments that are accounted for as derivative instruments under FASB No. 133 (as amended), Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities. In this Bulletin, the SEC ruled that the

F-11


Table of Contents

BofI HOLDING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2004 AND 2003 (UNAUDITED) AND
THE YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 2004, 2003 AND 2002 — (Continued)
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

amount of the expected servicing rights should not be included when determining the fair value of derivative interest rate lock commitments. This guidance must be applied to rate locks initiated after March 31, 2004. The adoption of SAB 105 did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

      In December 2003, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 46R (“FIN 46R”), which revised the January 2003, Interpretation No. 46 (“FIN 46”), Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities, an interpretation of Accounting Research Bulletin No. 51. The revision clarifies how variable interest entities should be identified and evaluated for consolidation purposes. The Company adopted FIN 46R as of June 30, 2004. The adoption of FIN 46R did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

      In December 2003, the Accounting Standards Executive Committee of the AICPA issued Statement of Position No. 03-3 (“SOP 03-3”), Accounting for Certain Loans or Debt Securities Acquired in a Transfer. SOP 03-3 addresses the accounting for differences between contractual cash flows and the cash flows expected to be collected from purchased loans or debt securities if those differences are attributable, in part, to credit quality. SOP 03-3 requires purchased loans and debt securities to be recorded initially at fair value based on the present value of the cash flows expected to be collected with no carryover of any valuation allowance previously recognized by the seller. Interest income should be recognized based on the effective yield from the cash flows expected to be collected. To the extent that the purchased loans or debt securities experience subsequent deterioration in credit quality, a valuation allowance would be established for any additional cash flows that are not expected to be received. However, if more cash flows subsequently are expected to be received than originally estimated, the effective yield would be adjusted on a prospective basis. SOP 03-3 will be effective for loans and debt securities acquired after December 31, 2004. Management does not expect the adoption of this statement to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

      In March 2004, the Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) reached consensus on the guidance provided in EITF Issue No. 03-1, The Meaning of Other-Than-Temporary Impairment and its Application to Certain Investments (“EITF 03-1”), as applicable to debt and equity securities that are within the scope of SFAS No. 115, Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities and equity securities that are accounted for using the cost method specified in Accounting Policy Board Opinion No. 18 The Equity Method of Accounting for Investments in Common Stock. An investment is impaired if the fair value of the investment is less than its cost. EITF 03-1 outlines an impairment would be considered other-than-temporary unless: a) the investor has the ability and intent to hold an investment for a reasonable period of time sufficient for the recovery of the fair value up to (or beyond) the cost of the investment, and b) evidence indicating that the cost of the investment is recoverable within a reasonable period of time outweighs evidence to the contrary. Although not presumptive, a pattern of selling investments prior to the forecasted recovery of fair value may call into question the investor’s intent. In addition, the severity and duration of the impairment should also be considered in determining whether the impairment is other-than-temporary. In September 2004, the FASB staff issued a proposed Board-directed FASB Staff Position, FSP EITF Issue 03-1-a, Implementation Guidance for the Application of Paragraph 16 of EITF Issue No. 03-1. The proposed FSP would provide implementation guidance with respect to debt securities that are impaired solely due to interest rates and/or sector spreads and analyzed for other-than-temporary impairment under paragraph 16 of Issue 03-1. The Board also issued FSP EITF Issue 03-1-b, which delays the effective date for the measurement and recognition guidance contained in paragraphs 10-20 of EITF 03-1. The delay does not suspend the requirement to recognize other-than-temporary impairments as required by existing authoritative literature. Adoption of this standard may cause the Company to recognize impairment losses in the Consolidated Statements of Income which would not have been recognized under the current guidance or to recognize such losses in earlier periods, especially those due to increases in interest rates. Since fluctuations in the fair value

F-12


Table of Contents

BofI HOLDING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2004 AND 2003 (UNAUDITED) AND
THE YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 2004, 2003 AND 2002 — (Continued)
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

for available-for-sale securities are already recorded in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss, adoption of this standard is not expected to have a significant impact on stockholders’ equity.

      In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 123 (R) (“SFAS 123 (R)”), Share-Based Payment . SFAS No. 123 (R) replaces the existing requirements under SFAS No. 123 and APB 25. SFAS 123 (R) requires companies to measure and recognize compensation expense equal to the fair value of stock options or other share based payments. SFAS 123 (R) is effective for all interim and annual periods beginning after June 15, 2005 and, thus, will be effective for the Company beginning with the first quarter of fiscal 2006. The Company is in the process of evaluating the impact of this standard on its consolidated financial statements.

      Reclassifications  — Certain amounts in the prior-period financial statements have been reclassified to conform to the current-period presentation.

 
2. Time Deposits in Financial Institutions

      The Company had insured time deposits at various financial institutions totaling $8,909 at September 30, 2004 and $9,503 and $11,872 at June 30, 2004 and 2003, respectively. The carrying amounts of such investments as shown in the balance sheets are at cost. Time deposits of $6,034 will mature within one year and $2,875 will mature within one to five years.

3.     Investment Securities

      Available-for-sale  — Amortized costs and fair value of investment securities available-for-sale are summarized as follows:

                                 
September 30, 2004

Amortized Unrealized Unrealized
Available-for-sale Cost Gains Losses Fair Value





(unaudited)
Mortgage-backed securities — (unaudited)
  $ 47,588     $ 29     $ (159 )   $ 47,458  
     
     
     
     
 
    $ 47,588     $ 29     $ (159 )   $ 47,458  
     
     
     
     
 

      Fair values of available-for-sale securities by contractual maturity are as follows:

                                                                                 
September 30, 2004

Due After One After Five After
Total Yield Within Yield But Within Yield But Within Yield Ten Yield
Amount (1) One Year (1) Five Years (1) Ten Years (1) Years (1)










(unaudited)
GNMA MBS(2)
  $ 9,920       3.01 %   $ 214       2.95 %   $ 931       2.96 %   $ 1,346       2.96 %   $ 7,429       3.02 %
FNMA MBS(2)
    37,668       3.93 %     651       3.93 %     2,887       3.93 %     4,353       3.93 %     29,777       3.93 %
     
             
             
             
             
         
Total debt securities
  $ 47,588       3.74 %   $ 865       3.69 %   $ 3,818       3.69 %   $ 5,699       3.70 %   $ 37,206       3.75 %
     
             
             
             
             
         
Total fair value of debt securities
  $ 47,458       3.74 %   $ 865       3.69 %   $ 3,818       3.69 %   $ 5,699       3.70 %   $ 37,076       3.75 %
     
             
             
             
             
         

F-13


Table of Contents

BofI HOLDING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2004 AND 2003 (UNAUDITED) AND
THE YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 2004, 2003 AND 2002 — (Continued)
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

      Held to maturity  — Amortized costs and fair values of investment securities held to maturity are summarized as follows:

                                 
September 30, 2004

Amortized Unrealized Unrealized
Held to maturity Cost Gains Losses Fair Value





(unaudited)
Mortgage-backed securities — (unaudited)
  $ 4,827     $     $ (40 )   $ 4,787  
U.S. Government security — (unaudited)
    3,417       23             3,440  
     
     
     
     
 
    $ 8,244     $ 23     $ (40 )   $ 8,227  
     
     
     
     
 
 
    June 30, 2004
   
 
Mortgage-backed securities
  $ 256     $ 2     $     $ 258  
U.S. Government security
    3,409       7             3,416  
     
     
     
     
 
    $ 3,665     $ 9     $     $ 3,674  
     
     
     
     
 
 
    June 30, 2003
   
 
Mortgage-backed securities
  $ 441     $ 8     $     $ 449  
U.S. Government security
                       
     
     
     
     
 
    $ 441     $ 8     $     $ 449  
     
     
     
     
 

      Fair values of held to maturity securities by contractual maturity are as follows:

                                                                                 
September 30, 2004

Due After One After Five After
Total Yield Within Yield But Within Yield But Within Yield Ten Yield
Amount (1) One Year (1) Five Years (1) Ten Years (1) Years (1)










(unaudited)
U.S. Government and Agency
  $ 3,417       3.65 %   $           $ 3,417       3.65 %   $           $        
FHLMC MBS(2)
    4,595       4.11 %     78       4.11 %     349       4.11 %     529       4.11 %     3,639       4.11 %
FNMA MBS(2)
    232       2.32 %     6       2.32 %     26       2.32 %     38       2.32 %     162       2.32 %
     
             
             
             
             
         
Total debt securities
  $ 8,244       3.87 %   $ 84       3.98 %   $ 3,792       3.68 %   $ 567       3.99 %   $ 3,801       4.03 %
     
             
             
             
             
         
Total fair value of debt securities
  $ 8,227       3.87 %   $ 84       3.98 %   $ 3,815       3.68 %   $ 567       3.99 %   $ 3,761       4.03 %
     
             
             
             
             
         

F-14


Table of Contents

BofI HOLDING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2004 AND 2003 (UNAUDITED) AND
THE YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 2004, 2003 AND 2002 — (Continued)
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
                                                                                 
June 30, 2004

Due After One After Five After
Total Yield Within Yield But Within Yield But Within Yield Ten Yield
Amount (1) One Year (1) Five Years (1) Ten Years (1) Years (1)










U.S. Government and Agency
  $ 3,409       3.64%     $           $ 3,409       3.64%     $           $        
Mortgage-backed security
    256       2.64%       6       2.64%       26       2.64%       38       2.64%       186       2.64%  
     
             
             
             
             
         
Total investment securities
  $ 3,665       3.57%     $ 6       2.64%     $ 3,435       3.63%     $ 38       2.64%     $ 186       2.64%  
     
             
             
             
             
         
Total fair value of investment securities
  $ 3,674       3.57%     $ 6       2.64%     $ 3,442       3.63%     $ 38       2.64%     $ 188       2.64%  
     
             
             
             
             
         


(1)  Weighted average yield at end of year is based on the amortized cost of the securities. The weighted average yield excludes principal-only strips.
 
(2)  Mortgage-backed securities were allocated based on contractual principal maturities assuming no prepayments.

      The following table shows the Company’s investments’ gross unrealized losses and related estimated fair value, aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous loss position at September 30, 2004 (unaudited):

                   
Less Than 12 Months

Gross Estimated
Unrealized Fair
Losses Value


Securities held to maturity:
               
 
Mortgage-backed securities — (unaudited)
  $ (40 )   $ 4,787  
     
     
 
Total securities held to maturity
    (40 )     4,787  
     
     
 
Securities available for sale:
               
 
Mortgage-backed securities — (unaudited)
    (159 )     42,456  
     
     
 
Total securities available for sale
    (159 )     42,456  
     
     
 
Total
  $ (199 )   $ 47,243  
     
     
 

      There were no securities that were in a continuous loss position at September 30, 2004 for a period of more than 12 months. There were no securities that were in a continuous loss position at June 30, 2004.

      Management believes that the estimated fair value of the securities disclosed above is dependent upon the movement in market interest rates. Although the fair value will fluctuate as the market interest rates move, the majority of the Company’s investment portfolio consists of mortgage-backed securities from GNMA and FNMA. If held to maturity, the contractual principal and interest payments of the securities are expected to be received in full. As such, no loss in value is expected over the lives of the securities. Although not all of the securities are classified as held to maturity, the Company has the ability to hold these securities until they mature and does not intend to sell the securities at a loss. Thus, the unrealized losses are not other-than-temporary. The determination of whether a decline in market value is other-than-temporary is necessarily a matter of subjective judgment. The timing and amount of any realized losses reported in the Company’s financial statements could vary if conclusions other than those made by management were to determine whether an other-than-temporary impairment exists.

F-15


Table of Contents

BofI HOLDING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2004 AND 2003 (UNAUDITED) AND
THE YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 2004, 2003 AND 2002 — (Continued)
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
 
4. Loans

      The composition of the portfolio of loans held for investment is as follows:

                             
June 30
September 30,
2004 2004 2003



(unaudited)
Mortgage loans on real estate:
                       
 
Residential single family (one to four units)
  $ 23,753     $ 21,753     $ 42,124  
 
Residential multifamily (five units or more)
    318,888       320,971       191,426  
 
Commercial and land
    11,715       11,659       11,839  
 
Consumer
    48       63       62  
     
     
     
 
   
Total
    354,404       354,446       245,451  
 
Allowance for loan losses
    (1,060 )     (1,045 )     (790 )
 
Unamortized premiums, net of deferred loan fees
    1,761       1,860       1,272  
     
     
     
 
    $ 355,105     $ 355,261     $ 245,933  
     
     
     
 

      An analysis of the allowance for loan losses is as follows:

                                         
For the Three
Months Ended
September 30, Year Ended June 30


2004 2003 2004 2003 2002





(unaudited)
Balance — beginning of period
  $ 1,045     $ 790     $ 790     $ 505     $ 310  
Provision for loan loss
    15       15       255       285       195  
Amounts charged off
                             
Recoveries
                             
     
     
     
     
     
 
Balance — end of period
  $ 1,060     $ 805     $ 1,045     $ 790     $ 505  
     
     
     
     
     
 

      At September 30, 2004 and June 30, 2004 and 2003, approximately 63.5%, 64.5% and 70.0%, respectively, of the Company’s loans are collaterialized with real-property collateral located in California and therefore exposed to economic conditions within this market region.

      In the ordinary course of business, the Company has granted loans collaterialized by real property to principal officers, directors and their affiliates and employees with interest rates ranging from 4.5% to 7.875%. New loans granted to principal officers, directors and their affiliates and employees were none, none and $1,230 during the years ended June 30, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively. Total principal payments were $413, $2,007 and $26 during the years ended June 30, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively. At September 30, 2004 and June 30, 2004 and 2003, these loans amounted to $950, $953 and $1,366, respectively, and are included in loans held for investment. Interest earned on these loans was $9, $13, $52, $123 and $176 during the three months ended September 30, 2004 and 2003 and the years ended June 30, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

      The Company had no loans on nonaccrual and no impaired loans as of September 30, 2004 and 2003 and June 30, 2004, 2003 and 2002.

F-16


Table of Contents

BofI HOLDING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2004 AND 2003 (UNAUDITED) AND
THE YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 2004, 2003 AND 2002 — (Continued)
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

      The Company’s loan portfolio consists of approximately 8% fixed interest rate loans and 92% adjustable interest rate loans as of September 30, 2004. The Company’s adjustable rate loans are generally based upon indices using U.S. Treasuries, LIBOR, and 11 th District cost of funds.

      As of September 30, 2004, June 30, 2004 and 2003, purchased loans serviced by others were $160,726 or 45%, $168,035 or 47%, and $119,887 or 49%, respectively, of the loan portfolio.

 
5. Furniture, Equipment and Software

      A summary of the cost and accumulated depreciation for furniture, equipment and software is as follows:

                           
June 30
September 30,
2004 2004 2003



(unaudited)
Leasehold improvements
  $ 10     $ 10     $ 10  
Furniture and fixtures
    162       161       127  
Computer hardware and equipment
    312       310       291  
Software
    165       165       154  
     
     
     
 
 
Total
    649       646       582  
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization
    (492 )     (465 )     (368 )
     
     
     
 
Furniture, equipment and software — net
  $ 157     $ 181     $ 214  
     
     
     
 

      Depreciation and amortization expense for the years ended June 30, 2004, 2003 and 2002 amounted to $97, $144 and $118, respectively. Depreciation expense for the three months ended September 30, 2004 and 2003 was $27 and $24, respectively.

 
6. Deposits

      Deposits accounts are summarized as follows:

                                                   
June 30

September 30,
2004 2004 2003



Amount Rate* Amount Rate* Amount Rate*






(unaudited)
Non-interest bearing
  $ 6,647       0.00%     $ 2,279       0.00%     $ 3,299       0.00%  
Interest bearing:
                                               
 
Demand
    27,221       1.38%       26,725       1.35%       29,902       1.38%  
 
Savings
    91,014       1.96%       94,120       1.96%       18,823       1.91%  
Time deposits:
                                               
 
Under $100,000
    106,021       3.28%       88,082       3.44%       95,489       3.93%  
 
$100,000 or more
    64,774       3.16%       58,635       3.20%       46,479       3.96%  
     
             
             
         
Total time deposits
    170,795       3.23%       146,717       3.35%       141,968       3.94%  
     
             
             
         
Total interest bearing
    289,030       2.66%       267,562       2.66%       190,693       3.34%  
     
             
             
         
Total deposits
  $ 295,677       2.60%     $ 269,841       2.64%     $ 193,992       3.28%  
     
             
             
         


Based on weighted average stated interest rates.

F-17


Table of Contents

BofI HOLDING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2004 AND 2003 (UNAUDITED) AND
THE YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 2004, 2003 AND 2002 — (Continued)
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

      The scheduled maturities of time deposits are as follows as of June 30, 2004:

         
Within 12 months
  $ 80,365  
13 to 24 months
    23,018  
25 to 36 months
    14,760  
37 to 48 months
    14,309  
49 months and thereafter
    14,265  
     
 
Total
  $ 146,717  
     
 
 
7. Advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank

      At September 30, 2004, the Company’s fixed-rate advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) had interest rates that ranged from 1.94% to 5.03% with a weighted-average of 3.20%. At June 30, 2004 and 2003, the Company’s fixed-rate FHLB advances had interest rates that ranged from 1.42% to 5.03% with a weighted average of 3.19% and ranged from 2.56% to 5.21% with a weighted average of 4.40%, respectively.

      Fixed rate advances from FHLB are scheduled to mature as follows:

                                                 
September 30, 2004 June 30, 2004 June 30, 2003



Weighted- Weighted- Weighted-
Amount Average Rate Amount Average Rate Amount Average Rate






(unaudited)
Within one year
  $ 23,000       1.99 %   $ 3,000       1.42 %   $ 15,900       5.21 %
After one but within two years
    24,500       2.34 %     20,500       2.36 %           0.00 %
After two but within three years
    39,279       3.90 %     36,500       3.66 %     3,000       2.56 %
After three but within four years
    23,785       3.70 %     22,768       3.35 %     14,000       4.86 %
After four but within five years
    3,000       3.31 %     10,770       2.80 %     18,000       3.70 %
After five years
    7,911       4.32 %     7,908       3.94 %     5,000       4.17 %
     
             
             
         
    $ 121,475       3.20 %   $ 101,446       3.19 %   $ 55,900       4.40 %
     
             
             
         

      FHLB advances have been reduced by debt issuance costs of $425 at September 30, 2004. Debt issuance costs are amortized using the interest method over the life of the FHLB advance. Amortization of $29 for the three months ended September 30, 2004 and $110 for the year ended June 30, 2004 is included in interest expense.

      The Company’s advances from FHLB were collateralized by certain real estate loans with an aggregate unpaid balance of $149,525, $154,700 and $89,792 at September 30, 2004, June 30, 2004 and 2003, respectively, by the Company’s investment in capital stock of FHLB of San Francisco and by its investment in mortgage-backed securities.

      The maximum amounts advanced from the FHLB were $121,900 during the three months ended September 30, 2004. The maximum amounts advanced from the FHLB were $101,446, $55,900 and $29,900

F-18


Table of Contents

BofI HOLDING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2004 AND 2003 (UNAUDITED) AND
THE YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 2004, 2003 AND 2002 — (Continued)
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

during the years ended June 30, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively. As of September 30, 2004, the Company had $36,813 available for advances from the FHLB for terms up to seven years and $4,500 available under a federal funds line of credit with a major bank.

 
8. Note Payable and Borrowings

      On October 24, 2003, the Company entered into a $5,000 loan facility with a commercial bank consisting of a one-year revolving line of credit plus a fully amortizing term loan of up to nine years. Under the terms of the loan facility, a one-time loan fee of 1% ($50) was paid at commencement and interest is payable quarterly at prime plus 1% per annum. Principal is payable in 36 equal quarterly installments starting on January 24, 2005. The Company may prepay all or a portion of the principal at any time without a prepayment penalty. At September 30, 2004, the note payable balance was $3,300 and the interest rate was 5.75%.

      The loan facility is collateralized by the Bank’s common stock. Under the terms of the loan facility, the Company is bound by a number of significant covenants that restrict the Company’s ability, out of the ordinary course of business, to dispose of assets, to incur additional debt or guarantees, to invest in or acquire any interest in another enterprise and a change in the Company ownership by 51% or more. The credit agreement also requires the Company to maintain a debt coverage ratio of 1.50 times. At September 30, 2004 and June 30, 2004, management believes the Company was in compliance with all such covenants and restrictions and does not anticipate that such covenants and restrictions will limit its operations.

      On December 13, 2004, the Company entered into an agreement to form a trust and issue $5,000 of trust preferred securities in a transaction that closed on December 16, 2004. The net proceeds from the offering were used to purchase $5,155 of junior subordinated debentures (“Debentures”) of the Company with a stated maturity of 30 years. The Debentures are the sole assets of the trust. The trust preferred securities are mandatorily redeemable upon maturity, or upon earlier redemption as provided in the indenture. The Company has the right to redeem the Debentures in whole (but not in part) on or after specific dates, at a redemption price specified in the indenture plus any accrued but unpaid interest through the redemption date. Interest accrues at the rate of three-month LIBOR plus 2.4%, with interest to be paid quarterly starting in February 2005.

F-19


Table of Contents

BofI HOLDING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2004 AND 2003 (UNAUDITED) AND
THE YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 2004, 2003 AND 2002 — (Continued)
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 
9. Income Taxes

      The provision (benefit) for income taxes is as follows:

                                           
Three Months Ended
September 30, Year Ended June 30


2004 2003 2004 2003 2002





(unaudited)
Current:
                                       
 
Federal
  $ 323     $ 240     $ 1,046     $ 950     $  
 
State
    113       85       371       345       1  
     
     
     
     
     
 
      436       325       1,417       1,295       1  
Deferred:
                                       
 
Federal
    3       (57 )     40       (21 )     (317 )
 
State
    3       (21 )     14       (10 )     (113 )
     
     
     
     
     
 
      6       (78 )     54       (31 )     (430 )
     
     
     
     
     
 
Total
  $ 442     $ 247     $ 1,471     $ 1,264     $ (429 )
     
     
     
     
     
 

      The differences between the statutory federal income tax rate and the effective tax rates are summarized as follows:

                                           
Three Months
Ended September 30, Year Ended June 30


2004 2003 2004 2003 2002





(unaudited)
Statutory federal tax rate
    34.00 %     34.00 %     34.00 %     34.00 %     34.00 %
Increase (decrease) resulting from:
                                       
 
State taxes — net of federal tax benefit
    6.92 %     7.20 %     7.00 %     7.19 %     11.73 %
 
Valuation allowance
                            (139.16 )%
 
Extension of organizer warrants
                            22.64 %
 
Other
    (0.85 )%     (0.10 )%     (0.65 )%     1.03 %     (1.80 )%
     
     
     
     
     
 
Effective tax rate
    40.07 %     41.10 %     40.35 %     42.22 %     (72.59 )%
     
     
     
     
     
 

F-20


Table of Contents

BofI HOLDING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2004 AND 2003 (UNAUDITED) AND
THE YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 2004, 2003 AND 2002 — (Continued)
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

      The components of the net deferred tax asset are as follows:

                           
June 30,
September 30,
2004 2004 2003



(unaudited)
Deferred tax assets:
                       
 
Allowance for loan losses
  $ 279     $ 273     $ 160  
 
Start-up costs
    65       86       172  
 
Deferred loan fees
    140       123       109  
 
Net operating loss carryforwards
    34       34       34  
 
State taxes
    117       111       114  
 
Unrealized loss on investment securities available for sale
    52              
     
     
     
 
      687       627       589  
     
     
     
 
Deferred tax liabilities:
                       
 
State taxes
    (36 )     (37 )     (42 )
 
FHLB stock dividend
    (161 )     (137 )     (76 )
 
Other
    (37 )     (46 )     (10 )
     
     
     
 
      (234 )     (220 )     (128 )
     
     
     
 
Net deferred tax asset
  $ 453     $ 407     $ 461  
     
     
     
 

      As of September 30, 2004, the Company has a state net operating loss carryforward available to offset future state tax liabilities of $312. Such state net operating loss carryforward expires at various dates beginning in 2008.

      The Company establishes a valuation allowance if, based on the weight of available evidence, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. As of September 30, 2004 and June 30, 2004 and 2003, the Company believes that it will have sufficient earnings to realize its deferred tax asset and has not provided an allowance.

 
10. Stockholders’ Equity

      Stock Dividend  — The Company declared a 2.5 to 1 common stock split, effected in the form of a 150% stock dividend, to shareholders of record as of July 4, 2001 and paid on August 15, 2001. The capital accounts, all share data and earnings per share data in these financial statements give effect to the stock split, applied retroactively, to all periods presented.

      1999 Stock Option Plan  — In July 1999, the Company’s Board of Directors approved the 1999 Stock Option Plan (the “Plan”) as amended in May 2000. Under the Plan, 553,875 shares are reserved for issuance as incentive stock options and nonqualified stock options to employees and directors of the Company. In August 2001, the Company’s shareholders approved an amendment to the Plan such that 15% of the outstanding shares of the Company would always be available for grants under the Plan (749,406 and 746,125 shares at September 30, 2004 and June 30, 2004, respectively). The Plan is designed to encourage selected employees and directors to improve operations and increase profits, to accept or continue employment or association with the Company through participation in the growth in the value of the common stock. Plan provisions require that option exercise prices be not less than fair market value per share of common stock on the option grant date for incentive and nonqualified options. Option expiration dates are established by the

F-21


Table of Contents

BofI HOLDING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2004 AND 2003 (UNAUDITED) AND
THE YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 2004, 2003 AND 2002 — (Continued)
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

plan administrator but may not be later than ten years after the date of the grant. As of June 30, 2004 there were 2,000 options available for grant. The plan administrator determines vesting, which may not be less than three years nor exceed five years. Stock option activity during the period July 1, 2001 to June 30, 2004 is presented below.

                   
Weighted-Average
Number of Exercise Price
Shares Per Share


Outstanding at July 1, 2001
    509,596     $ 4.19  
 
Granted
    111,790     $ 10.00  
 
Exercised
    (185 )   $ 4.19  
 
Forfeited/ cancelled
    (1,171 )   $ 7.66  
     
         
Outstanding at June 30, 2002
    620,030     $ 5.23  
 
Granted
    1,750     $ 11.00  
 
Forfeited/ cancelled
    (3,322 )   $ 6.98  
     
         
Outstanding at June 30, 2003
    618,458     $ 5.24  
 
Granted
    132,036     $ 10.00  
 
Exercised
    (23,423 )   $ 4.74  
 
Forfeited/ cancelled
    (6,554 )   $ 8.22  
     
         
Outstanding at June 30, 2004
    720,517     $ 6.10  
 
Granted (unaudited)
    2,000     $ 10.00  
     
         
Outstanding at September 30 2004 — (unaudited)
    722,517     $ 6.11  
     
         
Options exercisable at June 30, 2002
    335,276     $ 4.19  
Options exercisable at June 30, 2003
    444,642     $ 4.71  
Options exercisable at June 30, 2004
    499,705     $ 4.94  
Options exercisable at September 30, 2004 (unaudited)
    517,702     $ 4.99  

      The following table summarizes information concerning currently outstanding and exercisable options:

                                             
September 30, 2004 (unaudited)

Options Outstanding Options Exercisable


Weighted-Average
Remaining
Range of Number Contractual Weighted-Average Number Weighted-Average
Exercise Prices Outstanding Life (Yrs) Exercise Price Exercisable Exercise Price






$ 4.19       483,945       5.4     $ 4.19       446,881     $ 4.19  
$ 10.00       237,072       8.7     $ 10.00       70,146     $ 10.00  
$ 11.00       1,500       7.8     $ 11.00       675     $ 11.00  
         
                     
         
          722,517                       517,702          
         
                     
         

F-22


Table of Contents

BofI HOLDING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2004 AND 2003 (UNAUDITED) AND
THE YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 2004, 2003 AND 2002 — (Continued)
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
                                             
June 30, 2004

Options Outstanding Options Exercisable


Weighted-Average
Remaining
Range of Number Contractual Weighted-Average Number Weighted-Average
Exercise Prices Outstanding Life (Yrs) Exercise Price Exercisable Exercise Price






$ 4.19       483,945       5.6     $ 4.19       435,432     $ 4.19  
$ 10.00       235,072       8.9     $ 10.00       63,673     $ 10.00  
$ 11.00       1,500       8.0     $ 11.00       600     $ 11.00  
         
                     
         
          720,517                       499,705          
         
                     
         

      2004 Stock Incentive Plan  — In October 2004, the Company’s Board of Directors and the stockholders approved the 2004 Stock Incentive Plan, which provides for the grant of stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units, stock appreciation rights and dividend equivalent rights to employees, directors and consultants. The maximum number of shares of common stock available for issuance under the 2004 Stock Incentive Plan, plus the number of shares of common stock available for issuance under the 1999 Stock Option Plan will be equal to 14.8% of the Company’s outstanding common stock at any time. However, the number of shares available for issuance as restricted stock grants may not exceed 5% of the Company’s outstanding common stock (subject to the overall maximum of 14.8% of the outstanding shares of common stock). Each share of restricted stock that is issued under the 2004 Stock Incentive Plan and vests will be deemed to be issuance of three shares for purposes of calculating the overall maximum number of shares of common stock available for issuance under the 2004 Stock Incentive Plan but not for purposes of calculating the above 5% limit applicable to the issuance of restricted stock.

      2004 Employee Stock Purchase Plan  — In October 2004, the Company’s Board of Directors and stockholders approved the 2004 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, which is intended to qualify as an “Employee Stock Purchase Plan” under Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code. An aggregate of 500,000 shares of the Company’s common stock has been reserved for issuance and will be available for purchase under the 2004 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

      Common Stock and Common Stock Warrants  — During the year ended June 30, 2000, the Company closed a private placement of 3,694,031 shares of common stock, which were issued for net proceeds of $13,923. In conjunction with the private placement offering, the Company issued organizer warrants to the founders of the Company to purchase an additional 657,998 shares of common stock at a purchase price of $4.19 per share.

      In connection with the private placement, on August 1, 2000 the Company issued an additional 13,125 shares of common stock for proceeds of $50,000, with organizer warrants to purchase an additional 4,375 shares at a purchase price of $4.19 per share. During the year ended June 30, 2002, the Company closed its second private placement and opened a third private placement of common stock and equity units. The second private placement commenced on September 3, 2001 and closed on November 16, 2001 after issuing 587,200 shares of common stock at $10.00 per share for total proceeds of $5,769, net of issue costs. On March 25, 2002, in order to plan for the Company’s future capital funding needs, the Company extended the expiration date of the organizer warrants which permit the holders to acquire 749,875 shares of our common stock at a strike price of $4.19 by two years with all other terms remaining the same. One of the holders of the organizer warrants to purchase 13,125 shares of common stock was an employee of the Company and as a result of the two year extension of the expiration date the Company recorded salary and employee benefits expense of $76. The remaining organizer warrants to acquire 736,750 shares of common stock were held by

F-23


Table of Contents

BofI HOLDING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2004 AND 2003 (UNAUDITED) AND
THE YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 2004, 2003 AND 2002 — (Continued)
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

non employees and the Company recorded other general and administrative expense of $318 as a result of the two year extension of the expiration date. The Company recorded a corresponding $394 increase to additional paid-in capital to recognize the accounting consequences of extending the expiration of all of the organizer warrants. All organizer warrants now expire in July 2005 or upon the Company’s initial public offering. On June 3, 2002, the Company commenced its third private placement by offering units of three shares of common and one warrant for $36.00 per unit. Each warrant entitles the holder to purchase one share of the Company’s common stock at $14.00 per share any time during the next three years. These warrants expire three years from the date of the termination of the third private placement. As of June 30, 2002 the Company had issued 13,300 units representing 39,900 shares of common stock and 13,300 warrants to purchase common stock for total proceeds of $414, net of issue costs. Also during the year ended June 30, 2002, the Company issued 185 shares of common stock for $1 from the exercise of stock options.

      During the year ended June 30, 2003, the Company closed its third private placement on July 15, 2003. During July 2003, the Company issued 46,650 units representing 139,950 shares of common stock and 46,650 warrants to purchase common stock for total proceeds of $1,654, net of issue costs.

      During the year ended June 30, 2004, the Company issued 23,423 shares of common stock for $165 (including $55 income tax benefit) from the exercise of nonqualified stock options and issued 8,750 shares of common stock for $37 from the exercise of warrants.

      At September 30, 2004, the Company had deferred $418 of costs associated with its planned initial public offering. In December 2004, the Company recorded a charge of $59 for unrecoverable costs associated with the termination of an agreement with one of its financial advisors during the three months ended December 31, 2004 relating to its planned initial public offering.

      Convertible Preferred Stock  — On October 28, 2003, the Company commenced a private placement of Series A–6% Cumulative Nonparticipating Perpetual Preferred Stock, Convertible through January 1, 2009 (the “Convertible Preferred Stock”). The rights, preferences and privileges of the Convertible Preferred Stock were established in a certificate filed by the Company with the State of Delaware on October 27, 2003, and generally include the holder’s right to a six percent (6%) per annum cumulative dividend payable quarterly, the Company’s right to redeem some or all of the outstanding shares at par after five years and the holders’ right to convert all or part of the face value of his Convertible Preferred Stock into the Company’s common stock at $10.50 per share, increasing in three increments to $18.00 per share after January 1, 2008. The Company’s right to redeem the Convertible Preferred Stock is perpetual and starts immediately after issuance (with a premium payable to the holder starting at 5% in the first year and declining to 1% in the fifth year). The holder’s right to convert to the Company’s common stock starts immediately after purchase and expires on January 1, 2009.

      During the year ended June 30, 2004, the Company issued $6,750 of Convertible Preferred Stock representing 675 shares at $10,000 face value, less issuance costs of $113. For the three quarters ended June 30, 2004, the Company has declared and paid dividends to holders of the Convertible Preferred Stock totaling $140. For the three month period ended September 30, 2004, the Company declared and paid dividends totaling $101 to the holders of the convertible preferred stock.

F-24


Table of Contents

BofI HOLDING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2004 AND 2003 (UNAUDITED) AND
THE YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 2004, 2003 AND 2002 — (Continued)
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

      Warrant activity during the period June 30, 2001 to September 30, 2004 is presented below:

                   
Weighted-Average
Number of Exercise Price
Shares Per Share


Outstanding at June 30, 2001
    749,875     $ 4.19  
 
Issued
    13,300     $ 14.00  
     
         
Outstanding at June 30, 2002
    763,175     $ 4.36  
 
Issued
    46,650     $ 14.00  
     
         
Outstanding at June 30, 2003
    809,825     $ 4.92  
 
Exercised
    (8,750 )   $ 4.19  
     
         
Outstanding at June 30, 2004
    801,075     $ 4.93  
 
Exercised (unaudited)
    (13,125 )   $ 4.19  
     
         
Outstanding at September 30, 2004 (unaudited)
    787,950     $ 4.94  
     
         
 
11. Earnings Per Share

      Information used to calculate earnings per share for the three months ended September 30, 2004 and 2003 and the years ended June 30, 2004, 2003 and 2002, was as follows:

                                           
Three Months
Ended September 30, Year Ended June 30


2004 2003 2004 2003 2002





(unaudited)
Net income
  $ 661     $ 354     $ 2,175     $ 1,730     $ 1,020  
Dividends on preferred stock
    101             140              
     
     
     
     
     
 
Net income attributable to common
  $ 560     $ 354     $ 2,035     $ 1,730     $ 1,020  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Weighted-average shares:
                                       
 
Basic weighted-average number of common shares outstanding
    4,508,664       4,490,136       4,502,284       4,468,296       4,128,051  
 
Dilutive effect of stock options
    221,901       224,521       222,556       231,002       231,708  
 
Dilutive effect of warrants
    434,398       435,641       435,642       435,642       435,642  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Dilutive weighted-average number of common shares outstanding
    5,164,963       5,150,298       5,160,482       5,134,940       4,795,401  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Net income per common share:
                                       
 
Basic
  $ 0.12     $ 0.08     $ 0.45     $ 0.39     $ 0.25  
 
Diluted
  $ 0.11     $ 0.07     $ 0.39     $ 0.34     $ 0.21  
 
12. Commitments and Contingencies

      Operating Leases  — The Company leases office space under an operating lease agreement scheduled to expire in June 2005. The Company pays property taxes, insurance and maintenance expenses related to this lease. Rent expense under this lease agreement for the years ended June 30, 2004, 2003 and 2002 was $213,

F-25


Table of Contents

BofI HOLDING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2004 AND 2003 (UNAUDITED) AND
THE YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 2004, 2003 AND 2002 — (Continued)
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

$169 and $131, respectively. Rent expense for the three months ended September 30, 2004 and 2003 was $55 and $53, respectively.

      Future minimum lease payments under this noncancelable lease as of September 30, 2004 are $166 payable during the year ended June 30, 2005.

      Legal Contingencies  — Various legal claims also arise from time to time in the normal course of business, which in the opinion of management after discussion with legal counsel will have no material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 
13. Off-Balance Sheet Activities

      Credit-Related Financial Instruments  — The Company is a party to credit-related financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments are commitments to extend credit. Such commitments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amount recognized in the consolidated balance sheets.

      The Company’s exposure to credit loss is represented by the contractual amount of these commitments. The Company follows the same credit policies in making commitments as it does for on-balance-sheet instruments.

      At September 30, 2004, the Company had commitments to fund or purchase loans of $10,771.

      Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer so long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. The commitments for equity lines of credit may expire without being drawn upon. Therefore, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. The amount of collateral obtained, if it is deemed necessary by the Company, is based on management’s credit evaluation of the customer.

 
14. Minimum Regulatory Capital Requirements

      The Bank is subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Bank’s financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of its assets, liabilities and certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors.

      Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the following table) of total and Tier 1 capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk-weighted assets (as defined) and of Tier 1 capital (as defined) to tangible assets (as defined). As of June 30, 2004, that the Bank met all capital adequacy requirements to which it is subject.

F-26


Table of Contents

BofI HOLDING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2004 AND 2003 (UNAUDITED) AND
THE YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 2004, 2003 AND 2002 — (Continued)
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

      As of September 30, 2004, the most recent notification from the OTS categorized the Bank as “well capitalized” under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as “well capitalized,” an institution must maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based and Tier 1 leverage ratios as set forth in the following table. There are no conditions or events since the notification that management believes have changed the Bank’s categorization. The Bank’s actual capital amounts and ratios as of September 30, 2004 and June 30, 2004 and 2003 are presented in the table.

                                                 
To Be Well
For Capital Capitalized Under
Adequacy Prompt Corrective
Actual Purposes Action Provisions



September 30, 2004 — (unaudited) Amount Ratio Amount Ratio Amount Ratio







Tier 1 Leverage (core) capital (to
adjusted tangible assets) (unaudited)
  $ 34,447       7.60 %   $ 18,142       4.00 %   $ 22,677       5.00 %
Tier I capital (to risk-weighted assets) (unaudited)
  $ 34,447       12.03 %     N/A       N/A     $ 17,180       6.00 %
Total capital (to risk-weighted assets) (unaudited)
  $ 35,507       12.40 %   $ 22,907       8.00 %   $ 28,634       10.00 %
Tangible capital (to tangible assets) (unaudited)
  $ 34,447       7.60 %   $ 6,803       1.50 %     N/A       N/A  
 
June 30, 2004
                                               

                                               
Tier 1 Leverage (core) capital (to
adjusted tangible assets)
  $ 31,748       7.84 %   $ 16,193       4.00 %   $ 20,241       5.00 %
Tier I capital (to risk-weighted assets)
  $ 31,748       11.11 %     N/A       N/A     $ 17,146       6.00 %
Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)
  $ 32,793       11.48 %   $ 22,861       8.00 %   $ 28,577       10.00 %
Tangible capital (to tangible assets)
  $ 31,748       7.84 %   $ 6,072       1.50 %     N/A       N/A  
 
June 30, 2003
                                               

                                               
 
Tier 1 Leverage (core) capital (to
adjusted tangible assets)
  $ 21,108       8.09 %   $ 10,928       4.00 %   $ 13,660       5.00    %
Tier I capital (to risk-weighted assets)
  $ 21,108       11.40 %     N/A       N/A     $ 11,635       6.00    %
Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)
  $ 22,898       11.81 %   $ 15,514       8.00 %   $ 19,392       10.00    %
Tangible capital (to tangible assets)
  $ 21,108       8.09 %   $ 4,098       1.50 %     N/A       N/A  
 
15. Employment Agreements and Employee Benefit Plans

      Employment Agreements  — In July 2003, the Company entered into employment agreements with four executive officers. Under these agreements, if the Company terminates one or more of the executive officers for any reason other than cause, then the Company must (a) pay that officer normal compensation in effect through the date of termination; (b) pay that officer a severance payment equal to twelve times his then-current base monthly salary, payable at the option of the Board of Directors either in one lump sum or in twelve equal installments; and (c) continue group insurance benefits for that officer for one year from termination or until that officer commences work with a new employer providing group medical insurance benefits to that officer. In addition, if the executive officer’s employment is terminated for any reason other than for cause, or that officer’s employment is terminated due to death or disability, then all stock options currently held by such officer will fully vest as of the termination date. Each agreement automatically renews

F-27


Table of Contents

BofI HOLDING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2004 AND 2003 (UNAUDITED) AND
THE YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 2004, 2003 AND 2002 — (Continued)
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

in one-year terms unless terminated by either Bank of Internet USA or the officer. In addition, each agreement specifies bonuses for each executive officer, which are contingent upon the Company’s financial performance and the executive officer’s continued employment with the Company. The Company accrued bonus expense of $33 for the year ended June 30, 2004 in connection with these executive officer bonuses.

      401(k) Plan  — The Company has a 401(k) Plan whereby substantially all of its employees participate in the Plan. Employees may contribute up to 15% of their compensation subject to certain limits based on federal tax laws. For the years ended June 30, 2004, 2003 and 2002 expense attributable to the Plan amounted to $2, $2 and $2, respectively.

      Deferred Compensation Plans  — Effective August 1, 2003, the Company adopted the Bank of Internet USA Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plans (“Deferred Compensation Plans”) which cover designated key management employees and directors who elect to participate. The Deferred Compensation Plans allow eligible employees and directors to elect to defer up to 100% of their compensation, including commissions, bonuses and director fees. Although the Deferred Compensation Plans provide that the Company may make discretionary contributions to a participant’s account, no such discretionary contributions have been made through the period ending June 30, 2004. Participant deferrals are fully vested at all times, and discretionary contributions, if any, will be subject to a vesting schedule specified by the Company. Participants in the Deferred Compensation Plans may elect to invest their accounts in either of two accounts: (1) which earns interest based upon the prime rate; or (2) which mirrors the performance of the book value of the Company’s common stock. The Deferred Compensation Plans are administrated by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors. At September 30, 2004, there were $67 deferred in connection with the Deferred Compensation Plans.

 
16. Related Party Transactions

      From February 2003 to January 2004, the Company paid two members of the Board of Directors $175 and $125 during the years ended June 30, 2004 and 2003, respectively, to assist in raising capital for the Company. The amounts are included in salary and employee benefits expense.

      In the ordinary course of business, the Company has granted loans to principal officers and directors and their affiliates more fully described in Note 3.

 
17. Fair Value of Financial Instruments

      The fair value of a financial instrument is the current amount that would be exchanged between willing parties, other than in a forced liquidation. Fair value is best determined based upon quoted market prices. However, in many instances, there are no quoted market prices for the Company’s various financial instruments. In cases where quoted market prices are not available, fair values are based on estimates using present value or other valuation techniques. Those techniques are significantly affected by the assumptions used, including the discount rate and estimates of future cash flows. Accordingly, the fair value estimates may not be realized in an immediate settlement of the instrument. SFAS No. 107 excludes certain financial instruments and all nonfinancial instruments from its disclosure requirements. Accordingly, the aggregate fair value amounts presented may not necessarily represent the underlying fair value of the Company.

      The Company in estimating fair value disclosures for financial instruments used the following methods and assumptions:

        Cash and Cash Equivalents  — The carrying amounts of cash and short term instruments approximate fair values.

F-28


Table of Contents

BofI HOLDING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2004 AND 2003 (UNAUDITED) AND
THE YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 2004, 2003 AND 2002 — (Continued)
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

        Time Deposits in Financial Institutions  — The carrying amount of time deposits in financial institutions approximates fair value.
 
        Investment Securities  — Fair values for securities, excluding Federal Home Loan Bank stock, are based on quoted market prices. The carrying value of Federal Home Loan Bank stock approximates fair value based on the redemption provisions of the Federal Home Loan Bank.
 
        Loans Held for Investment and Held for Sale  — For adjustable rate loans held for investment that reprice frequently with no significant change in credit risk, fair values are based on carrying values.
 
        Fair values for fixed rate loans held for sale are estimated using discounted cash flow analyses, assuming interest rates currently being offered for loans with similar terms to borrowers of similar credit. Fair values of loans held for sale are based on commitments from investors or prevailing market prices.
 
        Deposits  — The fair values disclosed for demand deposits (interest and non-interest checking, savings, and certain types of money market accounts) are equal to the amount payable on demand at the reporting date (i.e., their carrying amounts). Fair values for fixed rate certificates of deposit are estimated using a discounted cash flow calculation that applies interest rates currently being offered on certificates to a schedule of aggregated expected monthly maturities on time deposits.
 
        Advances from FHLB  — The fair values of the FHLB advance are estimated using discounted cash flow analyses based on the Company’s current incremental borrowing rates for similar types of borrowing arrangements.
 
        Accrued Interest  — The carrying amounts of accrued interest approximate fair value.
 
        Note Payable  — The carrying amount of the note payable approximates fair value, as the rate is based on current market rates.
 
        Off-Balance-Sheet Instruments  — Fair values for off-balance-sheet, credit-related financial instruments are based on fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements, taking into account the remaining terms of the agreements and the counterparties’ credit standing and are not material.

F-29


Table of Contents

BofI HOLDING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2004 AND 2003 (UNAUDITED) AND
THE YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 2004, 2003 AND 2002 — (Continued)
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

      The estimated fair values, and related carrying or notional amounts, of the Company’s financial instruments are as follows:

                                                   
June 30,

September 30,
2004 2004 2003



Carrying Fair Carrying Fair Carrying Fair
Amount Value Amount Value Amount Value






(unaudited)
Financial assets:
                                               
 
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 21,131     $ 21,131     $ 24,859     $ 24,859     $ 6,462     $ 6,462  
 
Investment securities available for sale
    47,458       47,458                          
 
Investment securities held to maturity — MBS
    4,827       4,787       256       258       441       449  
 
Investment securities held to maturity — FHLB Agency
    3,417       3,440       3,409       3,416              
 
Time deposits in financial institutions
    8,909       8,909       9,503       9,503       11,872       11,872  
 
Stock of the Federal Home Loan Bank
    5,729       5,729       4,789       4,789       2,795       2,795  
 
Loans held for investment — net
    355,105       358,851       355,261       355,932       245,933       252,300  
 
Loans held for sale
    216       216       435       435       3,602       3,602  
 
Accrued interest receivable
    1,657       1,657       1,486       1,486       1,107       1,107  
Financial liabilities:
                                               
 
Demand deposits and savings
    124,882       124,882       123,124       123,124       52,024       52,024  
 
Time deposits
    170,795       171,771       146,717       147,469       141,968       145,079  
 
Advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank
    121,475       121,119       101,446       99,251       55,900       58,839  
 
Note payable
    3,300       3,300       1,300       1,300              
 
Accrued interest payable
    324       324       283       283       272       272  

      The fair value estimates as of September 30, 2004 and June 30, 2004 and 2003 are based on pertinent information available to management as of the respective dates. Although management is not aware of any factors that would significantly affect the estimated fair value amounts, such amounts have not been comprehensively revalued for purposes of these financial statements since those dates and, therefore, current estimates of fair value may differ significantly from the amounts presented herein.

F-30


Table of Contents

BofI HOLDING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2004 AND 2003 (UNAUDITED) AND
THE YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 2004, 2003 AND 2002 — (Continued)
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
 
18. Parent-Only Financial Information

      The following BofI Holding, Inc. (Parent company only) financial information should be read in conjunction with the other notes to the consolidated financial statements:

Balance Sheets

                   
June 30,

2004 2003


ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 1,118     $ 516  
Other assets
    218       256  
Due from subsidiary
    85       156  
Investment in subsidiary
    31,749       22,108  
     
     
 
TOTAL ASSETS
  $ 33,170     $ 23,036  
     
     
 
 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Note payable
  $ 1,300     $  
Accrued interest payable
    12        
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
    99       151  
     
     
 
 
Total liabilities
    1,411       151  
     
     
 
STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY:
               
 
Convertible preferred stock $10,000 stated value; 1,000,000 shares authorized; 675 shares issued and outstanding
    6,637        
 
Common stock — $.01 par value; 10,000,000 shares authorized; 4,519,649 (September 2004), 4,506,524 (June 2004) and 4,474,351 (June 2003) shares issued and outstanding
    45       45  
 
Additional paid-in capital
    22,363       22,161  
 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax
           
 
Retained earnings
    2,714       679  
     
     
 
 
Total stockholders’ equity
    31,759       22,885  
     
     
 
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
  $ 33,170     $ 23,036  
     
     
 

F-31


Table of Contents

BofI HOLDING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2004 AND 2003 (UNAUDITED) AND
THE YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 2004, 2003 AND 2002 — (Continued)
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

Statements of Income

                         
Year Ended June 30,

2004 2003 2002



Interest income
  $ 2     $ 3     $ 2  
Interest expense
    60             46  
     
     
     
 
Net interest income (expense)
    (58 )     3       (44 )
Non-interest expense — general and administrative
    478       323       565  
     
     
     
 
Total non-interest expense
    478       323       565  
     
     
     
 
Loss before income tax benefit, dividends from subsidiary and equity in undistributed income of subsidiary
    (536 )     (320 )     (609 )
     
     
     
 
Income tax expense (benefit)
          215       (213 )
Dividends from subsidiary
    71              
Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiary
    2,640       2,265       1,416  
     
     
     
 
Net income
  $ 2,175     $ 1,730     $ 1,020  
     
     
     
 

Statement of Cash Flows

                               
Year Ended June 30,

2004 2003 2002



CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
                       
 
Net income
  $ 2,175     $ 1,730     $ 1,020  
 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash used in operating activities:
                       
   
Equity in earnings of subsidiary
    (2,640 )     (2,265 )     (1,416 )
   
Deferred income taxes
          214       (214 )
   
Extension of terms to exercise common stock warrants
                394  
   
Decrease (increase) in other assets
    109       (393 )     (4 )
   
Increase (decrease) in other liabilities
    (40 )     121       (15 )
     
     
     
 
     
Net cash used in operating activities
    (396 )     (593 )     (235 )
     
     
     
 
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
                       
 
Investment in subsidiary
    (7,072 )     (1,051 )     (4,600 )
 
Dividends received from subsidiary
    71              
     
     
     
 
     
Net cash used in investing activities
    (7,001 )     (1,051 )     (4,600 )
     
     
     
 

F-32


Table of Contents

BofI HOLDING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2004 AND 2003 (UNAUDITED) AND
THE YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 2004, 2003 AND 2002 — (Continued)
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
                             
Year Ended June 30,

2004 2003 2002



CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
                       
 
Proceeds from issuance of common stock
          1,654       6,184  
 
Net proceeds from issuance of convertible preferred stock
    6,637              
 
Proceeds from issuance of notes payable to related parties
                1,700  
 
Repayment of notes payable
                (2,570 )
 
Proceeds from note payable
    1,300              
 
Proceeds from exercise of common stock options and warrants
    202              
 
Cash dividends on convertible preferred stock
    (140 )            
     
     
     
 
   
Net cash provided by financing activities
    7,999       1,654       5,314  
     
     
     
 
NET INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
    602       10       479  
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS — Beginning of year
    516       506       27  
     
     
     
 
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS — End of year
  $ 1,118     $ 516     $ 506  
     
     
     
 

* * * * * *

F-33


Table of Contents

BofI Holding, Inc.

B OF I LOGO

2,250,000 Shares
Common Stock

Dealer Prospectus Delivery Obligation

      Until                     , 2005 (25 days after the date of the offering), all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in the offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.


Table of Contents

PART II

Information Not Required in Prospectus

Item 13.      Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

      The expenses to be paid by the Registrant in connection with the distribution of the securities being registered, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, are as follows:

           
Amount*

Securities and Exchange Commission Filing Fee
  $ 3,959  
NASD Filing Fee
    3,864  
Nasdaq National Market Listing Fee
    100,000  
Accounting Fees and Expenses
    500,000  
Blue Sky Fees and Expenses
    5,000  
Legal Fees and Expenses
    500,000  
Transfer Agent and Registrar Fees and Expenses
    10,000  
Printing Expenses
    150,000  
Miscellaneous Expenses
    150,000  
     
 
 
Total
  $ 1,422,823  
     
 


All amounts are estimates except the SEC filing fee, the NASD filing fee and the Nasdaq National Market listing fee.

 
Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

      Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law authorizes a court to award, or a corporation’s board of directors to grant, indemnity to officers, directors and other corporate agents under certain circumstances and subject to certain limitations. The Registrant’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws provide that the Registrant shall indemnify its directors, officers, employees and agents to the full extent permitted by Delaware General Corporation Law, including in circumstances in which indemnification is otherwise discretionary under Delaware law. In addition, the Registrant intends to enter into separate indemnification agreements with its directors, officers and certain employees that would require the Registrant, among other things, to indemnify them against certain liabilities which may arise by reason of their status as directors, officers or certain other employees. The Registrant also intends to maintain director and officer liability insurance, if available on reasonable terms.

      These indemnification provisions and the indemnification agreement to be entered into between the Registrant and its officers and directors may be sufficiently broad to permit indemnification of the Registrant’s officers and directors for liabilities (including reimbursement of expenses incurred) arising under the Securities Act.

      The underwriting agreement, which is Exhibit 1.1 to this registration statement, provides for indemnification by our underwriters and their officers and directors for certain liabilities arising under the Securities Act or otherwise.

 
Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

      Since July, 1, 2001, the Registrant has issued and sold the following unregistered securities:

        1. Between July 1, 2001 and December 31, 2004, the Registrant granted options to purchase a total of 839,172 shares of its common stock at prices ranging from $4.19 to $11.00 per share to employees, directors and consultants pursuant to its amended and restated 1999 stock option plan. These issuances were made in reliance on Rule 701 of the Securities Act.

II-1


Table of Contents

        2. In September 2001 and October 2001, the Registrant issued and sold an aggregate of 587,200 shares of its common stock to a total of 77 investors for an aggregate purchase price of $5,872,000. These sales were made solely to accredited investors or sophisticated investors in reliance on Section 4(2) of the Securities Act.
 
        3. In June 2002 and July 2002, the Registrant issued and sold an aggregate of 179,850 shares of its common stock, together with warrants to purchase up to an additional 59,950 shares of its common stock, to a total of 29 investors for an aggregate purchase price of $2,158,200. These sales were made solely to accredited investors or sophisticated investors in reliance on Section 4(2) of the Securities Act.
 
        4. Between November 2003 and June 2004, the Registrant issued and sold an aggregate of 675 shares of its Series A — 6% Cumulative Nonparticipating Perpetual Preferred Stock, Convertible through January 1, 2009 to a total of 22 investors for an aggregate purchase price of $6,750,000. These sales were made solely to accredited investors or sophisticated investors in reliance on Section 4(2) of the Securities Act.
 
        5. In December 2004, the Registrant issued and sold $5,000,000 of trust preferred securities to one investor. This sale was made solely to an accredited investor in reliance on Section 4(2) of the Securities Act.

      The issuances of the securities in the transactions above were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Section 4(2) of the Securities Act promulgated thereunder as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering, where the purchasers represented their intention to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to distribution and received or had access to adequate information about the Registrant, or Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan or a written contract relating to compensation.

      Appropriate legends were affixed to the stock certificates issued in the above transactions. Similar legends were imposed in connection with any subsequent sales of any such securities. No underwriters were employed in any of the above transactions.

 
Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

      (a) Exhibits

      The exhibits are as set forth in the Exhibit Index.

      (b) Financial Statement Schedules.

      All schedules have been omitted because they are not required or are not applicable or the required information is shown in the financial statements or related notes.

 
Item 17. Undertakings.

      The Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the Underwriting Agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

      Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such

II-2


Table of Contents

indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

      The Registrant hereby undertakes that:

      (1) For purposes of any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

      (2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

II-3


Table of Contents

Signatures

      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant has duly caused this Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of San Diego, State of California on the 26th day of January 2005.

  BOFI HOLDING, INC.

  By:  /s/ GARY LEWIS EVANS
 
  Gary Lewis Evans
  President and Chief Executive Officer

      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

             
Signature Title Date



 
/s/ GARY LEWIS EVANS

Gary Lewis Evans
  President, Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal
Executive Officer)
  January 26, 2005
 
**

Andrew J. Micheletti
  Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)   January 26, 2005
 
**

Jerry F. Englert
  Chairman   January 26, 2005
 
**

Theodore C. Allrich
  Vice Chairman   January 26, 2005
 
**

Paul Grinberg
  Director   January 26, 2005
 
**

Robert Eprile
  Director   January 26, 2005
 
**

Thomas J. Pancheri
  Director   January 26, 2005
 
**

Connie M. Paulus
  Director   January 26, 2005
 
**

Gordon L. Witter
  Director   January 26, 2005
 
**By:   /s/ GARY LEWIS EVANS

Gary Lewis Evans
(Attorney-in-fact)
       

II-4


Table of Contents

Exhibit Index

         
Exhibit
Number Document


   1 .1*   Form of Underwriting Agreement
   3 .1   Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, filed with the Delaware Secretary of State on July 6, 1999
   3 .2   Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, filed with the Delaware Secretary of State on January 25, 2005
   3 .3   Certificate of Designation of the Registrant, filed with the Delaware Secretary of State on October 27, 2003
   3 .4**   Bylaws of the Registrant
   3 .5   Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, filed with the Delaware Secretary of State on August 19, 1999
   3 .6   Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, filed with the Delaware Secretary of State on February 25, 2003
   4 .1   Reference is made to Exhibits 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5 and 3.6
   4 .2*   Specimen Stock Certificate of the Registrant
   5 .1*   Opinion of Morrison & Foerster LLP as to the legality of the common stock
  10 .1*   Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Registrant and each of its executive officers and directors
  10 .2**   Amended and Restated 1999 Stock Option Plan, as amended
  10 .3**   2004 Stock Incentive Plan
  10 .4**   2004 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, including forms of agreements thereunder
  10 .5**   Assignment and Assumption Agreement and Consent to Assignment, dated as of September 22, 1999, by and among the Registrant, as assignee, Conti Receivables Management LLC (“Tenant”), Prentiss Properties Acquisition Partners, L.P. (“Landlord”) and Contifincial Corporation, together with Lease, dated March 16, 1998, between Landlord and Tenant, as amended by the First Amendment to Lease, dated November 15, 2002, between Landlord and Tenants
  10 .6**   Employment Agreement, dated as of July 1, 2003, between Bank of Internet USA and Gary Lewis Evans
  10 .7**   Employment Agreement, dated as of July 1, 2003, between Bank of Internet USA and Patrick A. Dunn
  10 .8**   Employment Agreement, dated as of July 1, 2003, between Bank of Internet USA and Andrew J. Micheletti
  10 .9**   Employment Agreement, dated as of July 1, 2003, between Bank of Internet USA and Michael J. Berengolts
  10 .10   Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust of BofITrust I dated as of December 16, 2004
  21 .1   Subsidiaries of the Registrant consist of Bank of Internet USA (federal charter) and BofI Trust I (Delaware charter)
  23 .1*   Consent of Morrison & Foerster LLP. Reference is made to Exhibit 5.1
  23 .2   Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
  24 .1**   Powers of Attorney


  To be filed by amendment.

**  Previously filed

EXHIBIT 3.1

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

BOI.com Holding, Inc.

A Stock Corporation

I, the undersigned, for the purpose of incorporating and organizing a Corporation under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, do hereby certify as follows:

ARTICLE I

The name of the corporation is BOI.com Holding, Inc.

ARTICLE II

The address of the corporation's registered office in the State of Delaware is 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware 19801. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

ARTICLE III

The purpose of the corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

ARTICLE IV

The total number of shares of stock of all classes which the corporation shall have authority to issue is 11,000,000, consisting of 10,000,000 shares of Common Stock having a par value of $.01 per share, and 1,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock having a par value of $.01 per share.

The Preferred Stock may be issued in one or more series as may be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors. The Preferred Stock of each such series shall have such voting powers, full or limited, or no voting powers, and such designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights, and qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, as shall be stated and expressed by the Board of Directors in the resolution or resolutions providing for the issue of such series of Preferred Stock pursuant to the authority to do so which is hereby expressly vested in the Board of Directors.

Except as otherwise provided in any resolution or resolutions of the Board of Directors providing for the issue of any particular series of Preferred Stock, the number of shares of stock of any such series so set forth in such resolution or resolutions may be


increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares of such series then outstanding) by a resolution or resolutions likewise adopted by the Board of Directors. No approval by class or series vote or otherwise of the holders of the Preferred Stock or any series thereof shall be required for the issue by the Board of Directors of any other series of Preferred Stock, whether or not in any respect senior to or on a parity with any such outstanding series, provided, however, that the Board of Directors may condition the issue of such additional series of Preferred Stock on the approval, by such proportion as the Board of Directors may specify, of any such outstanding series.

Except as otherwise provided in any resolution or resolutions of the Board of Directors providing for the issue of any particular series of Preferred Stock, Preferred Stock redeemed or otherwise acquired by the corporation shall assume the status of authorized but unissued Preferred Stock and shall be unclassified as to series and may thereafter, subject to the provisions of this Article IV and to any restrictions contained in any resolution or resolutions of the Board of Directors providing for the issue of any such series of Preferred Stock, be reissued in the same manner as other authorized by unissued Preferred Stock.

Shares of Common Stock and, subject to the provisions of this Article IV, shares of any series of Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time as the Board of Directors determines on such terms and for such consideration as may be fixed by the Board of Directors.

Subject to the provisions of law and the preferences of the Preferred Stock, dividends may be paid on the Common Stock at such time and in such amounts as the Board of Directors may deem advisable.

The authorized amount of shares of Common Stock and of Preferred Stock may, without a class or series vote, be increased or decreased from time to time by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the stock of the corporation entitled to a vote thereon.

Except as otherwise specifically required by law or as specifically provided in any resolution or resolutions of the Board of Directors providing for the issue of any particular series of Preferred Stock, the exclusive voting power of the corporation shall be vested in the Common Stock of the corporation. Each share of Common Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to one vote at all meetings of the stockholders of the corporation.

ARTICLE V

In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by the laws of the State of Delaware, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to make, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the corporation. Any bylaw made by the Board of Directors under the powers conferred hereby may be amended or repealed by the Board of Directors (except as specified in any such bylaw so made or amended) or by the stockholders in the manner provided in the Bylaws. Notwithstanding the foregoing and anything contained


in this Certificate of Incorporation to the contrary, Sections 1, 2 and 4 of Article II of the Bylaws, Sections 2, 3 and 4 of Article III of the Bylaws and Article X of the Bylaws may not be amended or repealed by the stockholders, and no provision inconsistent therewith may be adopted by the stockholders, without the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 75% of the voting power of all shares of the corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

ARTICLE VI

All power of the corporation shall be exercised by or under the direction of the Board of Directors except as otherwise provided herein or required by law.

For the management of the business and for the conduct of the affairs of the corporation, and in further creation, definition, limitation and regulation of the power of the corporation and of its directors and of its stockholders, it is further provided:

A. Election of Directors. Election of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws of the corporation shall so provide.

B. Number, Election and Term of Directors. Except as otherwise fixed pursuant to the provisions of Article IV hereof relating to the rights of the holders of any class or series of stock having a preference over the Common Stock as to dividends or upon liquidation to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, the number of directors of the corporation shall be fixed from time to time by or pursuant to the Bylaws. The directors, other than those who may be elected by the holders of any class or series of stock having preference over the Common Stock as to dividends or upon liquidation, shall be classified, with respect to the time for which they severally hold office, into three classes, as nearly equal in number as possible, as shall be provided in the manner specified in the Bylaws, one class to hold office initially for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2000, another class to hold office initially for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2001, and another class to hold office initially for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2002, with members of each class to hold office until their successors are elected and qualified. At each annual meeting of the stockholders of the corporation, the successors to the class of directors whose term expires at that meeting shall be elected to hold office for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders held in the third year following the year of their election.

C. Stockholder Nomination of a Director. Advance notice of nominations for the election of directors, other than by the Board of Directors or a Committee thereof, shall be given in the manner provided by the Bylaws.

D. Newly Created Directorships and Vacancies. Subject to the rights, if any, of the holders of any class or series of stock having a preference over the Common Stock as to dividends or upon liquidation to elect additional directors


under specified circumstances, newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors and any vacancies on the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, disqualification, removal or other cause shall be filled solely by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors then in office, even though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors, by a sole remaining director, or, if there is no remaining director, by the stockholders. Any director elected in accordance with the preceding sentence shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the class of directors in which the new directorship was created or the vacancy occurred and until such director's successor has been elected and qualified. No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors may shorten the term of any incumbent director.

E. Removal. Subject to the rights, if any, of the holders of any class or series of stock having a preference over the Common Stock as to dividends or upon liquidation in respect of the election of additional directors under specified circumstances, any director may be removed from office by the stockholders only for cause and only in the manner provided in this Article VI. At any annual meeting or special meeting of the stockholders, the notice of which states that the removal or a director or directors is among the purposes of the meeting, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 75% of the voting power of all shares of the corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, may remove such director or directors for cause.

F. Amendment, Repeal, etc. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Certificate of Incorporation to the contrary, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 75% of the voting power of all shares of the corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required to amend or repeal, or adopt any provisions inconsistent with, this Article VI or any provision hereof.

G. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Certificate of Incorporation to the contrary, if at any time the requirements of subdivision (b) of Section 2115 of the General Corporation Law of the State of California ("CGCL") shall become applicable to the corporation,
(i) the term of office of each director, regardless of his or her class, shall expire at the annual meeting of stockholders of the corporation held in the first income year as to which Section 2115 of the CGCL is applicable and all directors shall be elected at each annual meeting of stockholders, (ii) the stockholders of the corporation may remove any or all of the directors of the corporation in accordance with Section 303 of the CGCL, and (iii) every stockholder of the corporation complying with subdivision (b) of Section 708 of the CGCL and entitled to vote for the election of directors at any annual meeting of stockholders may cumulate his or her votes in accordance with subdivision (a) of said Section 708 and the candidates receiving the highest number of affirmative votes up to the number of directors to be elected shall be elected at such annual meeting of stockholders; provided, however, that clauses (i) through (iii) above shall in each instance be subject to the rights, if any, of the holders of any class or series of stock having a preference over the Common


Stock as to dividends or upon liquidation to elect, remove or vote for additional directors of the corporation.

If, after Section 2115 of the CGCL has become applicable to the corporation, it is determined by the corporation that said Section 2115 no longer applies to the corporation for whatever reason, the effectiveness of the provisions of the next preceding paragraph shall be suspended, the Board of Directors shall classify the then existing directors into three classes, and the first class of such directors shall hold office initially for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders in the first income year as to which said Section 2115 is not applicable to the corporation.

ARTICLE VII

The corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, to the extent and in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by the laws of the State of Delaware, and additional provisions authorized by such laws as are then in force may be added hereto. All rights conferred upon the directors, officers and stockholders of the corporation herein or in any amendment hereof are granted subject to this reservation.

ARTICLE VIII

To the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of Delaware as the same exists or may hereafter be amended, a director of the corporation shall not be liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. Any amendment or repeal of, or adoption of any provision inconsistent with, this Article VIII shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the corporation in respect of any breach of fiduciary duty occurring in whole or in part prior to such amendment or repeat.

ARTICLE IX

Each person who is or was a director or officer of the corporation, and each such director or officer who is or was serving at the request of the Board of Directors or an officer of the corporation as an employee or agent of the corporation or as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, whether for profit or not for profit (including the heirs, executors, administrators or estate of such person), shall be indemnified by the corporation to the full extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of Delaware or any other applicable law as currently or hereafter in effect. The right of indemnification provided in this Article IX shall not be exclusive of any other rights to which any person seeking indemnification may otherwise be entitled, including without limitation pursuant to any contract approved by the Board of Directors (whether or not the directors approving such contract are or are to be parties to such contract or similar contracts). Without limiting the generality or the effect of the foregoing, the corporation may adopt Bylaws, or enter into one or more agreements with any person, which provide for indemnification greater


or otherwise different than that provided in this Article IX or the General Corporation Law of Delaware, and any such agreement approved by the Board of Directors shall be a valid and binding obligation of the corporation regardless of whether one or more members of the Board of Directors, or all members of the Board of Directors, are parties thereto or to similar agreements. Any amendment or repeal of, or adoption of any provision inconsistent with, this Article IX shall not adversely affect any right or protection existing hereunder, or arising out of events occurring or circumstances existing, in whole or in part, prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption and no such amendment, repeal or adoption, shall affect the legality, validity or enforceability of any contract entered into or right granted prior to the effective date of such amendment, repeal or adoption.

ARTICLE X

No action required to be taken, or which may be taken, at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the corporation may be taken without a meeting, and the power of stockholders to consent in writing, without a meeting, to the taking of any action is specifically denied.

Special meetings of stockholders of the corporation may be called only by
(i) the Chairman of the Board of the corporation, (ii) the President of the corporation, or (iii) the Secretary of the corporation within 10 calendar days after receipt of the written request of a majority of the total number of directors then in office.

At any annual meeting or special meeting of stockholders of the corporation, only such business shall be conducted or considered as bas been brought before such meeting in the manner provided in the Bylaws.

Notwithstanding anything contained in this Certificate of Incorporation to the contrary, the affirmative vote of at least 75% of the voting power of all shares of the corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required to amend or repeal, or adopt any provisions inconsistent with, this Article X or any provision hereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I, the undersigned, being the incorporator referenced above, do hereby execute this Certificate of Incorporation this 2nd day of July, 1999.

/s/ Alan Jacobs
------------------------------------------
Alan Jacobs
Heller Ehrman White & McAuliffe
4250 Executive Square
7(th) Floor
La Jolla, CA  92037-9103


EXHIBIT 3.2

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT OF
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF
BOFI HOLDING, INC.

Pursuant to the provisions of Sections 103 and 242 of the Delaware Corporation Law, the undersigned certifies as follows:

1. The first paragraph of Article IV of the Certificate of Incorporation of BofI Holding, Inc. is amended in its entirety to provide as follows:

"The total number of shares of stock of all classes which the corporation shall have authority to issue is 26,000,000, consisting of 25,000,000 shares of Common Stock having a par value of $0.01 per share, and 1,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock having a par value of $0.01 per share."

2. The foregoing amendment was adopted by the directors of the corporation and by the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote thereon in accordance with the provisions of Section 242 of the Delaware Corporation Law.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, BofI Holding, Inc. has caused this certificate to be signed by its Secretary this 24th day of January, 2005.

/s/ JERRY ENGLERT
-------------------------------
Name: Jerry Englert
Title: Chairman


EXHIBIT 3.3

CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATION

BofI Holding, Inc.
A Delaware Corporation

The undersigned, Jerry F. Englert and C. Michelle Paulus, certify that:

1. They are the Chairman of the Board and the Secretary, respectively, of BofI Holding, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "corporation").

2. Pursuant to the Unanimous Written Consent of the Board of Directors of the corporation, dated as of October 23, 2003, the following resolution was duly adopted:

"WHEREAS, Article IV of the Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation, authorizes a class of shares designated Preferred Stock, consisting of 1,000,000 shares;

"WHEREAS, Article IV of the Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation authorizes issuance of shares of the Preferred Stock from time to time in one or more series and authorizes the Board of Directors to fix or alter the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions granted to or imposed upon any wholly unissued series of shares of Preferred Stock, and the number of shares constituting any such series as well as the designations of such series, or any of them; and

"WHEREAS, it is now the desire of the Board of Directors, pursuant to the authority vested in it by the Certificate of Incorporation to fix and determine the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions of a first series of Preferred Stock, to fix the number of shares constituting such series and to determine the designation thereof;

"NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT HEREBY RESOLVED, that the Board of Directors does hereby provide for the issue of a first series of shares of Preferred Stock of the corporation and does hereby fix and determine the rights, preferences, privileges, and restrictions of, and other matters relating to, said series as set forth more particularly in Exhibit A attached to these resolutions and incorporated herein as if set forth in full.

FURTHER RESOLVED, that the Chairman of the Board and the Secretary of this corporation be, and they hereby are, authorized and directed to prepare, execute, verify and file in the office of the Secretary of State of Delaware and any other regulatory agencies as may be required, a Certificate of Designation in accordance with this resolution and as required by law.

3. The authorized number of shares of Preferred Stock of this corporation is 1,000,000. The number of shares of Preferred Stock constituting "Series A -- 6%


Cumulative Nonparticipating Perpetual Preferred Stock, Convertible through January 1, 2009" is 1,200. None of the shares of said series has been issued.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Certificate of Designation on October 23, 2003.

/s/ Jerry F. Englert
----------------------------------------------
Jerry F. Englert, Chairman of the Board

/s/ C. Michelle Paulus
----------------------------------------------
C. Michelle Paulus, Secretary

DECLARATION UNDER PENALTY OF PERJURY

We, the undersigned, Jerry F. Englert and C. Michelle Paulus, are, and at all times mentioned in this Certificate of Designation were, the Chairman of the Board and Secretary, respectively, of BofI Holding, Inc., a Delaware corporation. We have read the foregoing Certificate of Designation and know the contents thereof. The matters set forth therein are true of our own knowledge and the signatures subscribed thereto are our genuine signatures.

We, and each of us, declare under penalty of perjury that the foregoing is true and correct and that this Declaration was executed on October 23, 2003, in the City of San Diego, County of San Diego, State of California.

/s/ Jerry F. Englert
---------------------------------------
Jerry F. Englert

/s/ C. Michelle Paulus
---------------------------------------
C. Michelle Paulus


EXHIBIT A

SERIES A - 6% CUMULATIVE NONPARTICIPATING PERPETUAL PREFERRED STOCK,
CONVERTIBLE THROUGH JANUARY 1, 2009

A. Name of Preferred Stock. The first series of shares of Preferred Stock shall be designated and known as "Series A - - 6% Cumulative Nonparticipating Perpetual Preferred Stock, Convertible through January 1, 2009" (the "Series A Preferred Stock").

B. Authorized Number. The authorized number of shares constituting the Series A Preferred Stock shall be 1,200.

C. Dividends Cumulative. The Series A Preferred Stock is entitled to receive, out of funds legally available therefor, cumulative dividends at the annual rate of $600.00 per share and no more, payable in quarterly installments of $150.00 each on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31, when and as declared by the Board of Directors. Such dividends shall accrue from the date of issuance of such shares of Series A Preferred Stock (the "Date of Issuance") whether or not earned so that no dividends or other distributions shall be made with respect to the common stock of the corporation (described in Article IV of the Certificate of Incorporation of the corporation)(the "Common Stock") until cumulative dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock for all past dividend periods and for the current three-month dividend period shall have been declared and paid or set apart. The amount of the first quarterly dividend payable to a purchaser of Series A Preferred Stock shall be prorated from the Date of Issuance of Series A Preferred Stock to such purchaser through the end of such quarter.

D. Nonparticipating. After cumulative dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock for all past dividend periods and for the then-current three-month dividend period shall have been declared and paid or set apart, if the Board of Directors shall elect to declare additional dividends out of funds legally available therefor, such additional dividends shall be declared solely on the Common Stock.

E. Liquidation Preference. Upon the voluntary or involuntary liquida- tion, winding up or dissolution of the corporation, the Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, in preference to any payment on the Common Stock, an amount equal to $10,000.00 per share (the "Preferential Liquidation Amount"), plus cumulative dividends as provided in Paragraph C, above, accrued and unpaid to the date payment is made available to the Series A Preferred Stock and no more. After the full Preferential Liquidation Amount has been paid to, or determined and set apart for, the Series A Preferred Stock, the remaining assets after payment of liabilities shall be paid to the Common Stock. In the event the assets of the corporation are insufficient to pay the full Preferential Liquidation Amount required to be paid to the Series A Preferred Stock, the entire remaining assets after payment of liabilities shall be paid to the Series A Preferred Stock and the Common Stock shall receive nothing. A reorganization shall not be considered to be a liquidation, winding up or dissolution within the meaning of this Paragraph E and the Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled only to the rights provided


in the plan of reorganization, as may be provided in the Delaware General Corporation Law and otherwise in this Certificate of Incorporation.

F. Voting Rights. The Company may not amend the Certificate of Incorporation or file a Certificate of Designation if the effect of any such amendment or filing would be to create or authorize the issuance of a class or series of Preferred Stock that would be eligible to receive any assets of the Company in preference to any payment to the Series A Preferred Stock upon a liquidation, unless such amendment or filing was first approved by a majority of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, voting as a class. As used herein, a "majority of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock" means either: (i) the approval of a majority of shares voted at a meeting of the holders of Series A Preferred Stock, which has been noticed and convened in accordance with the Bylaws of the Company and at which a majority of such shares, which shall constitute a quorum for such a meeting, shall be present, or
(ii) if such approval is solicited by written consent without a meeting, the approval of a majority of all issued and outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock. Said approval shall be in addition to any other approval of the stockholders and directors of the Company that may be required under applicable law. Except as expressly provided by law or by this Certificate of Designation, the Common Stock has exclusive voting rights on all matters requiring a vote of shareholders, including election of directors, and the Series A Preferred Stock shall have no voting rights.

G. Redemption. (1) Terms of Redemption. The Series A Preferred Stock is subject to redemption, out of funds legally available therefor, in whole, or from time to time in part, at the option of the Board of Directors of the corporation. As used herein, the term "Redeemed Shares" refers to the shares of the Series A Preferred Stock that have been called for redemption by the corporation. If only a portion of the Series A Preferred Stock is to be redeemed, the shares of the Series A Preferred Stock to be redeemed shall be selected pro rata. When redeeming shares of Series A Preferred Stock, the corporation shall also pay to the holder of such Redeemed Shares cumulative dividends as provided in Paragraph C, above, accrued and unpaid to the date fixed for redemption (the "Redemption Date"), as specified in the Notice of Redemption (as defined below). The price per share at which Series A Preferred Stock shall be redeemed by the corporation (the "Redemption Price") shall be determined as follows:

If the Redemption Date is:                 Redemption Price per Redeemed Share:
-------------------------                  -----------------------------------
On or before December 31, 2004                        $10,500.00

In calendar year 2005                                 $10,400.00

In calendar year 2006                                 $10,300.00

In calendar year 2007                                 $10,200.00

In calendar year 2008                                 $10,100.00

In calendar year 2009 or thereafter                   $10,000.00


(2) Redemption Procedures. The corporation shall mail a notice of redemption (a "Notice of Redemption") to each holder of record of Redeemed Shares addressed to the holder at the address of such holder appearing on the books of the corporation or given by the holder to the corporation for the purpose of notice, or if no such address appears or is given at the place where the principal executive office of the corporation is located, not earlier than 60 nor later than 20 days before the Redemption Date. The Notice of Redemption shall include (i) identification of the class of shares or the part of the class of shares to be redeemed, (ii) the Redemption Date, (iii) the Redemption Price,
(iv) the amount of cumulative dividends that will be paid through the Redemption Date, (v) the place at which the shareholders may obtain payment of the Redemption Price upon surrender of share certificates representing Redeemed Shares, and (vi) the last date prior to the Redemption Date that any right of conversion that a holder may still have may be exercised. If funds are available on the Redemption Date, then whether or not the share certificates are surrendered for payment of the Redemption Price, the Redeemed Shares shall no longer be outstanding and the holders of Redeemed Shares shall cease to be shareholders of the corporation with respect to the Redeemed Shares on and after the Redemption Date and such shareholders shall De entitled only to receive the Redemption Price and accrued dividends, without interest, upon surrender of the share certificate for the Redeemed Shares. If less than all the shares represented by one share certificate are to be redeemed, the corporation shall issue a new share certificate for the shares not redeemed.

(3) Paying Agent. If, on or prior to any Redemption Date, the corporation deposits with its stock transfer agent or with any bank or trust company (a "Paying Agent") as a trust fund a sum sufficient to redeem the Redeemed Shares on the Redemption Date, with irrevocable instructions and authorization to give the Notice of Redemption and to pay on and after the Redemption Date or prior thereto, the Redemption Price of the Redeemed Shares to their respective holders upon the surrender of their share certificates, then from and after the date of the deposit by the corporation with the Paying Agent (although prior to the Redemption Date) the Redeemed Shares shall be considered "redeemed" and dividends on those Redeemed Shares shall cease to accrue after the Redemption Date. The deposit shall constitute full payment of the Redemption Price and accrued dividends to the holders of such Redeemed Shares and from and after the date of the deposit such Redeemed Shares shall no longer be outstanding and the holders of such shares shall cease to be shareholders with respect to such Redeemed Shares and shall have no rights with respect thereto, except the right to receive from the Paying Agent payment of the Redemption Price and accrued dividends, without interest, upon surrender of their certificates for and the right to convert the shares prior to the Redemption Date, subject to the terms of Paragraph H.(3), below. After three months from the from Redemption Date, or sooner upon written request of the corporation, the Paying Agent shall return to the corporation funds deposited and not claimed prior thereto and thereafter the holder of a share certificate for Redeemed Shares shall solely look to the corporation for payment of the Redemption Price and accrued dividends.

H. Conversion. (1) Terms of Conversion. At the option of the holder, shares of Series A Preferred Stock may be converted into shares of Common Stock, effective


only as of the first day of any calendar quarter occurring between January I, 2004 through and including January 1, 2009 (a "Conversion Date"), in accordance with the terms and procedures contained herein. For purposes of any such conversion, each share of Series A Preferred Stock surrendered for conversion (a "Converted Share") shall be valued as equivalent to its Preferential Liquidation Amount but shall exclude the value of accrued and unpaid dividends. Upon conversion of Series A Preferred Stock, no fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued. The corporation shall issue to the holder the greatest number of whole Common Shares issuable in accordance with Paragraph H.(2), below, and shall contemporaneously pay in cash to the converting holder the fair market value of any fractional share, as determined by the Board of Directors. The corporation shall reserve and keep reserved out of its authorized but unissued shares of Common - Stock sufficient shares to effect the conversion of all shares of Series A Preferred Stock outstanding from time to time.

(2) Conversion Ratio. Each share of Series A Preferred Stock may be converted into a number of shares of Common Stock of the corporation equal to:
(i) the aggregate amount of the Preferential Liquidation Amount (exclusive of accrued and unpaid dividends) for the number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock being converted, divided by (ii) the Conversion Price (as set forth in the schedule below). The Conversion Price shall be determined according to the Conversion Date. The following table sets forth the Conversion Price for Converted Shares and the number of shares of Common Stock into which each share of Series A Preferred Stock will be converted upon conversion:

                                                               No. of Shares of
                                                                  Common Stock
If the Conversion                        Then the Conversion   to be issued per
Date is effective as of:                 Price* shall be:      Converted Share**
-----------------------                  ---------------       -----------------
January 1, April 1, July 1 or
October 1, 2004 or January 1,
April 1, July 1 or October 1, 2005
or January 1, 2006                            $10.50                  952

April 1, July 1 or October 1, 2006
or January 1, 2007                            $13.00                  769

April 1, July 1, or October 1, 2007
or January 1, 2008                            $15.50                  645

April 1, July 1, or October 1, 2008
or January 1, 2009                            $18.00                  555


* The Conversion Price is subject to adjustment in certain events affecting capitalization, as provided in Paragraph H.(4), below.

** Does not include fractional shares.


The holder of Series A Preferred Stock shall have no right to convert shares of Series A Preferred Stock effective after January 1, 2009.

(3) Conversion Procedure. Shares of Series A Preferred Stock may be converted effective as of the first day of any calendar quarter commencing January 1, 2004 through and including January 1, 2009, but not thereafter. To convert shares of Series A Preferred Stock into Common Stock, the holder of such shares shall give to the chief financial officer of the corporation, or to its stock transfer agent if it has one, written notice of the holder's intent to convert all or a portion of the holder's shares of Series A Preferred Stock (the "Notice of Conversion"), provided, that the holder gives the Notice of Conversion during the third calendar month of any calendar quarter (a "Notice Month") through and including the fourth calendar quarter of the year 2008. Giving of Notice of Conversion shall be construed as the holder's election to convert the Converted Shares, effective as of the first day of the calendar quarter immediately following the end of the Notice Month. The Notice of Conversion shall be addressed to the corporation at its principal executive office or to its stock transfer agent, if it has one, and shall contain the name, address and other contact information for the converting holder, together with the number of the share certificate representing the Converted Shares and the number of shares the holder intends to convert. Contemporaneous with or after a holder has given Notice of Conversion, the holder shall surrender the share certificate representing such Converted Shares to the corporation at its principal executive office, or to the corporation's transfer agent, if it has one, duly endorsed in favor of the corporation, provided, that the holder surrenders such share certificate during the Notice Month or within five days after the end of such Notice Month. The endorsement of the share certificate and the request to convert shall be in form and content satisfactory to the stock transfer agent or the corporation, as the case may be. Provided that the Notice of Conversion has been timely given and the share certificate for the Converted Shares duly endorsed and timely surrendered, the conversion shall be considered to have occurred effective as of the Conversion Date. The holder who has converted his or her Converted Shares shall thereupon be entitled to receive share certificates for the appropriate number of shares of Common Stock and shall be regarded for all corporate purposes from and after such Conversion Date as the holder of the number of shares of Common Stock to which he is entitled upon the conversion. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the holder of Series A Preferred Stock desires to convert such shares after the holder has received a Notice of Redemption with respect to such shares, the holder may nonetheless convert such shares (the "Redeemed/Converted Shares") prior to their redemption, provided that on or before the close of business on the fifth business day preceding the Redemption Date, the holder complies with the procedures specified hereinabove for giving Notice of Conversion and duly surrendering the share certificate for Redeemed/Converted Shares.

(4) Anti-Dilution Adjustment of Conversion Price. In the event of a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, reorganization or recapitalization affecting the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding, the Conversion Price shall be proportionately adjusted so as to fairly and equitably preserve the conversion rights of the Series A Preferred Stock.


(5) Notice of Change of Conversion Price. Promptly after any change in the Conversion Price, the corporation shall prepare and mail by first class, postage prepaid mail to each holder of Series A Preferred Stock a written statement setting forth in detail the facts causing the change in the Conversion Price, the changed Conversion Price and the computation thereof (a "Change Notice"). The Change Notice shall be signed by the president and by the chief financial officer and shall be filed with the secretary of the corporation and the stock transfer agent, if there be one.

(6) No Adjustments. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the corporation shall not be required to make any adjustment of the Conversion Price upon the conversion of any shares of Series A Preferred Stock or, in the case of the issuance of any Convertible Securities, options or Common Stock, in connection with (i) any employee stock option plan of the corporation or (ii) any qualified employee stock ownership plan of the corporation.

I. Perpetual Issuance. Shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall remain outstanding in perpetuity unless and until such shares are redeemed or converted as provided herein.

J. No Preemptive Rights. No holder of shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall have any preemptive or preferential right of subscription to any shares of any class of stock of the corporation, whether now or hereafter authorized, or to any obligation convertible into stock of the corporation, issued or sold, nor to any right of subscription to any of such securities other than such, if any, as the Board of Directors, in its sole discretion, may from time to time determine and at such price as the Board of Director may from time to time fix.

K. Status of Redeemed and Converted Shares. Shares of Series A Preferred Stock that are converted into shares of Common Stock as provided herein or that are redeemed as provided herein shall be restored to the status of authorized but unissued shares of Preferred Stock.

L. Definition of Common Stock. As used herein, "Common Stock" shall also include any stock of any class of the corporation hereafter authorized which shall have no preference over any other shares with respect to the distribution of assets on liquidation or with respect to the payment of dividends; provided that the Common Stock receivable upon conversion of shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall include only shares designated as Common Stock and described in Article IV of the corporation's Certificate of Incorporation.

M. Notice. Except as may otherwise be expressly provided herein, notices given and deliveries made in connection with Series A Preferred Stock may be given by (i) first class mail, postage prepaid, (ii) personal delivery, whether by the party giving such notice or making such delivery or by an agent on behalf of such person, or (iii) a recognized courier service guaranteeing overnight or two day delivery service. Notice so given or a delivery so made, shall be considered effective as of the date of receipt of such notice or delivery by the person to whom the notice is addressed or the delivery directed.


Notice to the corporation shall be addressed to the chief financial officer at the principal executive office of the corporation and notice to the holder of Series A Preferred Stock shall be addressed to the holder at the address for such holder on the records of the corporation or the stock transfer agent of the corporation, if it has one.


EXHIBIT 3.5

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT
TO
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
BOI.COM HOLDING, INC.

BOI.com Holding, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under and by the virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware ("DGCL"),

DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

FIRST: That the Board of Directors of said corporation at a meeting duly held, adopted a resolution proposing and declaring advisable the following amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation of said corporation:

RESOLVED, that the name of the corporation is "BofI.com Holding, Inc."

SECOND: the stockholders of said corporation, at a special meeting duly called and held, pursuant to a waiver of notice in accordance with Section 229 of the DGCL, unanimously approved said amendment.

THIRD: that the aforesaid amendment was duly adopted in accordance with the applicable provisions of Section 242 of the DGCL.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned officer of said corporation, having been duly authorized, has set his hand this 19th day of August, 1999.

/s/ Alan Jacobs
--------------------------------
Alan Jacobs
Secretary


EXHIBIT 3.6

STATE OF DELAWARE
CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT OF
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

BofI.com Holding, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under and by the virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware ("DGCL"),

DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

FIRST: That at a meeting of the Board of Directors of BofI.com Holding, Inc. resolutions were duly adopted setting forth a proposed amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation of said corporation, declaring said amendment to be advisable and calling a meeting of the stockholders of said corporation for consideration thereof. The resolution setting forth the proposed amendment as follows:

RESOLVED, that the Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation be amended by changing the article thereof numbered "Article I" so that, as amended, said Article I shall be and read as follows:

The name of the corporation is "BofI Holding, Inc."

SECOND: That thereafter, pursuant to resolution of its Board of Directors, a special meeting of the stockholders of said corporation was duly called and held, upon notice in accordance with Section 229 of the DGCL at which meeting the necessary number of shares as required by statute were voted in favor of the amendment.

THIRD: That said amendment was duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of
Section 242 of the DGCL.

FOURTH: That the capital of said corporation shall not be reduced under or by reason of said amendment.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, said corporation has caused this certificate to be signed by Andrew J. Micheletti, an Authorized Officer, this 24 day of February, A.D. 2003.

BofI.com Holding, Inc.

By: /s/ Andrew J. Micheletti
    -----------------------------
        Andrew J. Micheletti
Title:  Vice President and
        Chief Financial Officer


EXHIBIT 10.10

AMENDED AND RESTATED DECLARATION OF TRUST

OF

BOFI TRUST I

Dated as of December 16, 2004


TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                    ARTICLE I
                         INTERPRETATION AND DEFINITIONS                                                                 Page
                                                                                                                        -----
Section 1.1.      Definitions..........................................................................................   1

                                   ARTICLE II
                                  ORGANIZATION

Section 2.1.      Name.................................................................................................   9
Section 2.2.      Office...............................................................................................   9
Section 2.3.      Purpose..............................................................................................   9
Section 2.4.      Authority............................................................................................  10
Section 2.5.      Title to Property of the Trust.......................................................................  10
Section 2.6.      Powers and Duties of the Trustees and the Administrators.............................................  10
Section 2.7.      Prohibition of Actions by the Trust and the Trustees.................................................  15
Section 2.8.      Powers and Duties of the Institutional Trustee.......................................................  16
Section 2.9.      Certain Duties and Responsibilities of the Trustees and the Administrators...........................  17
Section 2.10.     Certain Rights of Institutional Trustee..............................................................  19
Section 2.11.     Delaware Trustee.....................................................................................  21
Section 2.12.     Execution of Documents...............................................................................  21
Section 2.13.     Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Securities...............................................  22
Section 2.14.     Duration of Trust....................................................................................  22
Section 2.15.     Mergers..............................................................................................  22

                                   ARTICLE III
                                     SPONSOR

Section 3.1.      Sponsor's Purchase of Common Securities..............................................................  24
Section 3.2.      Responsibilities of the Sponsor......................................................................  24

                                   ARTICLE IV
                           TRUSTEES AND ADMINISTRATORS

Section 4.1.      Number of Trustees...................................................................................  24
Section 4.2.      Delaware Trustee.....................................................................................  25
Section 4.3.      Institutional Trustee; Eligibility...................................................................  25
Section 4.4.      Administrators.......................................................................................  26
Section 4.5.      Appointment, Removal and Resignation of the Trustees and the Administrators..........................  26
Section 4.6.      Vacancies Among Trustees.............................................................................  28
Section 4.7.      Effect of Vacancies..................................................................................  28
Section 4.8.      Meetings of the Trustees and the Administrators......................................................  28


Section 4.9.      Delegation of Power..................................................................................  28
Section 4.10.     Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business..........................................  29

                                    ARTICLE V
                                  DISTRIBUTIONS

Section 5.1.      Distributions........................................................................................  29

                                   ARTICLE VI
                             ISSUANCE OF SECURITIES

Section 6.1.      General Provisions Regarding Securities..............................................................  29
Section 6.2.      Paying Agent, Transfer Agent, Calculation Agent and Registrar........................................  30
Section 6.3.      Form and Dating......................................................................................  31
Section 6.4.      Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Certificates....................................................  31
Section 6.5.      Temporary Certificates...............................................................................  32
Section 6.6.      Cancellation.........................................................................................  32
Section 6.7.      Rights of Holders; Waivers of Past Defaults..........................................................  32

                                   ARTICLE VII
                      DISSOLUTION AND TERMINATION OF TRUST

Section 7.1.      Dissolution and Termination of Trust.................................................................  34

                                  ARTICLE VIII
                              TRANSFER OF INTERESTS

Section 8.1.      General..............................................................................................  35
Section 8.2.      Transfer Procedures and Restrictions.................................................................  36
Section 8.3.      Deemed Security Holders..............................................................................  39
Section 8.4.      Transfer of Initial Securities.......................................................................  40

                                   ARTICLE IX
          LIMITATION OF LIABILITY OF HOLDERS OF SECURITIES, TRUSTEES OR
                                     OTHERS

Section 9.1.      Liability............................................................................................  40
Section 9.2.      Exculpation..........................................................................................  41
Section 9.3.      Fiduciary Duty.......................................................................................  41
Section 9.4.      Indemnification......................................................................................  42
Section 9.5.      Outside Businesses...................................................................................  45
Section 9.6.      Compensation; Fee....................................................................................  45

                                    ARTICLE X
                                   ACCOUNTING

Section 10.1.     Fiscal Year..........................................................................................  46
Section 10.2.     Certain Accounting Matters...........................................................................  46
Section 10.3.     Banking..............................................................................................  47
Section 10.4.     Withholding..........................................................................................  47

ii

                                   ARTICLE XI
                             AMENDMENTS AND MEETINGS

Section 11.1.     Amendments...........................................................................................  48
Section 11.2.     Meetings of the Holders of the Securities; Action by Written Consent.................................  50

                                   ARTICLE XII
          REPRESENTATIONS OF INSTITUTIONAL TRUSTEE AND DELAWARE TRUSTEE

Section 12.1.     Representations and Warranties of Institutional Trustee..............................................  51
Section 12.2.     Representations and Warranties of Delaware Trustee...................................................  52

                                  ARTICLE XIII
                                  MISCELLANEOUS

Section 13.1.     Notices..............................................................................................  53
Section 13.2.     Governing Law........................................................................................  53
Section 13.3.     Submission to Jurisdiction...........................................................................  54
Section 13.4.     Intention of the Parties.............................................................................  54
Section 13.5.     Headings.............................................................................................  54
Section 13.6.     Successors and Assigns...............................................................................  54
Section 13.7.     Partial Enforceability...............................................................................  55
Section 13.8.     Counterparts.........................................................................................  55

                              ANNEXES AND EXHIBITS

ANNEX I           Terms of Capital Securities and Common Securities

EXHIBIT A-1       Form of Capital Security Certificate
EXHIBIT A-2       Form of Common Security Certificate
EXHIBIT B         Form of Transferee Certificate to be Executed by Accredited Investors
EXHIBIT C         Form of Transferor Certificate to be Executed for QIBs
EXHIBIT D         Form of Transferee Certificate to be Executed by Non-U.S. Persons

iii

AMENDED AND RESTATED DECLARATION OF TRUST

OF

BOFI TRUST I

December 16, 2004

AMENDED AND RESTATED DECLARATION OF TRUST (as amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof, this "Declaration"), dated and effective as of December 16, 2004, by the Trustees (as defined herein), the Administrators (as defined herein), the Sponsor (as defined herein) and the holders from time to time of undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust (as defined herein) to be issued pursuant to this Declaration.

WHEREAS, certain of the Trustees and the Sponsor established BofI Trust I (the "Trust"), a statutory trust under the Statutory Trust Act (as defined herein), pursuant to a Declaration of Trust, dated as of December 13, 2004 (the "Original Declaration"), and a Certificate of Trust filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on December 13, 2004, for the sole purpose of issuing and selling the Securities (as defined herein) representing undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust, investing the proceeds thereof in the Debentures (as defined herein) of the Debenture Issuer (as defined herein) and engaging in those activities necessary, advisable or incidental thereto;

WHEREAS, as of the date hereof, no interests in the assets of the Trust have been issued; and

WHEREAS, all of the Trustees, the Administrators and the Sponsor, by this Declaration, amend and restate each and every term and provision of the Original Declaration.

NOW, THEREFORE, it being the intention of the parties hereto to continue the Trust as a statutory trust under the Statutory Trust Act and that this Declaration constitutes the governing instrument of such statutory trust, and that all assets contributed to the Trust will be held in trust for the benefit of the holders, from time to time, of the Securities, subject to the provisions of this Declaration, and, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties, intending to be legally bound hereby, amend and restate in its entirety the Original Declaration and agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

INTERPRETATION AND DEFINITIONS

Section 1.1. Definitions. Unless the context otherwise requires:


(a) capitalized terms used in this Declaration but not defined in the preamble above or elsewhere herein have the respective meanings assigned to them in this Section 1.1 or, if not defined in this Section 1.1 or elsewhere herein, in the Indenture;

(b) a term defined anywhere in this Declaration has the same meaning throughout;

(c) all references to "the Declaration" or "this Declaration" are to this Declaration and each Annex and Exhibit hereto, as modified, supplemented or amended from time to time;

(d) all references in this Declaration to Articles and Sections and Annexes and Exhibits are to Articles and Sections of and Annexes and Exhibits to this Declaration unless otherwise specified;

(e) a term defined in the Trust Indenture Act (as defined herein) has the same meaning when used in this Declaration unless otherwise defined in this Declaration or unless the context otherwise requires; and

(f) a reference to the singular includes the plural and vice versa.

"Additional Amounts" has the meaning set forth in Section 3.06 of the Indenture.

"Administrative Action" has the meaning set forth in paragraph 4(a) of Annex I.

"Administrators" means each of Gary Lewis Evans, Andrew J. Micheletti and Michelle Paulus, solely in such Person's capacity as Administrator of the Trust continued hereunder and not in such Person's individual capacity, or such Administrator's successor in interest in such capacity, or any successor appointed as herein provided.

"Affiliate" has the same meaning as given to that term in Rule 405 under the Securities Act or any successor rule thereunder.

"Authorized Officer" of a Person means any Person that is authorized to bind such Person.

"Bankruptcy Event" means, with respect to any Person:

(a) a court having jurisdiction in the premises enters a decree or order for relief in respect of such Person in an involuntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or appoints a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator or similar official of such Person or for any substantial part of its property, or orders the winding-up or liquidation of its affairs, and such decree, appointment or order remains unstayed and in effect for a period of 90 consecutive days; or

(b) such Person commences a voluntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, consents to the entry of an order for relief in an involuntary case under any such law, or consents to the appointment of or

2

taking possession by a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator or other similar official of such Person or of any substantial part of its property, or makes any general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or fails generally to pay its debts as they become due.

"Business Day" means any day other than Saturday, Sunday or any other day on which banking institutions in Wilmington, Delaware, The City of New York or Sacramento, California are permitted or required by law or executive order to close.

"Calculation Agent" has the meaning set forth in Section 1.01 of the Indenture.

"Capital Securities" has the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(a).

"Capital Security Certificate" means a definitive Certificate registered in the name of the Holder representing a Capital Security substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1.

"Capital Treatment Event" has the meaning set forth in paragraph 4(a) of Annex I.

"Certificate" means any certificate evidencing Securities.

"Certificate of Trust" means the certificate of trust filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware with respect to the Trust, as amended and restated from time to time.

"Closing Date" has the meaning set forth in the Purchase Agreement.

"Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, or any successor legislation.

"Commission" means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

"Common Securities" has the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(a).

"Common Security Certificate" means a definitive Certificate registered in the name of the Holder representing a Common Security substantially in the form of Exhibit A-2.

"Company Indemnified Person" means (a) any Administrator, (b) any Affiliate of any Administrator, (c) any officers, directors, shareholders, members, partners, employees, representatives or agents of any Administrator or
(d) any officer, employee or agent of the Trust or its Affiliates.

"Corporate Trust Office" means the office of the Institutional Trustee at which at any particular time its corporate trust business shall be principally administered, which at all times shall be located within the United States and at the time of execution of this Declaration shall be Rodney Square North, 1100 North Market Street, Wilmington, DE 19890-0001, Attention: Corporate Capital Markets.

"Coupon Rate" has the meaning set forth in paragraph 2(a) of Annex I.

3

"Covered Person" means (a) any Administrator, officer, director, shareholder, partner, member, representative, employee or agent of the Trust or the Trust's Affiliates or (b) any Holder of Securities.

"Debenture Issuer" means BofI Holding, Inc., a savings and loan holding company incorporated in the State of Delaware, in its capacity as issuer of the Debentures under the Indenture, and any permitted successor under the Indenture.

"Debenture Trustee" means Wilmington Trust Company, a Delaware banking corporation, not in its individual capacity but solely as trustee under the Indenture until a successor is appointed thereunder, and thereafter means such successor trustee.

"Debentures" means the Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Debt Securities due 2035 to be issued by the Debenture Issuer under the Indenture.

"Default" means any event, act or condition that with notice or lapse of time, or both, would constitute an Event of Default.

"Deferred Interest" means any interest on the Debentures that would have been overdue and unpaid for more than one Distribution Payment Date but for the imposition of an Extension Period, and the interest that shall accrue (to the extent that the payment of such interest is legally enforceable) on such interest at the Coupon Rate applicable during such Extension Period, compounded quarterly from the date on which such Deferred Interest would otherwise have been due and payable until paid or made available for payment.

"Definitive Capital Securities" means any Capital Securities in definitive form issued by the Trust.

"Delaware Trustee" has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2.

"Direct Action" has the meaning set forth in Section 2.8(e).

"Distribution" means a distribution payable to Holders of Securities in accordance with Section 5.1.

"Distribution Payment Date" has the meaning set forth in paragraph 2(e) of Annex I.

"Distribution Period" has the meaning set forth in paragraph 2(a) of Annex I.

"Event of Default" means the occurrence of an Indenture Event of Default.

"Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, or any successor legislation.

"Extension Period" has the meaning set forth in paragraph 2(e) of Annex I.

"Federal Reserve" means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

4

"Fiduciary Indemnified Person" shall mean each of the Institutional Trustee (including in its individual capacity), the Delaware Trustee (including in its individual capacity), any Affiliate of the Institutional Trustee or the Delaware Trustee, and any officers, directors, shareholders, members, partners, employees, representatives, custodians, nominees or agents of the Institutional Trustee or the Delaware Trustee.

"Fiscal Year" has the meaning set forth in Section 10.1

"Guarantee" means the Guarantee Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, of the Sponsor (the "Guarantor") in respect of the Capital Securities.

"Holder" means a Person in whose name a Certificate representing a Security is registered on the Securities Register maintained by or on behalf of the Registrar, such Person being a beneficial owner within the meaning of the Statutory Trust Act.

"Indemnified Person" means a Company Indemnified Person or a Fiduciary Indemnified Person.

"Indenture" means the Indenture, dated as of the Closing Date, between the Debenture Issuer and the Debenture Trustee, and any indenture supplemental thereto pursuant to which the Debentures are to be issued.

"Indenture Event of Default" means an "Event of Default" as defined in the Indenture.

"Institutional Trustee" means the Trustee meeting the eligibility requirements set forth in Section 4.3.

"Investment Company" means an investment company as defined in the Investment Company Act.

"Investment Company Act" means the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended from time to time, or any successor legislation.

"Investment Company Event" has the meaning set forth in paragraph 4(a) of Annex I.

"Legal Action" has the meaning set forth in Section 2.8(e).

"LIBOR" means the London Interbank Offered Rate for three-month U.S. Dollar deposits in Europe as determined by the Calculation Agent according to paragraph 2(b) of Annex I.

"LIBOR Banking Day" has the meaning set forth in paragraph 2(b)(1) of Annex I.

"LIBOR Business Day" has the meaning set forth in paragraph 2(b)(1) of Annex I.

5

"LIBOR Determination Date" has the meaning set forth in paragraph 2(b)(1) of Annex I.

"Liquidation" has the meaning set forth in paragraph 3 of Annex I.

"Liquidation Distribution" has the meaning set forth in paragraph 3 of Annex I.

"Majority in liquidation amount of the Securities" means Holders of outstanding Securities voting together as a single class or, as the context may require, Holders of outstanding Capital Securities or Holders of outstanding Common Securities voting separately as a class, who are the record owners of more than 50% of the aggregate liquidation amount (including the amount that would be paid upon the redemption, liquidation or otherwise on the date upon which the voting percentages are determined, plus unpaid Distributions accrued thereon to such date) of all outstanding Securities of the relevant class.

"Maturity Date" has the meaning set forth in paragraph 4(a) of Annex I.

"Maturity Redemption Price" has the meaning set forth in paragraph 4(a) of Annex I.

"Officers' Certificate" means, with respect to any Person, a certificate signed by two Authorized Officers of such Person or, in the case of a natural Person, such Person. Any Officers' Certificate delivered with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Declaration shall include:

(a) a statement that each Authorized Officer or Person, as the case may be, signing the Officers' Certificate has read the covenant or condition and the definitions relating thereto;

(b) a brief statement of the nature and scope of the examination or investigation undertaken by each Authorized Officer or Person, as the case may be, in rendering the Officers' Certificate;

(c) a statement that each Authorized Officer or Person, as the case may be, has made such examination or investigation as, in his or her opinion, is necessary to enable such Authorized Officer or Person, as the case may be, to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

(d) a statement as to whether, in the opinion of each Authorized Officer or Person, as the case may be, such condition or covenant has been complied with.

"OTS" means the Office of Thrift Supervision.

"Optional Redemption Date" has the meaning set forth in paragraph 4(a) of Annex I.

"Optional Redemption Price" has the meaning set forth in paragraph 4(a) of Annex I.

6

"Paying Agent" has the meaning set forth in Section 6.2.

"Payment Amount" has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1.

"Person" means a legal person, including any individual, corporation, estate, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, limited liability company, trust, unincorporated association, or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof, or any other entity of whatever nature.

"Purchase Agreement" means the Purchase Agreement relating to the offer and sale of Capital Securities.

"PORTAL" has the meaning set forth in Section 2.6(a)(i).

"Property Account" has the meaning set forth in Section 2.8(c).

"Pro Rata" has the meaning set forth in paragraph 8 of Annex I.

"Purchaser" means Sandler O'Neill & Partners, L.P.

"QIB" means a "qualified institutional buyer" as defined under Rule 144A.

"Quorum" means a majority of the Administrators or, if there are only two Administrators, both of them.

"Redemption/Distribution Notice" has the meaning set forth in paragraph 4(e) of Annex I.

"Reference Banks" has the meaning set forth in paragraph 2(b)(2) of Annex I.

"Registrar" has the meaning set forth in Section 6.2.

"Relevant Trustee" has the meaning set forth in Section 4.5(a).

"Resale Restriction Termination Date" means, with respect to any Capital Security, the date which is the later of (i) two years (or such shorter period of time as permitted by Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act) after the later of (y) the date of original issuance of such Capital Security and (z) the last date on which the Trust or any Affiliate of the Trust was the Holder of such Capital Security (or any predecessor thereto) and (ii) such later date, if any, as may be required by any subsequent change in applicable law.

"Responsible Officer" means, with respect to the Institutional Trustee, any officer within the Corporate Trust Office of the Institutional Trustee with direct responsibility for the administration of this Declaration, including any vice-president, any assistant vice-president, any secretary, any assistant secretary, the treasurer, any assistant treasurer, any trust officer or other officer of the Corporate Trust Office of the Institutional Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any of the above designated officers and also means,

7

with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of that officer's knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.

"Restricted Securities Legend" has the meaning set forth in Section 8.2(c).

"Rule 144A" means Rule 144A under the Securities Act.

"Rule 3a-5" means Rule 3a-5 under the Investment Company Act.

"Rule 3a-7" means Rule 3a-7 under the Investment Company Act.

"Securities" means the Common Securities and the Capital Securities.

"Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time, or any successor legislation.

"Securities Register" has the meaning set forth in Section 6.2(a).

"Special Event" has the meaning set forth in paragraph 4(a) of Annex I.

"Special Redemption Date" has the meaning set forth in paragraph 4(a) of Annex I.

"Special Redemption Price" has the meaning set forth in paragraph 4(a) of Annex I.

"Sponsor" means BofI Holding, Inc., a savings and loan holding company that is incorporated in the State of Delaware, or any permitted successor of the Debenture Issuer under the Indenture, in its capacity as sponsor of the Trust.

"Statutory Trust Act" means Chapter 38 of Title 12 of the Delaware Code, 12 Del. Code Section 3801 et seq., as it may be amended from time to time, or any successor legislation.

"Successor Delaware Trustee" has the meaning set forth in Section 4.5(e).

"Successor Entity" has the meaning set forth in Section 2.15(b).

"Successor Institutional Trustee" has the meaning set forth in
Section 4.5(b).

"Successor Securities" has the meaning set forth in Section 2.15(b).

"Super Majority" has the meaning set forth in paragraph 5(b) of Annex I.

"Tax Event" has the meaning set forth in paragraph 4(a) of Annex I.

"Telerate Page 3750" has the meaning set forth in paragraph 2(b)(1) of Annex I.

"10% in liquidation amount of the Securities" means Holders of outstanding Securities voting together as a single class or, as the context may require, Holders of outstanding

8

Capital Securities or Holders of outstanding Common Securities voting separately as a class, who are the record owners of 10% or more of the aggregate liquidation amount (including the stated amount that would be paid upon the redemption, liquidation or otherwise on the date upon which the voting percentages are determined, plus unpaid Distributions accrued thereon to such date) of all outstanding Securities of the relevant class.

"Transfer Agent" has the meaning set forth in Section 6.2.

"Treasury Regulations" means the income tax regulations, including temporary and proposed regulations, promulgated under the Code by the United States Treasury, as such regulations may be amended from time to time (including corresponding provisions of succeeding regulations).

"Trust Indenture Act" means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended from time-to-time, or any successor legislation.

"Trustee" or "Trustees" means each Person who has signed this Declaration as a trustee, so long as such Person shall continue in office in accordance with the terms hereof, and all other Persons who may from time to time be duly appointed, qualified and serving as Trustees in accordance with the provisions hereof, and references herein to a Trustee or the Trustees shall refer to such Person or Persons solely in their capacity as trustees hereunder.

"Trust Property" means (a) the Debentures, (b) any cash on deposit in, or owing to, the Property Account and (c) all proceeds and rights in respect of the foregoing and any other property and assets for the time being held or deemed to be held by the Institutional Trustee pursuant to the trusts of this Declaration.

"U.S. Person" means a United States Person as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.

ARTICLE II
ORGANIZATION

Section 2.1. Name. The Trust is named "BofI Trust I," as such name may be modified from time to time by the Administrators following written notice to the Institutional Trustee and the Holders of the Securities. The Trust's activities may be conducted under the name of the Trust or any other name deemed advisable by the Administrators.

Section 2.2. Office. The address of the principal office of the Trust, which shall be in a state of the United States or the District of Columbia, is 12220 El Camino Real, Suite 220, San Diego, California, 92130. On ten Business Days' written notice to the Institutional Trustee and the Holders of the Securities, the Administrators may designate another principal office, which shall be in a state of the United States or the District of Columbia.

Section 2.3. Purpose. The exclusive purposes and functions of the Trust are (a) to issue and sell the Securities representing undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust, (b) to invest the gross proceeds from such sale in the Debentures and (c) except as

9

otherwise limited herein, to engage in only those other activities deemed necessary, advisable or incidental thereto by the Institutional Trustee, including, without limitation, those activities specified in this Declaration. The Trust shall not borrow money, issue debt or reinvest proceeds derived from investments, pledge any of its assets, or otherwise undertake (or permit to be undertaken) any activity that would cause the Trust not to be classified for United States federal income tax purposes as a grantor trust.

Section 2.4. Authority. Except as specifically provided in this Declaration, the Institutional Trustee shall have exclusive and complete authority to carry out the purposes of the Trust. An action taken by a Trustee on behalf of the Trust and in accordance with such Trustee's powers shall constitute the act of and serve to bind the Trust. In dealing with the Trustees acting on behalf of the Trust, no Person shall be required to inquire into the authority of the Trustees to bind the Trust. Persons dealing with the Trust are entitled to rely conclusively on the power and authority of the Trustees as set forth in this Declaration. The Administrators shall have only those ministerial duties set forth herein with respect to accomplishing the purposes of the Trust and are not intended to be trustees or fiduciaries with respect to the Trust or the Holders. The Institutional Trustee shall have the right, but shall not be obligated except as provided in Section 2.6, to perform those duties assigned to the Administrators.

Section 2.5. Title to Property of the Trust. Except as provided in
Section 2.6(g) and Section 2.8 with respect to the Debentures and the Property Account or as otherwise provided in this Declaration, legal title to all assets of the Trust shall be vested in the Trust. The Holders shall not have legal title to any part of the assets of the Trust, but shall have an undivided beneficial interest in the assets of the Trust.

Section 2.6. Powers and Duties of the Trustees and the Administrators.

(a) The Trustees and the Administrators shall conduct the affairs of the Trust in accordance with the terms of this Declaration. Subject to the limitations set forth in paragraph (b) of this Section, and in accordance with the following provisions (i) and (ii), the Administrators and, at the direction of the Administrators, the Trustees, shall have the authority to enter into all transactions and agreements determined by the Administrators to be appropriate in exercising the authority, express or implied, otherwise granted to the Trustees or the Administrators, as the case may be, under this Declaration, and to perform all acts in furtherance thereof, including without limitation, the following:

(i) Each Administrator shall have the power, duty and authority, and is hereby authorized, to act on behalf of the Trust with respect to the following matters:

(A) the issuance and sale of the Securities;

(B) to cause the Trust to enter into, and to execute, deliver and perform on behalf of the Trust, such agreements as may be necessary or desirable in connection with the purposes and function of the Trust, including agreements with the Paying Agent, a subscription agreement for Debentures between the Trust and the Sponsor, a subscription agreement

10

for Capital Securities between the Trust and the purchaser of the Capital Securities and a subscription agreement for Common Securities between the Trust and the Sponsor;

(C) ensuring compliance with the Securities Act and applicable securities or blue sky laws of states and other jurisdictions;

(D) if and at such time determined solely by the Sponsor at the request of the Holders, assisting in the designation of the Capital Securities for trading in the Private Offering, Resales and Trading through the Automatic Linkages ("PORTAL") system if available;

(E) the sending of notices (other than notices of default) and other information regarding the Securities and the Debentures to the Holders in accordance with this Declaration, including notice of any notice received from the Debenture Issuer of its election to defer payments of interest on the Debentures by extending the interest payment period under the Indenture;

(F) the appointment of a Paying Agent, Transfer Agent and Registrar in accordance with this Declaration;

(G) execution and delivery of the Securities in accordance with this Declaration;

(H) execution and delivery of closing certificates pursuant to the Purchase Agreement and the application for a taxpayer identification number;

(I) unless otherwise determined by the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Securities or as otherwise required by the Statutory Trust Act, to execute on behalf of the Trust (either acting alone or together with any or all of the Administrators) any documents that the Administrators have the power to execute pursuant to this Declaration;

(J) the taking of any action as the Sponsor or an Administrator may from time to time determine is necessary, advisable or incidental to the foregoing to give effect to the terms of this Declaration for the benefit of the Holders (without consideration of the effect of any such action on any particular Holder);

(K) to establish a record date with respect to all actions to be taken hereunder that require a record date be established, including Distributions, voting rights, redemptions and exchanges, and to issue relevant notices to the Holders of Capital Securities and Holders of Common Securities as to such actions and applicable record dates;

11

(L) to duly prepare and file on behalf of the Trust all applicable tax returns and tax information reports that are required to be filed with respect to the Trust;

(M) to negotiate the terms of, and the execution and delivery of, the Purchase Agreement and any other related agreements providing for the sale of the Capital Securities or the resale thereof by the Purchaser;

(N) to employ or otherwise engage employees, agents (who may be designated as officers with titles), managers, contractors, advisors, attorneys and consultants and pay reasonable compensation for such services;

(O) to incur expenses that are necessary, advisable or incidental to carry out any of the purposes of the Trust;

(P) to give the certificate required by Section 314(a)(4) of the Trust Indenture Act to the Institutional Trustee, which certificate may be executed by an Administrator; and

(Q) to take all action that may be necessary or appropriate for the preservation and the continuation of the Trust's valid existence, rights, franchises and privileges as a statutory trust under the laws of each jurisdiction (other than the State of Delaware) in which such existence is necessary to protect the limited liability of the Holders of the Capital Securities or to enable the Trust to effect the purposes for which the Trust was created.

(ii) As among the Trustees and the Administrators, the Institutional Trustee shall have the power, duty and authority, and is hereby authorized, to act on behalf of the Trust with respect to the following matters:

(A) the establishment of the Property Account;

(B) the receipt of the Debentures;

(C) the collection of interest, principal and any other payments made in respect of the Debentures in the Property Account;

(D) the distribution through the Paying Agent of amounts owed to the Holders in respect of the Securities;

(E) the exercise of all of the rights, powers and privileges of a holder of the Debentures;

(F) the sending of notices of default and other information regarding the Securities and the Debentures to the Holders in accordance with this Declaration;

12

(G) the distribution of the Trust Property in accordance with the terms of this Declaration;

(H) to the extent provided in this Declaration, the winding up of the affairs of and liquidation of the Trust and the preparation, execution and filing of the certificate of cancellation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware;

(I) after any Event of Default (of which the Institutional Trustee has knowledge (as provided in Section 2.10(m) hereof)) (provided, that such Event of Default is not by or with respect to the Institutional Trustee), the taking of any action that the Institutional Trustee may from time to time determine is necessary, advisable or incidental for the foregoing to give effect to the terms of this Declaration and protect and conserve the Trust Property for the benefit of the Holders (without consideration of the effect of any such action on any particular Holder);

(J) to take all action that may be necessary or appropriate for the preservation and the continuation of the Trust's valid existence, rights, franchises and privileges as a statutory trust under the laws of the State of Delaware to protect the limited liability of the Holders of the Capital Securities or to enable the Trust to effect the purposes for which the Trust was created; and

(K) to undertake any actions set forth in Section 317(a)

of the Trust Indenture Act.

(iii) The Institutional Trustee shall have the power and authority, and is hereby authorized, to act on behalf of the Trust with respect to any of the duties, liabilities, powers or the authority of the Administrators set forth in Section 2.6(a)(i)(E) and (F) herein but shall not have a duty to do any such act unless specifically requested to do so in writing by the Sponsor, and shall then be fully protected in acting pursuant to such written request; and in the event of a conflict between the action of the Administrators and the action of the Institutional Trustee, the action of the Institutional Trustee shall prevail.

(b) So long as this Declaration remains in effect, the Trust (or the Trustees or Administrators acting on behalf of the Trust) shall not undertake any business, activities or transaction except as expressly provided herein or contemplated hereby. In particular, neither the Trustees nor the Administrators may cause the Trust to (i) acquire any investments or engage in any activities not authorized by this Declaration, (ii) sell, assign, transfer, exchange, mortgage, pledge, set-off or otherwise dispose of any of the Trust Property or interests therein, including to Holders, except as expressly provided herein,
(iii) take any action that would cause (or in the case of the Institutional Trustee, to the actual knowledge of a Responsible Officer would cause) the Trust to fail or cease to qualify as a grantor trust for United States federal income tax purposes, (iv) incur any indebtedness for borrowed money or issue any other debt or (v) take or consent to any action that would result in the placement of a lien on any of the Trust

13

Property. The Institutional Trustee shall, at the sole cost and expense of the Trust subject to reimbursement under Section 9.6(a), defend all claims and demands of all Persons at any time claiming any lien on any of the Trust Property adverse to the interest of the Trust or the Holders in their capacity as Holders.

(c) In connection with the issuance and sale of the Capital Securities, the Sponsor shall have the right and responsibility to assist the Trust with respect to, or effect on behalf of the Trust, the following (and any actions taken by the Sponsor in furtherance of the following prior to the date of this Declaration are hereby ratified and confirmed in all respects):

(i) the taking of any action necessary to obtain an exemption from the Securities Act;

(ii) the determination of the jurisdictions in which to take appropriate action to qualify or register for sale all or part of the Capital Securities and the determination of any and all such acts, other than actions which must be taken by or on behalf of the Trust, and the advisement of and direction to the Trustees of actions they must take on behalf of the Trust, and the preparation for execution and filing of any documents to be executed and filed by the Trust or on behalf of the Trust, as the Sponsor deems necessary or advisable in order to comply with the applicable laws of any such jurisdictions in connection with the sale of the Capital Securities; and

(iii) the taking of any other actions necessary or desirable to carry out any of the foregoing activities.

(d) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Administrators, the Institutional Trustee and the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Common Securities are authorized and directed to conduct the affairs of the Trust and to operate the Trust so that (i) the Trust will not be deemed to be an Investment Company required to be registered under the Investment Company Act (in the case of the Institutional Trustee, to the actual knowledge of a Responsible Officer), and (ii) the Trust will not fail to be classified as a grantor trust for United States federal income tax purposes (in the case of the Institutional Trustee, to the actual knowledge of a Responsible Officer) and (iii) the Trust will not take any action inconsistent with the treatment of the Debentures as indebtedness of the Debenture Issuer for United States federal income tax purposes (in the case of the Institutional Trustee, to the actual knowledge of a Responsible Officer). In this connection, the Institutional Trustee, the Administrators and the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Common Securities are authorized to take any action, not inconsistent with applicable laws or this Declaration, as amended from time to time, that each of the Institutional Trustee, the Administrators and such Holders determine in their discretion to be necessary or desirable for such purposes, even if such action adversely affects the interests of the Holders of the Capital Securities.

(e) All expenses incurred by the Administrators or the Trustees pursuant to this Section 2.6 shall be reimbursed by the Sponsor, and the Trustees shall have no obligations with respect to such expenses.

14

(f) The assets of the Trust shall consist of the Trust Property.

(g) Legal title to all Trust Property shall be vested at all times in the Institutional Trustee (in its capacity as such) and shall be held and administered by the Institutional Trustee for the benefit of the Trust in accordance with this Declaration.

(h) If the Institutional Trustee or any Holder has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Declaration and such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to the Institutional Trustee or to such Holder, then and in every such case the Sponsor, the Institutional Trustee and the Holders shall, subject to any determination in such proceeding, be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder, and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Institutional Trustee and the Holders shall continue as though no such proceeding had been instituted.

Section 2.7. Prohibition of Actions by the Trust and the Trustees.

The Trust shall not, and the Institutional Trustee and the Administrators shall not, and the Administrators shall cause the Trust not to, engage in any activity other than as required or authorized by this Declaration. In particular, the Trust shall not, and the Institutional Trustee and the Administrators shall not cause the Trust to:

(a) invest any proceeds received by the Trust from holding the Debentures, but shall distribute all such proceeds to Holders of the Securities pursuant to the terms of this Declaration and of the Securities;

(b) acquire any assets other than as expressly provided herein;

(c) possess Trust Property for other than a Trust purpose;

(d) make any loans or incur any indebtedness other than loans represented by the Debentures;

(e) possess any power or otherwise act in such a way as to vary the Trust Property or the terms of the Securities;

(f) issue any securities or other evidences of beneficial ownership of, or beneficial interest in, the Trust other than the Securities; or

(g) other than as provided in this Declaration (including Annex I),
(i) direct the time, method and place of exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Debenture Trustee with respect to the Debentures, (ii) waive any past default that is waivable under the Indenture, (iii) exercise any right to rescind or annul any declaration that the principal of all the Debentures shall be due and payable, or (iv) consent to any amendment, modification or termination of the Indenture or the Debentures where such consent shall be required unless the Trust shall have received a written opinion of counsel experienced in such matters to the effect that such amendment, modification or termination will not cause the Trust to cease to be classified as a grantor trust for United States federal income tax purposes.

15

Section 2.8. Powers and Duties of the Institutional Trustee.

(a) The legal title to the Debentures shall be owned by and held of record in the name of the Institutional Trustee in trust for the benefit of the Trust. The right, title and interest of the Institutional Trustee to the Debentures shall vest automatically in each Person who may hereafter be appointed as Institutional Trustee in accordance with Section 4.5. Such vesting and cessation of title shall be effective whether or not conveyancing documents with regard to the Debentures have been executed and delivered.

(b) The Institutional Trustee shall not transfer its right, title and interest in the Debentures to the Administrators or to the Delaware Trustee.

(c) The Institutional Trustee shall:

(i) establish and maintain a segregated non-interest bearing trust account (the "Property Account") in the United States (as defined in Treasury Regulations Section 301.7701-7), in the name of and under the exclusive control of the Institutional Trustee, and maintained in the Institutional Trustee's trust department, on behalf of the Holders of the Securities and, upon the receipt of payments of funds made in respect of the Debentures held by the Institutional Trustee, deposit such funds into the Property Account and make payments to the Holders of the Capital Securities and Holders of the Common Securities from the Property Account in accordance with Section 5.1. Funds in the Property Account shall be held uninvested until disbursed in accordance with this Declaration;

(ii) engage in such ministerial activities as shall be necessary or appropriate to effect the redemption of the Capital Securities and the Common Securities to the extent the Debentures are redeemed or mature; and

(iii) upon written notice of distribution issued by the Administrators in accordance with the terms of the Securities, engage in such ministerial activities as shall be necessary or appropriate to effect the distribution of the Debentures to Holders of Securities upon the occurrence of the circumstances specified therefor under the terms of the Securities.

(d) The Institutional Trustee shall take all actions and perform such duties as may be specifically required of the Institutional Trustee pursuant to the terms of the Securities.

(e) The Institutional Trustee may bring or defend, pay, collect, compromise, arbitrate, resort to legal action with respect to, or otherwise adjust claims or demands of or against, the Trust (a "Legal Action") which arise out of or in connection with an Event of Default of which a Responsible Officer of the Institutional Trustee has actual knowledge or the Institutional Trustee's duties and obligations under this Declaration or the Trust Indenture Act; provided, however, that if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and such event is attributable to the failure of the Debenture Issuer to pay interest or premium, if any, on or principal of the Debentures on the date such interest, premium, if any, or principal is otherwise payable (or in the case of redemption, on the date of redemption), then a Holder of the Capital

16

Securities may directly institute a proceeding for enforcement of payment to such Holder of the principal of or premium, if any, or interest that is so payable on the Debentures having a principal amount equal to the aggregate liquidation amount of the Capital Securities of such Holder (a "Direct Action") on or after the respective due date specified in the Debentures. In connection with such Direct Action, the rights of the Holders of the Common Securities will be subrogated to the rights of such Holder of the Capital Securities to the extent of any payment made by the Debenture Issuer to such Holder of the Capital Securities in such Direct Action; provided, however, that a Holder of the Common Securities may exercise such right of subrogation only if no Event of Default with respect to the Capital Securities has occurred and is continuing.

(f) The Institutional Trustee shall continue to serve as a Trustee until either:

(i) the Trust has been completely liquidated and the proceeds of the liquidation distributed to the Holders of the Securities pursuant to the terms of the Securities and this Declaration (including Annex I); or

(ii) a Successor Institutional Trustee has been appointed and has accepted that appointment in accordance with Section 4.5.

(g) The Institutional Trustee shall have the legal power to exercise all of the rights, powers and privileges of a holder of the Debentures under the Indenture and, if an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Institutional Trustee may, for the benefit of Holders of the Securities, enforce its rights as holder of the Debentures subject to the rights of the Holders pursuant to this Declaration (including Annex I) and the terms of the Securities.

(h) The Institutional Trustee must exercise the powers set forth in this Section 2.8 in a manner that is consistent with the purposes and functions of the Trust set out in Section 2.3, and the Institutional Trustee shall not take any action that is inconsistent with the purposes and functions of the Trust set out in Section 2.3.

Section 2.9. Certain Duties and Responsibilities of the Trustees and the Administrators.

(a) The Institutional Trustee, before the occurrence of any Event of Default (of which the Institutional Trustee has knowledge (as provided in
Section 2.10(m) hereof)) and after the curing of all Events of Default that may have occurred, shall undertake to perform only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Declaration and no implied covenants shall be read into this Declaration against the Institutional Trustee. In case an Event of Default (of which the Institutional Trustee has knowledge (as provided in Section 2.10(m) hereof)), has occurred (that has not been cured or waived pursuant to Section 6.7), the Institutional Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Declaration, and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his or her own affairs.

(b) The duties and responsibilities of the Trustees and the Administrators shall be as provided by this Declaration and, in the case of the Institutional Trustee, by the Trust

17

Indenture Act. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no provision of this Declaration shall require any Trustee or Administrator to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity satisfactory to it against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it. Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Declaration relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustees or the Administrators shall be subject to the provisions of this Article. Nothing in this Declaration shall be construed to release a Trustee from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct or bad faith. Nothing in this Declaration shall be construed to release an Administrator from liability for its own gross negligent action, its own gross negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct or bad faith. To the extent that, at law or in equity, a Trustee or an Administrator has duties and liabilities relating to the Trust or to the Holders, such Trustee or Administrator shall not be liable to the Trust or to any Holder for such Trustee's or Administrator's good faith reliance on the provisions of this Declaration. The provisions of this Declaration, to the extent that they restrict the duties and liabilities of the Administrators or the Trustees otherwise existing at law or in equity, are agreed by the Sponsor and the Holders to replace such other duties and liabilities of the Administrators or the Trustees.

(c) All payments made by the Institutional Trustee or a Paying Agent in respect of the Securities shall be made only from the revenue and proceeds from the Trust Property and only to the extent that there shall be sufficient revenue or proceeds from the Trust Property to enable the Institutional Trustee or a Paying Agent to make payments in accordance with the terms hereof. Each Holder, by its acceptance of a Security, agrees that it will look solely to the revenue and proceeds from the Trust Property to the extent legally available for distribution to it as herein provided and that the Trustees and the Administrators are not personally liable to it for any amount distributable in respect of any Security or for any other liability in respect of any Security. This Section 2.9(c) does not limit the liability of the Trustees expressly set forth elsewhere in this Declaration or, in the case of the Institutional Trustee, in the Trust Indenture Act.

(d) No provision of this Declaration shall be construed to relieve the Institutional Trustee from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct or bad faith with respect to matters that are within the authority of the Institutional Trustee under this Declaration, except that:

(i) the Institutional Trustee shall not be liable for any error or judgment made in good faith by an Authorized Officer of the Institutional Trustee, unless it shall be proved that the Institutional Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts;

(ii) the Institutional Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in accordance with the direction of the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities or the Common Securities, as applicable, relating to the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the

18

Institutional Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Institutional Trustee under this Declaration;

(iii) the Institutional Trustee's sole duty with respect to the custody, safe keeping and physical preservation of the Debentures and the Property Account shall be to deal with such property in a similar manner as the Institutional Trustee deals with similar property for its own account, subject to the protections and limitations on liability afforded to the Institutional Trustee under this Declaration and the Trust Indenture Act;

(iv) the Institutional Trustee shall not be liable for any interest on any money received by it except as it may otherwise agree in writing with the Sponsor; and money held by the Institutional Trustee need not be segregated from other funds held by it except in relation to the Property Account maintained by the Institutional Trustee pursuant to Section 2.8(c)(i) and except to the extent otherwise required by law; and

(v) the Institutional Trustee shall not be responsible for monitoring the compliance by the Administrators or the Sponsor with their respective duties under this Declaration, nor shall the Institutional Trustee be liable for any default or misconduct of the Administrators or the Sponsor.

Section 2.10. Certain Rights of Institutional Trustee. Subject to the provisions of Section 2.9:

(a) the Institutional Trustee may conclusively rely and shall fully be protected in acting or refraining from acting in good faith upon any resolution, written opinion of counsel, certificate, written representation of a Holder or transferee, certificate of auditors or any other certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, appraisal, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or presented by the proper party or parties;

(b) if (i) in performing its duties under this Declaration, the Institutional Trustee is required to decide between alternative courses of action, (ii) in construing any of the provisions of this Declaration, the Institutional Trustee finds the same ambiguous or inconsistent with any other provisions contained herein, or (iii) the Institutional Trustee is unsure of the application of any provision of this Declaration, then, except as to any matter as to which the Holders of Capital Securities are entitled to vote under the terms of this Declaration, the Institutional Trustee may deliver a notice to the Sponsor requesting the Sponsor's opinion as to the course of action to be taken and the Institutional Trustee shall take such action, or refrain from taking such action, as the Institutional Trustee in its sole discretion shall deem advisable and in the best interests of the Holders, in which event the Institutional Trustee shall have no liability except for its own negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith;

(c) any direction or act of the Sponsor or the Administrators contemplated by this Declaration shall be sufficiently evidenced by an Officers' Certificate;

19

(d) whenever in the administration of this Declaration, the Institutional Trustee shall deem it desirable that a matter be proved or established before undertaking, suffering or omitting any action hereunder, the Institutional Trustee (unless other evidence is herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of bad faith on its part, request and conclusively rely upon an Officers' Certificate which, upon receipt of such request, shall be promptly delivered by the Sponsor or the Administrators;

(e) the Institutional Trustee shall have no duty to see to any recording, filing or registration of any instrument (including any financing or continuation statement or any filing under tax or securities laws) or any rerecording, refiling or reregistration thereof;

(f) the Institutional Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection (which counsel may be counsel to the Sponsor or any of its Affiliates) and the advice of such counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon and in accordance with such advice; the Institutional Trustee shall have the right at any time to seek instructions concerning the administration of this Declaration from any court of competent jurisdiction;

(g) the Institutional Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Declaration at the request or direction of any of the Holders pursuant to this Declaration, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Institutional Trustee security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses and liabilities which might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction; provided, that nothing contained in this Section 2.10(g) shall be taken to relieve the Institutional Trustee, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default (of which the Institutional Trustee has knowledge (as provided in
Section 2.10(m) hereof)) that has not been cured or waived, of its obligation to exercise the rights and powers vested in it by this Declaration;

(h) the Institutional Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, approval, bond, debenture, note or other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document, unless requested in writing to do so by one or more Holders, but the Institutional Trustee may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit;

(i) the Institutional Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through its agents or attorneys and the Institutional Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of, or for the supervision of, any such agent or attorney appointed with due care by it hereunder;

(j) whenever in the administration of this Declaration the Institutional Trustee shall deem it desirable to receive instructions with respect to enforcing any remedy or right or taking any other action hereunder, the Institutional Trustee (i) may request instructions from the Holders of the Common Securities and the Capital Securities, which instructions may be given only by the Holders of the same proportion in liquidation amount of the Common Securities and the Capital Securities as would be entitled to direct the Institutional Trustee under the terms of the Common Securities and the Capital Securities in respect of such remedy, right or action, (ii)

20

may refrain from enforcing such remedy or right or taking such other action until such instructions are received, and (iii) shall be fully protected in acting in accordance with such instructions;

(k) except as otherwise expressly provided in this Declaration, the Institutional Trustee shall not be under any obligation to take any action that is discretionary under the provisions of this Declaration;

(l) when the Institutional Trustee incurs expenses or renders services in connection with a Bankruptcy Event, such expenses (including the fees and expenses of its counsel) and the compensation for such services are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any bankruptcy law or law relating to creditors rights generally;

(m) the Institutional Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of an Event of Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Institutional Trustee has actual knowledge of such event or the Institutional Trustee receives written notice of such event from any Holder, except that the Institutional Trustee shall be deemed to have knowledge of any Event of Default pursuant to Sections 5.01(a), 5.01(b) or 5.01(c) of the Indenture (other than an Event of Default resulting from the default in the payment of Additional Amounts if the Institutional Trustee does not have actual knowledge or written notice that such payment is due and payable);

(n) any action taken by the Institutional Trustee or its agents hereunder shall bind the Trust and the Holders of the Securities, and the signature of the Institutional Trustee or its agents alone shall be sufficient and effective to perform any such action and no third party shall be required to inquire as to the authority of the Institutional Trustee to so act or as to its compliance with any of the terms and provisions of this Declaration, both of which shall be conclusively evidenced by the Institutional Trustee's or its agent's taking such action; and

(o) no provision of this Declaration shall be deemed to impose any duty or obligation on the Institutional Trustee to perform any act or acts or exercise any right, power, duty or obligation conferred or imposed on it, in any jurisdiction in which it shall be illegal, or in which the Institutional Trustee shall be unqualified or incompetent in accordance with applicable law, to perform any such act or acts, or to exercise any such right, power, duty or obligation, and no permissive power or authority available to the Institutional Trustee shall be construed to be a duty.

Section 2.11. Delaware Trustee. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Declaration other than Section 4.2, the Delaware Trustee shall not be entitled to exercise any powers, and the Delaware Trustee shall not have any of the duties and responsibilities of any of the Trustees or the Administrators specified in this Declaration (except as may be required under the Statutory Trust Act). Except as set forth in Section 4.2, the Delaware Trustee shall be a Trustee for the sole and limited purpose of fulfilling the requirements of
Section 3807 of the Statutory Trust Act.

Section 2.12. Execution of Documents. Unless otherwise determined in writing by the Institutional Trustee, and except as otherwise required by the Statutory Trust Act, the Institutional Trustee, or any one or more of the Administrators, as the case may be, is authorized

21

to execute and deliver on behalf of the Trust any documents, agreements, instruments or certificates that the Trustees or the Administrators, as the case may be, have the power and authority to execute pursuant to Section 2.6.

Section 2.13. Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Securities. The recitals contained in this Declaration and the Securities shall be taken as the statements of the Sponsor, and the Trustees do not assume any responsibility for their correctness. The Trustees make no representations as to the value or condition of the Trust Property or any part thereof. The Trustees make no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Declaration, the Debentures or the Securities.

Section 2.14. Duration of Trust. The Trust, unless dissolved pursuant to the provisions of Article VII hereof, shall have existence for five
(5) years after the Maturity Date.

Section 2.15. Mergers. (a) The Trust may not consolidate, amalgamate, merge with or into, or be replaced by, or convey, transfer or lease its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to any corporation or other Person, except as described in this Section 2.15 and except with respect to the distribution of Debentures to Holders of Securities pursuant to Section 7.1(a)(iv) of this Declaration or Section 4 of Annex I.

(b) The Trust may, with the consent of the Administrators (which consent will not be unreasonably withheld) and without the consent of the Institutional Trustee, the Delaware Trustee or the Holders of the Capital Securities, consolidate, amalgamate, merge with or into, or be replaced by, or convey, transfer or lease its properties and assets as an entirety or substantially as an entirety to a trust organized as such under the laws of any state; provided, that:

(i) if the Trust is not the survivor, such successor entity (the "Successor Entity") either:

(A) expressly assumes all of the obligations of the Trust under the Securities; or

(B) substitutes for the Securities other securities having substantially the same terms as the Securities (the "Successor Securities") so that the Successor Securities rank the same as the Securities rank with respect to Distributions and payments upon Liquidation, redemption and otherwise;

(ii) the Sponsor expressly appoints, as the holder of the Debentures, a trustee of the Successor Entity that possesses the same powers and duties as the Institutional Trustee;

(iii) the Capital Securities or any Successor Securities are listed or quoted, or any Successor Securities will be listed or quoted upon notification of issuance, on any national securities exchange or with another organization on which the Capital Securities are then listed or quoted, if any;

22

(iv) such merger, consolidation, amalgamation, replacement, conveyance, transfer or lease does not cause the rating on the Capital Securities or any Successor Securities to be downgraded or withdrawn by any nationally recognized statistical rating organization, if the Capital Securities are then rated;

(v) such merger, consolidation, amalgamation, replacement, conveyance, transfer or lease does not adversely affect the rights, preferences and privileges of the Holders of the Securities or any Successor Securities in any material respect (other than with respect to any dilution of such Holders' interests in the Successor Entity);

(vi) such Successor Entity, if any, has a purpose substantially identical to that of the Trust;

(vii) prior to such merger, consolidation, amalgamation, replacement, conveyance, transfer or lease, the Trust has received a written opinion of a nationally recognized independent counsel to the Trust experienced in such matters to the effect that:

(A) such merger, consolidation, amalgamation, replacement, conveyance, transfer or lease does not adversely affect the rights, preferences and privileges of the Holders of the Securities or any Successor Securities in any material respect (other than with respect to any dilution of such Holders' interests in the Successor Entity);

(B) following such merger, consolidation, amalgamation, replacement, conveyance, transfer or lease, neither the Trust nor the Successor Entity will be required to register as an Investment Company under the Investment Company Act; and

(C) following such merger, consolidation, amalgamation, replacement, conveyance, transfer or lease, the Trust or the Successor Entity will continue to be classified as a grantor trust for United States federal income tax purposes;

(viii) the Sponsor guarantees the obligations of the Successor Entity under the Successor Securities to the same extent provided by the Indenture, the Guarantee, the Debentures and this Declaration; and

(ix) prior to such merger, consolidation, amalgamation, replacement, conveyance, transfer or lease, the Institutional Trustee shall have received an Officers' Certificate of the Administrators and an opinion of counsel, each to the effect that all conditions precedent of this paragraph (b) to such transaction have been satisfied.

(c) Notwithstanding Section 2.15(b), the Trust shall not, except with the consent of Holders of 100% in liquidation amount of the Securities, consolidate, amalgamate,

23

merge with or into, or be replaced by, or convey, transfer or lease its properties and assets as an entirety or substantially as an entirety to, any other Person or permit any other Person to consolidate, amalgamate, merge with or into, or replace it if such consolidation, amalgamation, merger, replacement, conveyance, transfer or lease would cause the Trust or Successor Entity to be classified as other than a grantor trust for United States federal income tax purposes.

ARTICLE III

SPONSOR

Section 3.1. Sponsor's Purchase of Common Securities. On the Closing Date, the Sponsor will purchase all of the Common Securities issued by the Trust, in an amount at least equal to 3% of the capital of the Trust, at the same time as the Capital Securities are sold.

Section 3.2. Responsibilities of the Sponsor. In connection with the issue and sale of the Capital Securities, the Sponsor shall have the exclusive right and responsibility and sole decision to engage in, or direct the Administrators to engage in, the following activities:

(a) to determine the jurisdictions in which to take appropriate action to qualify or register for sale all or part of the Capital Securities and to do any and all such acts, other than actions which must be taken by the Trust, and advise the Trust of actions it must take, and prepare for execution and filing any documents to be executed and filed by the Trust, as the Sponsor deems necessary, advisable or incidental thereto in order to comply with the applicable laws of any such jurisdictions;

(b) to prepare for filing and request the Administrators to cause the filing by the Trust, as may be appropriate, of an application to the PORTAL system, for listing or quotation upon notice of issuance of any Capital Securities, as requested by the Holders of not less than a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities; and

(c) to negotiate the terms of and/or execute and deliver on behalf of the Trust, the Purchase Agreement and other related agreements providing for the sale of the Capital Securities or the resale thereof by the Purchaser.

ARTICLE IV

TRUSTEES AND ADMINISTRATORS

Section 4.1. Number of Trustees. The number of Trustees initially shall be two, and:

(a) at any time before the issuance of any Securities, the Sponsor may, by written instrument, increase or decrease the number of Trustees; and

(b) after the issuance of any Securities, the number of Trustees may be increased or decreased by vote of the Holder of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Common Securities voting as a class at a meeting of the Holder of the Common Securities;

24

provided, however, that there shall be a Delaware Trustee if required by Section 4.2; and there shall always be one Trustee who shall be the Institutional Trustee, and such Trustee may also serve as Delaware Trustee if it meets the applicable requirements, in which case Section 2.11 shall have no application to such entity in its capacity as Institutional Trustee.

Section 4.2. Delaware Trustee. If required by the Statutory Trust Act, one Trustee (the "Delaware Trustee") shall be:

(a) a natural person who is a resident of the State of Delaware and a U.S. Person at least 21 years of age; or

(b) if not a natural person, an entity which is organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof or the District of Columbia, has its principal place of business in the State of Delaware, and otherwise meets the requirements of applicable law, including Section 3807 of the Statutory Trust Act.

The initial Delaware Trustee shall be Wilmington Trust Company.

Section 4.3. Institutional Trustee; Eligibility.

(a) There shall at all times be one Trustee that shall act as Institutional Trustee which shall:

(i) not be an Affiliate of the Sponsor;

(ii) not offer or provide credit or credit enhancement to the Trust; and

(iii) be a banking corporation or national association organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof or of the District of Columbia and authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trust powers, having a combined capital and surplus of at least fifty million U.S. dollars ($50,000,000), and subject to supervision or examination by federal, state or District of Columbia authority. If such corporation or national association publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of the supervising or examining authority referred to above, then for the purposes of this Section 4.3(a)(iii), the combined capital and surplus of such corporation or national association shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published.

(b) If at any time the Institutional Trustee shall cease to be eligible to so act under Section 4.3(a), the Institutional Trustee shall immediately resign in the manner and with the effect set forth in Section 4.5.

(c) If the Institutional Trustee has or shall acquire any "conflicting interest" within the meaning of Section 310(b) of the Trust Indenture Act, the Institutional Trustee shall either eliminate such interest or resign, to the extent and in the manner provided by, and subject to this Declaration.

25

(d) The initial Institutional Trustee shall be Wilmington Trust Company.

Section 4.4. Administrators. Each Administrator shall be a U.S. Person. There shall at all times be at least one Administrator. Except where a requirement for action by a specific number of Administrators is expressly set forth in this Declaration and except with respect to any action the taking of which is the subject of a meeting of the Administrators, any action required or permitted to be taken by the Administrators may be taken by, and any power of the Administrators may be exercised by, or with the consent of, any one such Administrator acting alone.

Section 4.5. Appointment, Removal and Resignation of the Trustees and the Administrators.

(a) No resignation or removal of any Trustee (the "Relevant Trustee") and no appointment of a successor Trustee pursuant to this Article shall become effective until the acceptance of appointment by the successor Trustee in accordance with the applicable requirements of this Section.

(b) Subject to Section 4.5(a), a Relevant Trustee may resign at any time by giving written notice thereof to the Holders of the Securities and by appointing a successor Relevant Trustee. Upon the resignation of the Institutional Trustee, the Institutional Trustee shall appoint a successor by requesting from at least three Persons meeting the eligibility requirements their expenses and charges to serve as the successor Institutional Trustee on a form provided by the Administrators, and selecting the Person who agrees to the lowest expense and charges (the "Successor Institutional Trustee"). If the instrument of acceptance by the successor Relevant Trustee required by this
Section shall not have been delivered to the Relevant Trustee within 60 days after the giving of such notice of resignation or delivery of the instrument of removal, the Relevant Trustee may petition, at the expense of the Trust, any federal, state or District of Columbia court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Relevant Trustee. Such court may thereupon, after prescribing such notice, if any, as it may deem proper, appoint a Relevant Trustee. The Institutional Trustee shall have no liability for the selection of such successor pursuant to this Section.

(c) Unless an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, any Trustee may be removed at any time by an act of the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Common Securities. If any Trustee shall be so removed, the Holders of the Common Securities, by act of the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Common Securities delivered to the Relevant Trustee, shall promptly appoint a successor Relevant Trustee, and such successor Relevant Trustee shall comply with the applicable requirements of this Section. If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Institutional Trustee or the Delaware Trustee, or both of them, may be removed by the act of the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities, delivered to the Relevant Trustee (in its individual capacity and on behalf of the Trust). If any Trustee shall be so removed, the Holders of Capital Securities, by act of the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities then outstanding delivered to the Relevant Trustee, shall promptly appoint a successor Relevant Trustee or Trustees, and such successor Relevant Trustee shall comply with the applicable requirements of this Section. If no successor Relevant Trustee shall have been so

26

appointed by the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities and accepted appointment in the manner required by this Section within 30 days after delivery of an instrument of removal, the Relevant Trustee or any Holder who has been a Holder of the Securities for at least six months may, on behalf of himself and all others similarly situated, petition any federal, state or District of Columbia court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Relevant Trustee. Such court may thereupon, after prescribing such notice, if any, as it may deem proper, appoint a successor Relevant Trustee or Trustees.

(d) The Institutional Trustee shall give notice of each resignation and each removal of a Trustee and each appointment of a successor Trustee to all Holders and to the Sponsor. Each notice shall include the name of the successor Relevant Trustee and the address of its Corporate Trust Office if it is the Institutional Trustee.

(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provision of this Declaration, in the event a Delaware Trustee who is a natural person dies or is adjudged by a court to have become incompetent or incapacitated, the vacancy created by such death, incompetence or incapacity may be filled by the Institutional Trustee following the procedures in this Section (with the successor being a Person who satisfies the eligibility requirement for a Delaware Trustee set forth in this Declaration) (the "Successor Delaware Trustee").

(f) In case of the appointment hereunder of a successor Relevant Trustee, the retiring Relevant Trustee and each successor Relevant Trustee with respect to the Securities shall execute and deliver an amendment hereto wherein each successor Relevant Trustee shall accept such appointment and which (a) shall contain such provisions as shall be necessary or desirable to transfer and confirm to, and to vest in, each successor Relevant Trustee all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Relevant Trustee with respect to the Securities and the Trust and (b) shall add to or change any of the provisions of this Declaration as shall be necessary to provide for or facilitate the administration of the Trust by more than one Relevant Trustee, it being understood that nothing herein or in such amendment shall constitute such Relevant Trustees co-trustees and upon the execution and delivery of such amendment the resignation or removal of the retiring Relevant Trustee shall become effective to the extent provided therein and each such successor Relevant Trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Relevant Trustee; but, on request of the Trust or any successor Relevant Trustee, such retiring Relevant Trustee shall duly assign, transfer and deliver to such successor Relevant Trustee all Trust Property, all proceeds thereof and money held by such retiring Relevant Trustee hereunder with respect to the Securities and the Trust subject to the payment of all unpaid fees, expenses and indemnities of such retiring Relevant Trustee.

(g) No Institutional Trustee or Delaware Trustee shall be liable for the acts or omissions to act of any Successor Institutional Trustee or Successor Delaware Trustee, as the case may be.

(h) The Holders of the Capital Securities will have no right to vote to appoint, remove or replace the Administrators, which voting rights are vested exclusively in the Holders of the Common Securities.

27

(i) Any Successor Delaware Trustee shall file an amendment to the Certificate of Trust with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware identifying the name and principal place of business of such Delaware Trustee in the State of Delaware.

Section 4.6. Vacancies Among Trustees. If a Trustee ceases to hold office for any reason and the number of Trustees is not reduced pursuant to
Section 4.1, or if the number of Trustees is increased pursuant to Section 4.1, a vacancy shall occur. A resolution certifying the existence of such vacancy by the Trustees or, if there are more than two, a majority of the Trustees shall be conclusive evidence of the existence of such vacancy. The vacancy shall be filled with a Trustee appointed in accordance with Section 4.5.

Section 4.7. Effect of Vacancies. The death, resignation, retirement, removal, bankruptcy, dissolution, liquidation, incompetence or incapacity to perform the duties of a Trustee shall not operate to dissolve, terminate or annul the Trust or terminate this Declaration. Whenever a vacancy in the number of Trustees shall occur, until such vacancy is filled by the appointment of a Trustee in accordance with Section 4.5, the Institutional Trustee shall have all the powers granted to the Trustees and shall discharge all the duties imposed upon the Trustees by this Declaration.

Section 4.8. Meetings of the Trustees and the Administrators. Meetings of the Trustees or the Administrators shall be held from time to time upon the call of any Trustee or Administrator, as applicable. Regular meetings of the Trustees and the Administrators, respectively, may be in person in the United States or by telephone, at a place (if applicable) and time fixed by resolution of the Trustees or the Administrators, as applicable. Notice of any in-person meetings of the Trustees or the Administrators shall be hand delivered or otherwise delivered in writing (including by facsimile, with a hard copy by overnight courier) not less than 48 hours before such meeting. Notice of any telephonic meetings of the Trustees or the Administrators or any committee thereof shall be hand delivered or otherwise delivered in writing (including by facsimile, with a hard copy by overnight courier) not less than 24 hours before a meeting. Notices shall contain a brief statement of the time, place and anticipated purposes of the meeting. The presence (whether in person or by telephone) of a Trustee or an Administrator, as the case may be, at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting except where a Trustee or an Administrator, as the case may be, attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any activity on the ground that the meeting has not been lawfully called or convened. Unless provided otherwise in this Declaration, any action of the Trustees or the Administrators, as the case may be, may be taken at a meeting by vote of a majority of the Trustees or the Administrators present (whether in person or by telephone) and eligible to vote with respect to such matter; provided, that, in the case of the Administrators, a Quorum is present, or without a meeting by the unanimous written consent of the Trustees or the Administrators, as the case may be. Meetings of the Trustees and the Administrators together shall be held from time to time upon the call of any Trustee or Administrator.

Section 4.9. Delegation of Power. (a) Any Trustee or any Administrator, as the case may be, may, by power of attorney consistent with applicable law, delegate to any other natural person over the age of 21 that is a U.S. Person his or her power for the purpose of executing any documents, instruments or other writings contemplated in Section 2.6.

28

(b) The Trustees shall have power to delegate from time to time to such of their number or to any officer of the Trust that is a U.S. Person, the doing of such things and the execution of such instruments or other writings either in the name of the Trust or the names of the Trustees or otherwise as the Trustees may deem expedient, to the extent such delegation is not prohibited by applicable law or contrary to the provisions of the Trust, as set forth herein.

Section 4.10. Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business. Any Person into which the Institutional Trustee or the Delaware Trustee, as the case may be, may be merged or converted or with which either may be consolidated, or any Person resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Institutional Trustee or the Delaware Trustee, as the case may be, shall be a party, or any Person succeeding to all or substantially all the corporate trust business of the Institutional Trustee or the Delaware Trustee, as the case may be, shall be the successor of the Institutional Trustee or the Delaware Trustee, as the case may be, hereunder, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto, provided such Person shall be otherwise qualified and eligible under this Article and, provided, further, that such Person shall file an amendment to the Certificate of Trust with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware as contemplated in Section 4.5(i).

ARTICLE V

DISTRIBUTIONS

Section 5.1. Distributions. Holders shall receive Distributions in accordance with the applicable terms of the relevant Holder's Securities. Distributions shall be made on the Capital Securities and the Common Securities in accordance with the preferences set forth in their respective terms. If and to the extent that the Debenture Issuer makes a payment of interest (including any Additional Amounts or Deferred Interest) or premium, if any, on and/or principal of the Debentures held by the Institutional Trustee (the amount of any such payment being a "Payment Amount"), the Institutional Trustee shall and is directed, to the extent funds are available in the Property Account for that purpose, to make a distribution (a "Distribution") of the Payment Amount to Holders. For the avoidance of doubt, funds in the Property Account shall not be distributed to Holders to the extent of any taxes payable by the Trust, in the case of withholding taxes, as determined by the Institutional Trustee or any Paying Agent and, in the case of taxes other than withholding taxes, as determined by the Administrators in a written notice to the Institutional Trustee.

ARTICLE VI

ISSUANCE OF SECURITIES

Section 6.1. General Provisions Regarding Securities.

(a) The Administrators shall on behalf of the Trust issue one series of capital securities, evidenced by a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1, representing undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust and having such terms as are set forth in Annex I (the "Capital Securities"), and one series of common securities, evidenced by a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit A-2, representing undivided beneficial interests in

29

the assets of the Trust and having such terms as are set forth in Annex I (the "Common Securities"). The Trust shall issue no securities or other interests in the assets of the Trust other than the Capital Securities and the Common Securities. The Capital Securities rank pari passu with, and payment thereon shall be made Pro Rata with, the Common Securities except that, where an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the rights of Holders of the Common Securities to payment in respect of Distributions and payments upon liquidation, redemption and otherwise are subordinated to the rights to payment of the Holders of the Capital Securities.

(b) The Certificates shall be signed on behalf of the Trust by one or more Administrators. Such signature shall be the facsimile or manual signature of any Administrator. In case any Administrator of the Trust who shall have signed any of the Securities shall cease to be such Administrator before the Certificates so signed shall be delivered by the Trust, such Certificates nevertheless may be delivered as though the person who signed such Certificates had not ceased to be such Administrator. Any Certificate may be signed on behalf of the Trust by such person who, at the actual date of execution of such Certificate, shall be an Administrator of the Trust, although at the date of the execution and delivery of the Declaration any such person was not such an Administrator. A Capital Security shall not be valid until the Certificate evidencing it is authenticated by the manual or facsimile signature of an Authorized Officer of the Institutional Trustee. Such signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Certificate evidencing such Capital Security has been authenticated under this Declaration. Upon written order of the Trust signed by one Administrator, the Institutional Trustee shall authenticate one or more Certificates evidencing the Capital Securities for original issue. The Institutional Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent that is a U.S. Person acceptable to the Sponsor to authenticate Certificates evidencing Capital Securities. A Common Security need not be so authenticated and shall be valid upon execution by one or more Administrators.

(c) The consideration received by the Trust for the issuance of the Securities shall constitute a contribution to the capital of the Trust and shall not constitute a loan to the Trust.

(d) Upon issuance of the Securities as provided in this Declaration, the Securities so issued shall be deemed to be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and each Holder thereof shall be entitled to the benefits provided by this Declaration.

(e) Every Person, by virtue of having become a Holder in accordance with the terms of this Declaration, shall be deemed to have expressly assented and agreed to the terms of, and shall be bound by, this Declaration and the Guarantee.

Section 6.2. Paying Agent, Transfer Agent, Calculation Agent and Registrar.

(a) The Trust shall maintain in Wilmington, Delaware (i) an office or agency where the Securities may be presented for payment (the "Paying Agent") and (ii) an office or agency where Securities may be presented for registration of transfer or exchange (the "Transfer Agent"). The Trust shall keep or cause to be kept at such office or agency a register (the "Securities Register") for the purpose of registering Securities and transfers and exchanges of Securities, such Securities Register to be held by a registrar (the "Registrar"). The Administrators may appoint the Paying Agent, the Registrar and the Transfer Agent, and may

30

appoint one or more additional Paying Agents, one or more co-Registrars, or one or more co-Transfer Agents in such other locations as it shall determine. The term "Paying Agent" includes any additional Paying Agent, the term "Registrar" includes any additional Registrar or co-Registrar and the term "Transfer Agent" includes any additional Transfer Agent or co-Transfer Agent. The Administrators may change any Paying Agent, Transfer Agent or Registrar at any time without prior notice to any Holder. The Administrators shall notify the Institutional Trustee of the name and address of any Paying Agent, Transfer Agent and Registrar not a party to this Declaration. The Administrators hereby initially appoint the Institutional Trustee to act as Paying Agent, Transfer Agent and Registrar for the Capital Securities and the Common Securities at its Corporate Trust Office. The Institutional Trustee or any of its Affiliates in the United States may act as Paying Agent, Transfer Agent or Registrar.

(b) The Trust shall also appoint a Calculation Agent, which shall determine the Coupon Rate in accordance with the terms of the Securities. The Trust initially appoints the Institutional Trustee as Calculation Agent.

Section 6.3. Form and Dating.

(a) The Capital Securities shall be evidenced by one or more Certificates, and the Institutional Trustee's certificate of authentication thereon shall be, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1, and the Common Securities shall be evidenced by one or more Certificates substantially in the form of Exhibit A-2, each of which is hereby incorporated in and expressly made a part of this Declaration. Certificates may be typed, printed, lithographed or engraved or may be produced in any other manner as is reasonably acceptable to the Administrators, as conclusively evidenced by their execution thereof. Certificates evidencing Securities may have letters, numbers, notations or other marks of identification or designation and such legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule, agreements to which the Trust is subject, if any, or usage (provided, that any such notation, legend or endorsement is in a form acceptable to the Sponsor). The Trust at the direction of the Sponsor shall furnish any such legend not contained in Exhibit A-1 to the Institutional Trustee in writing. Each Capital Security Certificate shall be dated the date of its authentication. The terms and provisions of the Securities set forth in Annex I and the forms of Certificates set forth in Exhibits A-1 and A-2 are part of the terms of this Declaration and to the extent applicable, the Institutional Trustee, the Delaware Trustee, the Administrators and the Sponsor, by their execution and delivery of this Declaration, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. Capital Securities will be issued only in blocks having an aggregate liquidation amount of not less than $100,000.

(b) The Capital Securities are being offered and sold by the Trust initially pursuant to the Purchase Agreement in definitive form, registered in the name of the Holder thereof, without coupons and with the Restricted Securities Legend.

Section 6.4. Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Certificates. If
(a) any mutilated Certificate should be surrendered to the Registrar, or if the Registrar shall receive evidence to its satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Certificate and (b) the related Holder shall deliver to the Registrar, the Administrators and the Institutional Trustee such security or indemnity as may be reasonably required by them to keep each of them harmless,

31

then, in the absence of notice that such Certificate shall have been acquired by a bona fide purchaser, an Administrator on behalf of the Trust shall execute (and in the case of a Capital Security Certificate, the Institutional Trustee shall authenticate) and deliver to such Holder, in exchange for or in lieu of any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Certificate, a new Certificate of like denomination. In connection with the issuance of any new Certificate under this Section, the Registrar or the Administrators may require such Holder to pay a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection therewith. Any Certificate executed and delivered pursuant to this Section shall constitute conclusive evidence of an ownership interest in the relevant Securities, as if originally issued, whether or not the lost, stolen or destroyed Certificate shall be found at any time.

Section 6.5. Temporary Certificates. Until definitive Certificates are ready for delivery, the Administrators may prepare and execute on behalf of the Trust and, in the case of Capital Security Certificates, the Institutional Trustee shall authenticate, temporary Certificates. Temporary Certificates shall be substantially in the form of definitive Certificates but may have variations that the Administrators consider appropriate for temporary Certificates. Without unreasonable delay, the Administrators shall prepare and execute on behalf of the Trust and, in the case of the Capital Security Certificates, the Institutional Trustee shall authenticate definitive Certificates in exchange for temporary Certificates.

Section 6.6. Cancellation. The Administrators at any time may deliver Certificates evidencing Securities to the Institutional Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar shall forward to the Institutional Trustee any Certificates evidencing Securities surrendered to it for registration of transfer, redemption or payment. The Institutional Trustee shall promptly cancel all Certificates surrendered for registration of transfer, payment, replacement or cancellation and shall dispose of such canceled Certificates as the Administrators direct. The Administrators may not issue new Certificates to replace Certificates evidencing Securities that have been paid or, except for Certificates surrendered for purposes of the transfer or exchange of the Securities evidenced thereby, that have been delivered to the Institutional Trustee for cancellation.

Section 6.7. Rights of Holders; Waivers of Past Defaults.

(a) The legal title to the Trust Property is vested exclusively in the Institutional Trustee (in its capacity as such) in accordance with Section 2.5, and the Holders shall not have any right or title therein other than the undivided beneficial interest in the assets of the Trust conferred by their Securities and they shall have no right to call for any partition or division of property, profits or rights of the Trust except as described below. The Securities shall be personal property giving only the rights specifically set forth therein and in this Declaration. The Securities shall have no, and the issuance of the Securities shall not be subject to, preemptive or other similar rights and when issued and delivered to Holders against payment of the purchase price therefor, the Securities will be fully paid and nonassessable by the Trust.

(b) For so long as any Capital Securities remain outstanding, if, upon an Indenture Event of Default pursuant to Sections 5.01(b), (e) or (f) of the Indenture, the Debenture Trustee fails or the holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Debentures fail to declare the principal of all of the Debentures to be immediately

32

due and payable, the Holders of not less than a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities then outstanding shall have the right to make such declaration by a notice in writing to the Institutional Trustee, the Sponsor and the Debenture Trustee.

(c) At any time after the acceleration of maturity of the Debentures has been made and before a judgment or decree for payment of the money due has been obtained by the Debenture Trustee as provided in the Indenture, if the Institutional Trustee, subject to the provisions hereof, fails to annul any such acceleration and waive such default, the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities, by written notice to the Institutional Trustee, the Sponsor and the Debenture Trustee, may rescind and annul such acceleration and its consequences if:

(i) the Sponsor has paid or deposited with the Debenture Trustee a sum sufficient to pay

(A) all overdue installments of interest on all of the Debentures;

(B) any accrued Deferred Interest on all of the Debentures;

(C) all payments on any Debentures that have become due otherwise than by such acceleration and interest and Deferred Interest thereon at the rate borne by the Debentures; and

(D) all sums paid or advanced by the Debenture Trustee under the Indenture and the reasonable compensation, documented expenses, disbursements and advances of the Debenture Trustee and the Institutional Trustee, their agents and counsel; and

(ii) all Events of Default with respect to the Debentures, other than the non-payment of the principal of or premium, if any, on the Debentures that has become due solely by such acceleration, have been cured or waived as provided in Section 5.07 of the Indenture.

(d) The Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities may, on behalf of the Holders of all the Capital Securities, waive any past Default or Event of Default, except a Default or Event of Default arising from the non-payment of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the Debentures (unless such Default or Event of Default has been cured and a sum sufficient to pay all matured installments of interest, premium and principal due otherwise than by acceleration has been deposited with the Debenture Trustee) or a Default or Event of Default in respect of a covenant or provision that under the Indenture cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the holder of each outstanding Debenture. No such rescission shall affect any subsequent default or impair any right consequent thereon.

(e) Upon receipt by the Institutional Trustee of written notice declaring such an acceleration, or rescission and annulment thereof, by Holders of any part of the Capital Securities, a record date shall be established for determining Holders of outstanding Capital Securities entitled to join in such notice, which record date shall be at the close of business on

33

the day the Institutional Trustee receives such notice. The Holders on such record date, or their duly designated proxies, and only such Persons, shall be entitled to join in such notice, whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date; provided, that, unless such declaration of acceleration, or rescission and annulment, as the case may be, shall have become effective by virtue of the requisite percentage having joined in such notice prior to the day that is 90 days after such record date, such notice of declaration of acceleration, or rescission and annulment, as the case may be, shall automatically and without further action by any Holder be canceled and of no further effect. Nothing in this paragraph shall prevent a Holder, or a proxy of a Holder, from giving, after expiration of such 90-day period, a new written notice of declaration of acceleration, or rescission and annulment thereof, as the case may be, that is identical to a written notice that has been canceled pursuant to the proviso to the preceding sentence, in which event a new record date shall be established pursuant to the provisions of this Section.

(f) Except as otherwise provided in this Section, the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities may, on behalf of the Holders of all the Capital Securities, waive any past Default or Event of Default and its consequences. Upon such waiver, any such Default or Event of Default shall cease to exist, and any Default or Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured, for every purpose of this Declaration, but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

ARTICLE VII

DISSOLUTION AND TERMINATION OF TRUST

Section 7.1. Dissolution and Termination of Trust. (a) The Trust shall dissolve on the first to occur of :

(i) unless earlier dissolved, on February 23, 2040, the expiration of the term of the Trust;

(ii) a Bankruptcy Event with respect to the Sponsor, the Trust or the Debenture Issuer;

(iii) other than in connection with a merger, consolidation or similar transaction not prohibited by the Indenture, this Declaration or the Guarantee, as the case may be, the filing of a certificate of dissolution or its equivalent with respect to the Sponsor or upon the revocation of the charter of the Sponsor and the expiration of 90 days after the date of revocation without a reinstatement thereof;

(iv) the distribution of all of the Debentures to the Holders of the Securities, upon exercise of the right of the Holders of all of the outstanding Common Securities to dissolve the Trust as provided in Annex I hereto;

(v) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution of any Holder of the Common Securities, the Sponsor, the Trust or the Debenture Issuer;

34

(vi) when all of the Securities are then subject to redemption and the amounts necessary for redemption thereof shall have been paid to the Holders in accordance with the terms of the Securities; or

(vii) before the issuance of any Securities, with the consent of all of the Trustees and the Sponsor.

(b) As soon as is practicable after the occurrence of an event referred to in Section 7.1(a), and after satisfaction of liabilities to creditors of the Trust as required by applicable law, including Section 3808 of the Statutory Trust Act, and subject to the terms set forth in Annex I, the Institutional Trustee shall terminate the Trust by filing a certificate of cancellation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.

(c) The provisions of Section 2.9 and Article IX shall survive the termination of the Trust.

ARTICLE VIII

TRANSFER OF INTERESTS

Section 8.1. General. (a) Where a Holder of Capital Securities delivers to the Registrar in accordance with this Declaration a request to register a transfer of such Holder's Capital Securities or to exchange them for an equal aggregate liquidation amount of Capital Securities represented by different Certificates, the Registrar shall register the transfer or make the exchange when the requirements specified in this Article VIII for such transfer or exchange are met. To facilitate registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Trust shall execute and the Institutional Trustee shall authenticate Capital Security Certificates at the Registrar's request.

(b) Upon issuance of the Common Securities, the Sponsor shall acquire and retain beneficial and record ownership of the Common Securities and, for so long as the Securities remain outstanding, the Sponsor shall maintain 100% ownership of the Common Securities; provided, however, that any permitted successor of the Debenture Issuer under the Indenture may succeed to the Sponsor's ownership of the Common Securities.

(c) Capital Securities may only be transferred, in whole or in part, in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in this Declaration and in the terms of the Capital Securities. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any transfer or purported transfer of any Security not made in accordance with this Declaration shall be null and void and will be deemed to be of no legal effect whatsoever and any such purported transferee shall be deemed not to be the Holder of such Capital Securities for any purpose, including, but not limited to, the receipt of Distributions on such Capital Securities, and such transferee shall be deemed to have no interest whatsoever in such Capital Securities.

(d) The Registrar shall provide in the Securities Register for the registration of Securities and of transfers of Securities, which will be effected without charge but only upon payment (with such indemnity as the Registrar may reasonably require) in respect of any tax or other governmental charges that may be imposed in relation to it. Upon its receipt of the

35

documents required under this Section 8.1(d) for registration of transfer of any Securities, the Registrar shall register in the Securities Register, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, the Securities being transferred and thereupon, for all purposes of this Declaration, such transfer shall be effective and such transferee or transferees shall be, and such transferor shall no longer be, the Holder of the transferred Securities. Upon the registration of transfer of a Security pursuant to the terms of this Declaration in the name of the new Holder thereof, such Security shall constitute the same Security as the Security so transferred and shall be entitled to the same benefits under this Declaration as the Security so transferred. The Registrar shall, and is authorized to, record and register in the Securities Register the transfer of a Security upon the Registrar's receipt of originals or copies (which may be by facsimile or other form of electronic transmission) of (i) a written instrument of transfer in form reasonably satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by the Holder or such Holder's attorney duly authorized in writing, and (ii) if such Security is being transferred prior to the Resale Restriction Termination Date other than in accordance with Section 8.4, a certificate substantially in the form set forth as Exhibit B, C or D, as applicable, hereto, executed by the transferor or transferee, as applicable; thereupon, the Registrar is authorized to confirm in writing to the transferee and, if requested, to the transferor of such Security that such transfer has been registered in the Securities Register and that such transferee is the Holder of such Security. The Certificate evidencing the Security so transferred, duly endorsed by the transferor, shall be surrendered to the Registrar at the time the transfer conditions specified in the immediately preceding sentence are satisfied or within five (5) Business Days after the Registrar has registered the transfer of such Security on the Securities Register, and promptly after such surrender, an Administrator on behalf of the Trust shall execute and, in the case of a Capital Security Certificate, the Institutional Trustee shall, and is authorized to, authenticate a Certificate in the name of the transferee as the new Holder of the Security evidenced thereby. Until the Certificate evidencing the Security so transferred is surrendered to the Registrar, such Security may not be transferred by such new Holder. Each Certificate surrendered in connection with a registration of transfer shall be canceled by the Institutional Trustee pursuant to Section 6.6. A transferee of a Security shall be entitled to the rights and subject to the obligations of a Holder hereunder upon the registration of such transfer in the Securities Register. Each such transferee shall be deemed to have agreed to be bound by this Declaration.

(e) Neither the Trust nor the Registrar shall be required (i) to issue Certificates representing Securities or register the transfer of or exchange any Securities during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of any selection of Securities for redemption and ending at the close of business on the earliest date on which the relevant notice of redemption is deemed to have been given to all Holders of the Securities to be redeemed, or (ii) to register the transfer or exchange of any Security so selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Security being redeemed in part.

Section 8.2. Transfer Procedures and Restrictions.

(a) Prior to the Resale Restriction Termination Date, Certificates evidencing Capital Securities shall bear the Restricted Securities Legend. The Restricted Securities Legend on any Certificate evidencing outstanding Capital Securities shall not be removed unless there is delivered to the Trust such satisfactory evidence, which may include an opinion of counsel, as

36

may be reasonably required by the Trust, that neither the Restricted Securities Legend nor the restrictions on transfer set forth therein are required to ensure that transfers thereof comply with the provisions of the Securities Act or that such Securities are not "restricted" within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Upon provision of such satisfactory evidence, the Institutional Trustee, at the written direction of the Trust, shall authenticate and deliver Capital Securities Certificates that do not bear the Restricted Securities Legend in exchange for the Capital Securities Certificates bearing the Restricted Securities Legend.

(b) Prior to the Resale Restriction Termination Date, without the written consent of the Sponsor, Capital Securities may only be transferred: (i) to a QIB if the instrument of transfer is accompanied by a certificate of the transferor substantially in the form set forth as Exhibit C hereto; (ii) to an "accredited investor" within the meaning of Rule 501(a) (1), (2), (3), (7) or
(8) under the Securities Act if the instrument of transfer is accompanied by a certificate of the transferee substantially in the form set forth as Exhibit B hereto; or (iii) to a non-"U.S. Person" in an "offshore transaction" under, and within the meaning of, Regulation S under the Securities Act if the instrument of transfer is accompanied by a certificate of the transferee substantially in the form set forth as Exhibit D hereto. Each certificate furnished pursuant to this Section 8.2(b) may be an original or a copy (which may be furnished by facsimile or other form of electronic transmission).

(c) The Capital Securities may not be transferred prior to the Resale Restriction Termination Date except in compliance with restrictions on transfer set forth in the legend set forth below (the "Restricted Securities Legend"), and except as otherwise contemplated in Section 8.2(a), prior to the Resale Restriction Termination Date, each Certificate evidencing outstanding Capital Securities shall bear the Restricted Securities Legend:

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE "SECURITIES ACT"), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF OR THEREOF, AS THE CASE MAY BE, AGREES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN PRIOR TO THE DATE WHICH IS THE LATER OF (i) TWO YEARS (OR SUCH SHORTER PERIOD OF TIME AS PERMITTED BY RULE 144(k) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) AFTER THE LATER OF (Y) THE DATE OF ORIGINAL ISSUANCE HEREOF AND (Z) THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE TRUST OR ANY AFFILIATE (AS DEFINED IN RULE 405 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) OF THE TRUST WAS THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY OR SUCH INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION (OR ANY PREDECESSOR THERETO) AND (ii) SUCH LATER DATE, IF ANY, AS MAY BE REQUIRED BY ANY SUBSEQUENT CHANGE IN APPLICABLE LAW, ONLY (A) TO THE DEBENTURE ISSUER OR THE TRUST, (B)

37

PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT ("RULE 144A"), TO A PERSON THE HOLDER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A "QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER," AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A, THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (C) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT TO AN "ACCREDITED INVESTOR" WITHIN THE MEANING OF SUBPARAGRAPH (a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

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF OR THEREOF, AS THE CASE MAY BE, ALSO AGREES, REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS THAT IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT, INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNT OR OTHER PLAN OR ARRANGEMENT SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED ("ERISA"), OR SECTION 4975 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE "CODE") (EACH A "PLAN"), OR AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS INCLUDE "PLAN ASSETS" BY REASON OF ANY PLAN'S INVESTMENT IN THE ENTITY AND NO PERSON INVESTING "PLAN ASSETS" OF ANY PLAN MAY ACQUIRE OR HOLD THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN, UNLESS SUCH PURCHASER OR HOLDER IS ELIGIBLE FOR THE EXEMPTIVE RELIEF AVAILABLE UNDER U.S. DEPARTMENT OF LABOR PROHIBITED TRANSACTION CLASS EXEMPTION 96-23, 95-60, 91-38, 90-1 OR 84-14 OR ANOTHER APPLICABLE EXEMPTION OR ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING OF THIS SECURITY OR SUCH INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION IS NOT PROHIBITED BY SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE WITH RESPECT TO SUCH PURCHASE OR HOLDING. ANY PURCHASER OR HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED BY ITS

38

PURCHASE AND HOLDING HEREOF OR THEREOF, AS THE CASE MAY BE, THAT EITHER (i) IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 3(3) OF ERISA, OR A PLAN TO WHICH SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE IS APPLICABLE, A TRUSTEE OR OTHER PERSON ACTING ON BEHALF OF AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR PLAN, OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY USING THE ASSETS OF ANY EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR PLAN TO FINANCE SUCH PURCHASE, OR (ii) SUCH PURCHASE AND HOLDING WILL NOT RESULT IN A PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE FOR WHICH THERE IS NO APPLICABLE STATUTORY OR ADMINISTRATIVE EXEMPTION.

IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY WILL DELIVER TO THE REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION AS MAY BE REQUIRED BY THE AMENDED AND RESTATED DECLARATION OF TRUST TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.

THIS SECURITY WILL BE ISSUED AND MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN BLOCKS HAVING A LIQUIDATION AMOUNT OF NOT LESS THAN $100,000 AND MULTIPLES OF $1,000 IN EXCESS THEREOF. ANY ATTEMPTED TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY IN A BLOCK HAVING A LIQUIDATION AMOUNT OF LESS THAN $100,000 SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE VOID AND OF NO LEGAL EFFECT WHATSOEVER. ANY SUCH PURPORTED TRANSFEREE SHALL BE DEEMED NOT TO BE THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN FOR ANY PURPOSE, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE RECEIPT OF DISTRIBUTIONS ON THIS SECURITY OR SUCH INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION, AND SUCH PURPORTED TRANSFEREE SHALL BE DEEMED TO HAVE NO INTEREST WHATSOEVER IN THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN.

(d) Capital Securities may only be transferred in minimum blocks of $100,000 aggregate liquidation amount (100 Capital Securities) and multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. Any attempted transfer of Capital Securities in a block having an aggregate liquidation amount of less than $100,000 shall be deemed to be void and of no legal effect whatsoever. Any such purported transferee shall be deemed not to be a Holder of such Capital Securities for any purpose, including, but not limited to, the receipt of Distributions on such Capital Securities, and such purported transferee shall be deemed to have no interest whatsoever in such Capital Securities.

Section 8.3. Deemed Security Holders. The Trust, the Administrators, the Trustees, the Paying Agent, the Transfer Agent or the Registrar may treat the Person in whose name any Security shall be registered on the Securities Register of the Trust as the sole Holder and owner of such Security for purposes of receiving Distributions and for all other purposes whatsoever and, accordingly, shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such Security on the part of any other Person, whether or not the Trust, the Administrators, the Trustees, the Paying Agent, the Transfer Agent or the Registrar shall have actual or other notice thereof.

39

Section 8.4. Transfer of Initial Securities. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article VIII or any other provision of this Declaration (including all Annexes and Exhibits hereto) to the contrary, any or all of the Capital Securities initially issued to the Purchaser (the "Initial Securities") may be transferred by the Purchaser to any transferee selected by it that meets the parameters specified below and, upon delivery to the Registrar, of originals or copies (which may be by facsimile or other form of electronic transmission) of a written instrument of transfer in form reasonably satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by the Purchaser or the Purchaser's attorney duly authorized in writing (it being understood that no signature guarantee shall be required), then the Registrar shall, and is authorized to, record and register on the Securities Register the transfer of such Initial Securities to such transferee; thereupon, the Registrar is authorized to confirm in writing to the transferee and, if requested, to the transferor of such Initial Securities that such transfer has been registered in the Securities Register and that such transferee is the Holder of such Initial Securities; provided, however, that the Purchaser of the Initial Securities, by its acceptance thereof, agrees that it may not transfer any Initial Securities prior to the Resale Restriction Termination Date to any transferee that is not a QIB, an "accredited investor" within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3), (7) or
(8) under the Securities Act or a non-"U.S. Person" in an "offshore transaction" under, and within the meaning of, Regulation S under the Securities Act. The Certificate evidencing the Initial Securities to be transferred, duly endorsed by the Purchaser, shall be surrendered to the Registrar at the time the transfer conditions specified in the immediately preceding sentence are satisfied or within five (5) Business Days after the Registrar has registered the transfer of such Initial Securities in the Securities Register, and promptly after such surrender, an Administrator on behalf of the Trust shall execute and, in the case of a Capital Security Certificate, the Institutional Trustee shall, and is authorized to, authenticate a Certificate in the name of the transferee as the new Holder of the Initial Securities evidenced thereby. Until the Certificate evidencing the Initial Securities so transferred is surrendered to the Registrar, such Initial Securities may not be transferred by such new Holder. No other conditions, restrictions or other provisions of this Declaration or any other document shall apply to a transfer of Initial Securities by the Purchaser.

ARTICLE IX

LIMITATION OF LIABILITY OF
HOLDERS OF SECURITIES, TRUSTEES OR OTHERS

Section 9.1. Liability. (a) Except as expressly set forth in this Declaration, the Guarantee and the terms of the Securities,the Sponsor shall not be:

(i) personally liable for the return of any portion of the capital contributions (or any return thereon) of the Holders of the Securities which shall be made solely from assets of the Trust; and

(ii) required to pay to the Trust or to any Holder of the Securities any deficit upon dissolution of the Trust or otherwise.

40

(b) The Holder of the Common Securities shall be liable for all of the debts and obligations of the Trust (other than with respect to the Securities) to the extent not satisfied out of the Trust's assets.

(c) Pursuant to Section 3803(a) of the Statutory Trust Act, the Holders of the Securities shall be entitled to the same limitation of personal liability extended to stockholders of private corporations for profit organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, except as otherwise specifically set forth herein.

Section 9.2. Exculpation. (a) No Indemnified Person shall be liable, responsible or accountable in damages or otherwise to the Trust or any Covered Person for any loss, damage or claim incurred by reason of any act or omission performed or omitted by such Indemnified Person in good faith on behalf of the Trust and in a manner such Indemnified Person reasonably believed to be within the scope of the authority conferred on such Indemnified Person by this Declaration or by law, except that an Indemnified Person (other than an Administrator) shall be liable for any such loss, damage or claim incurred by reason of such Indemnified Person's negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith with respect to such acts or omissions and except that an Administrator shall be liable for any such loss, damage or claim incurred by reason of such Administrator's gross negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith with respect to such acts or omissions.

(b An Indemnified Person shall be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the records of the Trust and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Trust by any Person as to matters the Indemnified Person reasonably believes are within such other Person's professional or expert competence and, if selected by such Indemnified Person, has been selected by such Indemnified Person with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Trust, including information, opinions, reports or statements as to the value and amount of the assets, liabilities, profits, losses or any other facts pertinent to the existence and amount of assets from which Distributions to Holders of Securities might properly be paid.

Section 9.3. Fiduciary Duty. (a) To the extent that, at law or in equity, an Indemnified Person has duties (including fiduciary duties) and liabilities relating thereto to the Trust or to any other Covered Person, an Indemnified Person acting under this Declaration shall not be liable to the Trust or to any other Covered Person for its good faith reliance on the provisions of this Declaration. The provisions of this Declaration, to the extent that they restrict the duties and liabilities of an Indemnified Person otherwise existing at law or in equity (other than the duties imposed on the Institutional Trustee under the Trust Indenture Act), are agreed by the parties hereto to replace such other duties and liabilities of the Indemnified Person.

(b) Whenever in this Declaration an Indemnified Person is permitted or required to make a decision:

(i) in its "discretion" or under a grant of similar authority, the Indemnified Person shall be entitled to consider such interests and factors as it desires, including its own interests, and shall have no duty or obligation to give any consideration to any interest of or factors affecting the Trust or any other Person; or

41

(ii) in its "good faith" or under another express standard, the Indemnified Person shall act under such express standard and shall not be subject to any other or different standard imposed by this Declaration or by applicable law.

Section 9.4. Indemnification. (a)

(i) The Sponsor shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any Indemnified Person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Trust) by reason of the fact that such Person is or was an Indemnified Person against expenses (including attorneys' fees and expenses), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such Person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if such Person acted in good faith and in a manner such Person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Trust, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the Indemnified Person did not act in good faith and in a manner which such Person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Trust, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that such conduct was unlawful.

(ii) The Sponsor shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any Indemnified Person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Trust to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that such Person is or was an Indemnified Person against expenses (including attorneys' fees and expenses) actually and reasonably incurred by such Person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if such Person acted in good faith and in a manner such Person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Trust and except that no such indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such Indemnified Person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Trust unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery of Delaware or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such Person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which such Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

(iii) To the extent that an Indemnified Person shall be successful on the merits or otherwise (including dismissal of an action without prejudice or the settlement of an action without admission of liability) in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in paragraphs (i) and (ii) of this Section 9.4(a), or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such Person shall be indemnified,

42

the fullest extent permitted by law, against expenses (including attorneys' fees and expenses) actually and reasonably incurred by such Person in connection therewith.

(iv) Any indemnification of an Administrator under paragraphs
(i) and (ii) of this Section 9.4(a) (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Sponsor only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the Indemnified Person is proper in the circumstances because such Person has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in paragraphs (i) and (ii). Such determination shall be made (A) by the Administrators by a majority vote of a Quorum consisting of such Administrators who were not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, (B) if such a Quorum is not obtainable, or, even if obtainable, if a Quorum of disinterested Administrators so directs, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (C) by the Common Security Holder of the Trust.

(v) To the fullest extent permitted by law, expenses (including attorneys' fees and expenses) incurred by an Indemnified Person in defending a civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding referred to in paragraphs
(i) and (ii) of this Section 9.4(a) shall be paid by the Sponsor in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such Indemnified Person to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such Person is not entitled to be indemnified by the Sponsor as authorized in this Section 9.4(a). Notwithstanding the foregoing, no advance shall be made by the Sponsor if a determination is reasonably and promptly made (1) in the case of a Company Indemnified Person (A) by the Administrators by a majority vote of a Quorum of disinterested Administrators, (B) if such a Quorum is not obtainable, or, even if obtainable, if a Quorum of disinterested Administrators so directs, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion or (C) by the Common Security Holder of the Trust, that, based upon the facts known to the Administrators, counsel or the Common Security Holder at the time such determination is made, such Indemnified Person acted in bad faith or in a manner that such Person either believed to be opposed to or did not believe to be in the best interests of the Trust, or, with respect to any criminal proceeding, that such Indemnified Person believed or had reasonable cause to believe such conduct was unlawful, or (2) in the case of a Fiduciary Indemnified Person, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion that, based upon the facts known to the counsel at the time such determination is made, such Indemnified Person acted in bad faith or in a manner that such Indemnified Person either believed to be opposed to or did not believe to be in the best interests of the Trust, or, with respect to any criminal proceeding, that such Indemnified Person believed or had reasonable cause to believe such conduct was unlawful. In no event shall any advance be made (i) to a Company Indemnified Person in instances where the Administrators, independent legal counsel or the Common Security Holder reasonably determine that such Person deliberately breached such Person's duty to the Trust or its Common or Capital Security Holders or (ii) to a Fiduciary Indemnified Person in instances where independent

43

legal counsel promptly and reasonably determines in a written opinion that such Person deliberately breached such Person's duty to the Trust or its Common or Capital Security Holders.

(b) The Sponsor shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, each Indemnified Person from and against any and all loss, damage, liability, tax (other than taxes based on the income of such Indemnified Person), penalty, expense or claim of any kind or nature whatsoever incurred by such Indemnified Person arising out of or in connection with or by reason of the creation, administration or termination of the Trust, or any act or omission of such Indemnified Person in good faith on behalf of the Trust and in a manner such Indemnified Person reasonably believed to be within the scope of authority conferred on such Indemnified Person by this Declaration, except that no Indemnified Person shall be entitled to be indemnified in respect of any loss, damage, liability, tax, penalty, expense or claim incurred by such Indemnified Person by reason of negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith with respect to such acts or omissions.

(c) The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, the other paragraphs of this Section shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification and advancement of expenses may be entitled under any agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors of the Sponsor or Capital Security Holders of the Trust or otherwise, both as to action in such Person's official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office. All rights to indemnification under this Section shall be deemed to be provided by a contract between the Sponsor and each Indemnified Person who serves in such capacity at any time while this Section is in effect. Any repeal or modification of this Section shall not affect any rights or obligations then existing.

(d) The Sponsor or the Trust may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any Person who is or was an Indemnified Person against any liability asserted against such Person and incurred by such Person in any such capacity, or arising out of such Person's status as such, whether or not the Sponsor would have the power to indemnify such Person against such liability under the provisions of this Section.

(e) For purposes of this Section, references to "the Trust" shall include, in addition to the resulting or surviving entity, any constituent entity (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger, so that any Person who is or was a director, trustee, officer or employee of such constituent entity, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent entity as a director, trustee, officer, employee or agent of another entity, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Section with respect to the resulting or surviving entity as such Person would have with respect to such constituent entity if its separate existence had continued.

(f) The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Section shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a Person who has ceased to be an Indemnified Person and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a Person.

44

(g) The provisions of this Section shall survive the termination of this Declaration or the earlier resignation or removal of the Institutional Trustee. The obligations of the Sponsor under this Section to compensate and indemnify the Trustees and to pay or reimburse the Trustees for expenses, disbursements and advances shall constitute additional indebtedness hereunder. Such additional indebtedness shall be secured by a lien prior to that of the Securities upon all property and funds held or collected by the Trustees as such, except funds held in trust for the benefit of the Holders of particular Capital Securities, provided, that the Sponsor is the Holder of the Common Securities.

Section 9.5. Outside Businesses. Any Covered Person, the Sponsor, the Delaware Trustee and the Institutional Trustee (subject to Section 4.3(c)) may engage in or possess an interest in other business ventures of any nature or description, independently or with others, similar or dissimilar to the business of the Trust, and the Trust and the Holders of Securities shall have no rights by virtue of this Declaration in and to such independent ventures or the income or profits derived therefrom, and the pursuit of any such venture, even if competitive with the business of the Trust, shall not be deemed wrongful or improper. None of any Covered Person, the Sponsor, the Delaware Trustee or the Institutional Trustee shall be obligated to present any particular investment or other opportunity to the Trust even if such opportunity is of a character that, if presented to the Trust, could be taken by the Trust, and any Covered Person, the Sponsor, the Delaware Trustee and the Institutional Trustee shall have the right to take for its own account (individually or as a partner or fiduciary) or to recommend to others any such particular investment or other opportunity. Any Covered Person, the Delaware Trustee and the Institutional Trustee may engage or be interested in any financial or other transaction with the Sponsor or any Affiliate of the Sponsor, or may act as depositary for, trustee or agent for, or act on any committee or body of holders of, securities or other obligations of the Sponsor or its Affiliates.

Section 9.6. Compensation; Fee. (a) The Sponsor agrees:

(i) to pay to the Trustees from time to time such compensation for all services rendered by them hereunder as the parties shall agree in writing from time to time (which compensation shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express trust); and

(ii) except as otherwise expressly provided herein, to reimburse each of the Trustees upon request for all reasonable, documented expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or made by such Person in accordance with any provision of this Declaration (including the reasonable compensation and the expenses and disbursements of such Person's agents and counsel), except any such expense, disbursement or advance attributable to such Person's negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith.

(b) The provisions of this Section shall survive the dissolution of the Trust and the termination of this Declaration and the removal or resignation of any Trustee.

45

ARTICLE X

ACCOUNTING

Section 10.1. Fiscal Year. The fiscal year (the "Fiscal Year") of the Trust shall be the calendar year, or such other year as is required by the Code.

Section 10.2. Certain Accounting Matters.

(a) At all times during the existence of the Trust, the Administrators shall keep, or cause to be kept, at the principal office of the Trust in the United States, as defined for purposes of Treasury Regulations
Section 301.7701-7, full books of account, records and supporting documents, which shall reflect in reasonable detail each transaction of the Trust. The books of account shall be maintained on the accrual method of accounting, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied.

(b) The Sponsor shall cause the Administrators to deliver, by hardcopy or electronic transmission, to (i) each Holder of Securities each Report on Form 10-K and Form 10-Q, if any, prepared by the Sponsor and filed with the Commission in accordance with the Exchange Act, within 10 Business Days after the filing thereof or (ii) if the Sponsor is (a) not then subject to
Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act (a "Private Entity") or (b) exempt from reporting pursuant to Rule 12g3-2(b) thereunder, the information required by Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act. Notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as a Holder of the Capital Securities is the Purchaser or an entity that holds a pool of trust preferred securities and/or debt securities as collateral for its securities or a trustee thereof, and the Sponsor is (i) a Private Entity that, on the date of original issuance of the Capital Securities, is required to provide audited consolidated financial statements to its primary regulatory authority, (ii) a Private Entity that, on the date of original issuance of the Capital Securities, is not required to provide audited consolidated financial statements to its primary regulatory authority, on the date of original issuance of the Capital Securities but subsequently becomes subject to the audited consolidated financial statement reporting requirements of that regulatory authority or (iii) subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act on the date of original issuance of the Capital Securities or becomes so subject after the date hereof but subsequently becomes a Private Entity, then, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, beginning with the fiscal year in which the Capital Securities were originally issued if the Sponsor was then subject to (x)
Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act or (y) audited consolidated financial statement reporting requirements of its primary regulatory authority or, otherwise, the earliest fiscal year in which the Sponsor becomes subject to (1)
Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act or (2) the audited consolidated financial statement reporting requirements of its primary regulatory authority, the Sponsor shall deliver, by hardcopy or electronic transmission, to each Holder of Securities, unless otherwise provided pursuant to the preceding sentence, (A) a copy of the Sponsor's audited consolidated financial statements (including balance sheet and income statement) covering the related annual period and (B) the report of the independent accountants with respect to such financial statements. In addition to the foregoing, the Sponsor shall deliver to each Holder of Securities within 90 days after the end of each Fiscal Year of the Trust, annual financial statements of the Trust, including a balance sheet of the Trust as of the end of such Fiscal Year and the statements of income or

46

loss for the Fiscal Year then ended, that are prepared at the principal office of the Trust in the United States, as defined for purposes of Treasury Regulations Section 301.7701-7.

(c) The Administrators shall cause to be duly prepared and delivered to each of the Holders of Securities Form 1099 or such other annual United States federal income tax information statement required by the Code, containing such information with regard to the Securities held by each Holder as is required by the Code and the Treasury Regulations. Notwithstanding any right under the Code to deliver any such statement at a later date, the Administrators shall endeavor to deliver all such statements within 30 days after the end of each Fiscal Year of the Trust.

(d) The Administrators shall cause to be duly prepared in the United States, as defined for purposes of Treasury Regulations Section 301.7701-7, and filed an annual United States federal income tax return on a Form 1041 or such other form required by United States federal income tax law, and any other annual income tax returns required to be filed by the Administrators on behalf of the Trust with any state or local taxing authority.

(e) So long as a Holder of the Capital Securities is Sandler O'Neill & Partners, L.P. or an entity that holds a pool of trust preferred securities and/or debt securities or a trustee thereof, the Sponsor shall cause the Administrators to deliver the Sponsor's reports on Form H-b(11) to such Holder promptly following their filing with the OTS.

Section 10.3. Banking. The Trust shall maintain one or more bank accounts in the United States, as defined for purposes of Treasury Regulations
Section 301.7701-7, in the name and for the sole benefit of the Trust; provided, however, that all payments of funds in respect of the Debentures held by the Institutional Trustee shall be made directly to the Property Account and no other funds of the Trust shall be deposited in the Property Account. The sole signatories for such accounts (including the Property Account) shall be designated by the Institutional Trustee.

Section 10.4. Withholding. The Institutional Trustee or any Paying Agent and the Administrators shall comply with all withholding requirements under United States federal, state and local law. The Institutional Trustee or any Paying Agent shall request, and each Holder shall provide to the Institutional Trustee or any Paying Agent, such forms or certificates as are necessary to establish an exemption from withholding with respect to the Holder, and any representations and forms as shall reasonably be requested by the Institutional Trustee or any Paying Agent to assist it in determining the extent of, and in fulfilling, its withholding obligations. The Administrators shall file required forms with applicable jurisdictions and, unless an exemption from withholding is properly established by a Holder, shall remit amounts withheld with respect to the Holder to applicable jurisdictions. To the extent that the Institutional Trustee or any Paying Agent is required to withhold and pay over any amounts to any authority with respect to distributions or allocations to any Holder, the amount withheld shall be deemed to be a Distribution to the Holder in the amount of the withholding. In the event of any claimed overwithholding, Holders shall be limited to an action against the applicable jurisdiction. If the amount required to be withheld was not withheld from actual Distributions made, the Institutional Trustee or any Paying Agent may reduce subsequent Distributions by the amount of such withholding.

47

ARTICLE XI

AMENDMENTS AND MEETINGS

Section 11.1. Amendments. (a) Except as otherwise provided in this Declaration or by any applicable terms of the Securities, this Declaration may only be amended by a written instrument approved and executed by

(i) the Institutional Trustee,

(ii) if the amendment affects the rights, powers, duties, obligations or immunities of the Delaware Trustee, the Delaware Trustee,

(iii) if the amendment affects the rights, powers, duties, obligations or immunities of the Administrators, the Administrators, and

(iv) the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Common Securities.

(b) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article XI, no amendment shall be made, and any such purported amendment shall be void and ineffective:

(i) unless the Institutional Trustee shall have first received

(A) an Officers' Certificate from each of the Trust and the Sponsor that such amendment is permitted by, and conforms to, the terms of this Declaration (including the terms of the Securities); and

(B) an opinion of counsel (who may be counsel to the Sponsor or the Trust) that such amendment is permitted by, and conforms to, the terms of this Declaration (including the terms of the Securities) and that all conditions precedent to the execution and delivery of such amendment have been satisfied; or

(ii) if the result of such amendment would be to

(A) cause the Trust to cease to be classified for purposes of United States federal income taxation as a grantor trust;

(B) reduce or otherwise adversely affect the powers of the Institutional Trustee in contravention of the Trust Indenture Act;

(C) cause the Trust to be deemed to be an Investment Company required to be registered under the Investment Company Act; or

(D) cause the Debenture Issuer to be unable to treat an amount equal to the liquidation amount of the Capital Securities as "Tier 1 Capital" or its then equivalent in the guidelines or regulations issued by

48

the OTS; provided; that the Debenture Issuer shall have become, or pursuant to law or regulation will become within 180 days, subject to capital requirements.

(c) Except as provided in Section 11.1(d), (e) or (g), no amendment shall be made, and any such purported amendment shall be void and ineffective, unless the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities shall have consented to such amendment.

(d) In addition to and notwithstanding any other provision in this Declaration, without the consent of each affected Holder, this Declaration may not be amended to (i) change the amount or timing of any Distribution on the Securities or any redemption or liquidation provisions applicable to the Securities or otherwise adversely affect the amount of any Distribution required to be made in respect of the Securities as of a specified date or (ii) restrict the right of a Holder to institute suit for the enforcement of any Distributions or other amounts on or after their due date.

(e) Sections 9.1(b) and 9.1(c) and this Section shall not be amended without the consent of all of the Holders of the Securities.

(f) The rights of the Holders of the Capital Securities and Common Securities, as applicable, under Article IV to increase or decrease the number of, and appoint and remove, Trustees shall not be amended without the consent of the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities or Common Securities, as applicable.

(g) This Declaration may be amended by the Institutional Trustee and the Holder of the Common Securities without the consent of the Holders of the Capital Securities to:

(i) cure any ambiguity;

(ii) correct or supplement any provision in this Declaration that may be defective or inconsistent with any other provision of this Declaration;

(iii) add to the covenants, restrictions or obligations of the Sponsor; or

(iv) modify, eliminate or add to any provision of this Declaration to such extent as may be necessary or desirable, including, without limitation, to ensure that the Trust will be classified for United States federal income tax purposes at all times as a grantor trust and will not be required to register as an Investment Company under the Investment Company Act (including without limitation to conform to any change in Rule 3a-5, Rule 3a-7 or any other applicable rule under the Investment Company Act or written change in interpretation or application thereof by any legislative body, court, government agency or regulatory authority);

49

provided, however, that no such amendment contemplated in clause (i), (ii),
(iii) or (iv) shall adversely affect the powers, preferences, rights or interests of Holders of Capital Securities.

Section 11.2. Meetings of the Holders of the Securities; Action by Written Consent.

(a) Meetings of the Holders of the Capital Securities or the Common Securities may be called at any time by the Administrators (or as provided in the terms of such Securities) to consider and act on any matter on which Holders of such Securities are entitled to act under the terms of this Declaration, the terms of such Securities or the rules of any stock exchange on which the Capital Securities are listed or admitted for trading, if any. The Administrators shall call a meeting of the Holders of such Securities if directed to do so by the Holders of not less than 10% in liquidation amount of such Securities. Such direction shall be given by delivering to the Administrators one or more notices in a writing stating that the signing Holders of such Securities wish to call a meeting and indicating the general or specific purpose for which the meeting is to be called. Any Holders of Securities calling a meeting shall specify in writing the Certificates held by the Holders of the Securities exercising the right to call a meeting and only those Securities represented by such Certificates shall be counted for purposes of determining whether the required percentage set forth in the second sentence of this paragraph has been met.

(b) Except to the extent otherwise provided in the terms of the Securities, the following provisions shall apply to meetings of Holders of the Securities:

(i) Notice of any such meeting shall be given to all the Holders of the Securities having a right to vote thereat at least 7 days and not more than 60 days before the date of such meeting. Whenever a vote, consent or approval of the Holders of the Securities is permitted or required under this Declaration or the rules of any stock exchange on which the Capital Securities are listed or admitted for trading, if any, such vote, consent or approval may be given at a meeting of the Holders of the Securities. Any action that may be taken at a meeting of the Holders of the Securities may be taken without a meeting if a consent in writing setting forth the action so taken is signed by the Holders of the Securities owning not less than the minimum liquidation amount of Securities that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all Holders of the Securities having a right to vote thereon were present and voting. Prompt notice of the taking of action without a meeting shall be given to the Holders of the Securities entitled to vote who have not consented in writing. The Administrators may specify that any written ballot submitted to the Holders of the Securities for the purpose of taking any action without a meeting shall be returned to the Trust within the time specified by the Administrators.

(ii) Each Holder of a Security may authorize any Person to act for it by proxy on all matters in which a Holder of Securities is entitled to participate, including waiving notice of any meeting, or voting or participating at a meeting. No proxy shall be valid after the expiration of 11 months from the date thereof unless otherwise provided in the proxy. Every proxy shall be revocable at the

50

pleasure of the Holder of the Securities executing it. Except as otherwise provided herein, all matters relating to the giving, voting or validity of proxies shall be governed by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware relating to proxies, and judicial interpretations thereunder, as if the Trust were a Delaware corporation and the Holders of the Securities were stockholders of a Delaware corporation. Each meeting of the Holders of the Securities shall be conducted by the Administrators or by such other Person that the Administrators may designate.

(iii) Unless the Statutory Trust Act, this Declaration, the terms of the Securities, the Trust Indenture Act or the listing rules of any stock exchange on which the Capital Securities are then listed or admitted for trading, if any, otherwise provides, the Administrators, in their sole discretion, shall establish all other provisions relating to meetings of Holders of Securities, including notice of the time, place or purpose of any meeting at which any matter is to be voted on by any Holders of the Securities, waiver of any such notice, action by consent without a meeting, the establishment of a record date, quorum requirements, voting in person or by proxy or any other matter with respect to the exercise of any such right to vote; provided, however, that each meeting shall be conducted in the United States (as that term is defined in Treasury Regulations Section 301.7701-7).

ARTICLE XII

REPRESENTATIONS OF INSTITUTIONAL TRUSTEE
AND DELAWARE TRUSTEE

Section 12.1. Representations and Warranties of Institutional Trustee. The Trustee that acts as initial Institutional Trustee represents and warrants to the Trust and to the Sponsor at the date of this Declaration, and each Successor Institutional Trustee represents and warrants to the Trust and the Sponsor at the time of the Successor Institutional Trustee's acceptance of its appointment as Institutional Trustee, that:

(a) the Institutional Trustee is a banking corporation or national association with trust powers, duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware or the United States of America, respectively, with trust power and authority to execute and deliver, and to carry out and perform its obligations under the terms of, this Declaration;

(b) the Institutional Trustee has a combined capital and surplus of at least fifty million U.S. dollars ($50,000,000);

(c) the Institutional Trustee is not an Affiliate of the Sponsor, nor does the Institutional Trustee offer or provide credit or credit enhancement to the Trust;

(d) the execution, delivery and performance by the Institutional Trustee of this Declaration has been duly authorized by all necessary action on the part of the Institutional Trustee, and this Declaration has been duly executed and delivered by the Institutional Trustee,

51

and under Delaware law (excluding any securities laws) constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Institutional Trustee, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, moratorium, insolvency and other similar laws affecting creditors' rights generally and to general principles of equity and the discretion of the court (regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law);

(e) the execution, delivery and performance of this Declaration by the Institutional Trustee does not conflict with or constitute a breach of the charter or by-laws of the Institutional Trustee; and

(f) no consent, approval or authorization of, or registration with or notice to, any state or federal banking authority governing the trust powers of the Institutional Trustee is required for the execution, delivery or performance by the Institutional Trustee of this Declaration.

Section 12.2. Representations and Warranties of Delaware Trustee. The Trustee that acts as initial Delaware Trustee represents and warrants to the Trust and to the Sponsor at the date of this Declaration, and each Successor Delaware Trustee represents and warrants to the Trust and the Sponsor at the time of the Successor Delaware Trustee's acceptance of its appointment as Delaware Trustee that:

(a) if it is not a natural person, the Delaware Trustee is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware;

(b) if it is not a natural person, the execution, delivery and performance by the Delaware Trustee of this Declaration has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Delaware Trustee, and this Declaration has been duly executed and delivered by the Delaware Trustee, and under Delaware law (excluding any securities laws) constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Delaware Trustee, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, moratorium, insolvency and other similar laws affecting creditors' rights generally and to general principles of equity and the discretion of the court (regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law);

(c) if it is not a natural person, the execution, delivery and performance of this Declaration by the Delaware Trustee does not conflict with or constitute a breach of the charter or by-laws of the Delaware Trustee;

(d) it has trust power and authority to execute and deliver, and to carry out and perform its obligations under the terms of, this Declaration;

(e) no consent, approval or authorization of, or registration with or notice to, any state or federal banking authority governing the trust powers of the Delaware Trustee is required for the execution, delivery or performance by the Delaware Trustee of this Declaration; and

(f) the Delaware Trustee is a natural person who is a resident of the State of Delaware or, if not a natural person, it is an entity which has its principal place of business in

52

the State of Delaware and, in either case, a Person that satisfies for the Trust the requirements of Section 3807 of the Statutory Trust Act.

ARTICLE XIII
MISCELLANEOUS

Section 13.1. Notices. All notices provided for in this Declaration shall be in writing, duly signed by the party giving such notice, and shall be delivered, telecopied (which telecopy shall be followed by notice delivered or mailed by first class mail) or mailed by first class mail, as follows:

(a) if given to the Trust, in care of the Administrators at the Trust's mailing address set forth below (or such other address as the Trust may give notice of to the Holders of the Securities): BofI Trust I, c/o BofI Holding, Inc., 12220 El Camino Real, Suite 220, San Diego, California, 92130, Attention: Andrew J. Micheletti, Telecopy: (858) 350-6211, Telephone: (858) 350-6200;

(b) if given to the Delaware Trustee, at the mailing address set forth below (or such other address as the Delaware Trustee may give notice of to the Holders of the Securities): Wilmington Trust Company, Rodney Square North, 1100 North Market Street, Wilmington, DE 19890-0001, Attention: Corporate Capital Markets, Telecopy: 302-636-4140, Telephone: 302-651-1000;

(c) if given to the Institutional Trustee, at the Institutional Trustee's mailing address set forth below (or such other address as the Institutional Trustee may give notice of to the Holders of the Securities):
Wilmington Trust Company, Rodney Square North, 1100 North Market Street, Wilmington, DE 19890-0001, Attention: Corporate Capital Markets, Telecopy:
302-636-4140, Telephone: 302-651-1000;

(d) if given to the Holder of the Common Securities, at the mailing address of the Sponsor set forth below (or such other address as the Holder of the Common Securities may give notice of to the Trust): BofI Holding, Inc., 12220 El Camino Real, Suite 220, San Diego, California, 92130, Attention: Andrew J. Micheletti, Telecopy: (858) 350-6211, Telephone: (858) 350-6200; or

(e) if given to any other Holder, at the address set forth on the books and records of the Trust.

All such notices shall be deemed to have been given when received in person, telecopied with receipt confirmed, or mailed by first class mail, postage prepaid, except that if a notice or other document is refused delivery or cannot be delivered because of a changed address of which no notice was given, such notice or other document shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date of such refusal or inability to deliver.

Section 13.2. Governing Law. This Declaration and the rights and obligations of the parties hereunder shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the law of the State of Delaware and all rights, obligations and remedies shall be governed by such laws

53

without regard to the principles of conflict of laws of the State of Delaware or any other jurisdiction that would call for the application of the law of any jurisdiction other than the State of Delaware.

Section 13.3. Submission to Jurisdiction.

(a) Each of the parties hereto agrees that any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or based upon this Declaration, or the transactions contemplated hereby, may be instituted in any of the courts of the State of New York and the United States District Courts, in each case located in the Borough of Manhattan, City and State of New York, and further agrees to submit to the jurisdiction of any competent court in the place of its corporate domicile in respect of actions brought against it as a defendant. In addition, each such party irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court and irrevocably waives any claim that any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum and irrevocably waives any right to which it may be entitled on account of its place of corporate domicile. Each such party hereby irrevocably waives any and all right to trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to this Declaration or the transactions contemplated hereby. Each such party agrees that final judgment in any proceedings brought in such a court shall be conclusive and binding upon it and may be enforced in any court to the jurisdiction of which it is subject by a suit upon such judgment.

(b) Each of the Sponsor, the Trustees, the Administrators and the Holder of the Common Securities irrevocably consents to the service of process on it in any such suit, action or proceeding by the mailing thereof by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to it at its address given in or pursuant to Section 13.1 hereof.

(c) To the extent permitted by law, nothing herein contained shall preclude any party from effecting service of process in any lawful manner or from bringing any suit, action or proceeding in respect of this Declaration in any other state, country or place.

Section 13.4. Intention of the Parties. It is the intention of the parties hereto that the Trust be classified for United States federal income tax purposes as a grantor trust. The provisions of this Declaration shall be interpreted to further this intention of the parties.

Section 13.5. Headings. Headings contained in this Declaration are inserted for convenience of reference only and do not affect the interpretation of this Declaration or any provision hereof.

Section 13.6. Successors and Assigns. Whenever in this Declaration any of the parties hereto is named or referred to, the successors and assigns of such party shall be deemed to be included, and all covenants and agreements in this Declaration by the Sponsor and the Trustees shall bind and inure to the benefit of their respective successors and assigns, whether or not so expressed.

54

Section 13.7. Partial Enforceability. If any provision of this Declaration, or the application of such provision to any Person or circumstance, shall be held invalid, the remainder of this Declaration, or the application of such provision to persons or circumstances other than those to which it is held invalid, shall not be affected thereby.

Section 13.8. Counterparts. This Declaration may contain more than one counterpart of the signature page and this Declaration may be executed by the affixing of the signature of each of the Trustees and Administrators to any of such counterpart signature pages. All of such counterpart signature pages shall be read as though one, and they shall have the same force and effect as though all of the signers had signed a single signature page.

55

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have caused this Declaration to be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.

WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY,
as Delaware Trustee

By: /s/ Denise M. Geran
    ---------------------------------------
    Name: Denise M. Geran
    Title: Vice President

WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY,
as Institutional Trustee

By: /s/ Denise M. Geran
    ---------------------------------------
    Name: Denise M. Geran
    Title: Vice President

BOFI HOLDING, INC.
as Sponsor

By: /s/ Gary Lewis Evan
    ---------------------------------------
    Name: Gary Lewis Evans
    Title: President & CEO

/s/ Gary Lewis Evans
-------------------------------------------
Gary Lewis Evans
  as Administrator

/s/ Andrew J. Micheletti
-------------------------------------------
Andrew J. Micheletti
  as Administrator

/s/ Michelle Paulus
-------------------------------------------
Michelle Paulus
  as Administrator

56

ANNEX I

TERMS OF
CAPITAL SECURITIES AND COMMON SECURITIES

Pursuant to Section 6.1 of the Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust, dated as of December 16, 2004 (as amended from time to time, the "Declaration"), the designation, rights, privileges, restrictions, preferences and other terms and provisions of the Capital Securities and the Common Securities (collectively, the "Securities") are set out below (each capitalized term used but not defined herein has the meaning set forth in the Declaration):

1. Designation and Number.

(a) Capital Securities. 5,000 Capital Securities of BofI Trust I (the "Trust"), with an aggregate liquidation amount with respect to the assets of the Trust of FIVE MILLION Dollars ($5,000,000) and a liquidation amount with respect to the assets of the Trust of $1,000 per Capital Security, are hereby designated for the purposes of identification only as the "MMCapS(SM)" (the "Capital Securities"). The Capital Security Certificates evidencing the Capital Securities shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 to the Declaration, with such changes and additions thereto or deletions therefrom as may be required by ordinary usage, custom or practice or to conform to the rules of any stock exchange on which the Capital Securities are listed, if any.

(b) Common Securities. 155 Common Securities of the Trust (the "Common Securities") will be evidenced by Common Security Certificates substantially in the form of Exhibit A-2 to the Declaration, with such changes and additions thereto or deletions therefrom as may be required by ordinary usage, custom or practice. In the absence of an Event of Default, the Common Securities will have an aggregate liquidation amount with respect to the assets of the Trust of ONE HUNDRED FIFTY-FIVE THOUSAND Dollars ($155,000) and a liquidation amount with respect to the assets of the Trust of $1,000 per Common Security.

2. Distributions. (a) Distributions payable on each Security will be payable at a rate of interest per annum, which, with respect to any Distribution Period (as defined herein), will be equal to LIBOR, as determined on the LIBOR Determination Date for such Distribution Period (or, in the case of the first Distribution Period, will be 2.50%), plus 2.40% (the "Coupon Rate"); provided, however, that the Coupon Rate for any Distribution Period may not exceed the Interest Rate (as defined in the Indenture) for the related Interest Period (as defined in the Indenture). Distributions in arrears for more than one Distribution Period will bear interest thereon, compounded quarterly, at the applicable Coupon Rate for each Distribution Period thereafter (to the extent permitted by applicable law). The term "Distributions", as used herein, includes cash Distributions, any such compounded Distributions and any Additional Amounts payable on the Debentures unless otherwise stated. A Distribution is payable only to the extent that payments are made in respect of the Debentures held by the Institutional Trustee and to the extent the Institutional Trustee has funds legally available in the Property Account therefor. The amount of Distributions payable for any Distribution Period will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year and the actual number of days elapsed in such Distribution Period.

A-I-1


The term "Distribution Period", as used herein, means (i) in the case of the first Distribution Period, the period from, and including, the date of original issuance of the Securities to, but excluding, the initial Distribution Payment Date and (ii) thereafter, from, and including, the first day following the end of the preceding Distribution Period to, but excluding, the applicable Distribution Payment Date or, in the case of the last Distribution Period, the related date of redemption.

(b) LIBOR shall be determined by the Calculation Agent for each Distribution Period (other than the first Distribution Period, in which case LIBOR will be 2.50% per annum) in accordance with the following provisions:

(1) On the second LIBOR Business Day (provided, that on such day commercial banks are open for business (including dealings in foreign currency deposits) in London (a "LIBOR Banking Day"), and otherwise the next preceding LIBOR Business Day that is also a LIBOR Banking Day) prior to the Distribution Payment Date that commences such Distribution Period (each such day, a "LIBOR Determination Date"), LIBOR shall equal the rate, as obtained by the Calculation Agent, for three-month U.S. Dollar deposits in Europe, which appears on Telerate (as defined in the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc. 2000 Interest Rate and Currency Exchange Definitions) page 3750 or such other page as may replace such page 3750, as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such LIBOR Determination Date, as reported by Bloomberg Financial Markets Commodities News or any successor service ("Telerate Page 3750"). "LIBOR Business Day" means any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banking institutions in The City of New York or Wilmington, Delaware are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to be closed. If such rate is superseded on Telerate Page 3750 by a corrected rate before 12:00 noon (London time) on such LIBOR Determination Date, the corrected rate as so substituted will be LIBOR for such LIBOR Determination Date.

(2) If, on such LIBOR Determination Date, such rate does not appear on Telerate Page 3750, the Calculation Agent shall determine the arithmetic mean of the offered quotations of the Reference Banks (as defined below) to leading banks in the London interbank market for three-month U.S. Dollar deposits in Europe (in an amount determined by the Calculation Agent) by reference to requests for quotations as of approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such LIBOR Determination Date made by the Calculation Agent to the Reference Banks. If, on such LIBOR Determination Date, at least two of the Reference Banks provide such quotations, LIBOR shall equal the arithmetic mean of such quotations. If, on such LIBOR Determination Date, only one or none of the Reference Banks provide such a quotation, LIBOR shall be deemed to be the arithmetic mean of the offered quotations that at least two leading banks in The City of New York (as selected by the Calculation Agent) are quoting on such LIBOR Determination Date for three-month U.S. Dollar deposits in Europe at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) (in an amount determined by the

A-I-2


Calculation Agent). As used herein, "Reference Banks" means four major banks in the London interbank market selected by the Calculation Agent.

(3) If the Calculation Agent is required but is unable to determine a rate in accordance with at least one of the procedures provided above, LIBOR for such Distribution Period shall be LIBOR in effect for the immediately preceding Distribution Period.

(c) All percentages resulting from any calculations on the Securities will be rounded, if necessary, to the nearest one hundred-thousandth of a percentage point, with five one-millionths of a percentage point rounded upward (e.g., 9.876545% (or .09876545) being rounded to 9.87655% (or .0987655)), and all dollar amounts used in or resulting from such calculation will be rounded to the nearest cent (with one-half cent being rounded upward).

(d) On each LIBOR Determination Date, the Calculation Agent shall notify, in writing, the Sponsor and the Paying Agent of the applicable Coupon Rate that applies to the related Distribution Period. The Calculation Agent shall, upon the request of a Holder of any Securities, inform such Holder of the Coupon Rate that applies to the related Distribution Period. All calculations made by the Calculation Agent in the absence of manifest error shall be conclusive for all purposes and binding on the Sponsor and the Holders of the Securities. The Paying Agent shall be entitled to rely on information received from the Calculation Agent or the Sponsor as to the applicable Coupon Rate. The Sponsor shall, from time to time, provide any necessary information to the Paying Agent relating to any original issue discount and interest on the Securities that is included in any payment and reportable for taxable income calculation purposes.

(e) Distributions on the Securities will be cumulative, will accrue from the date of original issuance, and will be payable, subject to extension of Distribution Periods as described herein, quarterly in arrears on February 23, May 23, August 23 and November 23 of each year, commencing on February 23, 2005 (each, a "Distribution Payment Date"), and on any earlier date of redemption, as applicable. The Debenture Issuer has the right under the Indenture to defer payments of interest on the Debentures by extending the interest payment period for up to 20 consecutive quarterly periods (each such extended interest payment period, together with all previous and future consecutive extensions thereof, is referred to herein as an "Extension Period") at any time and from time to time on the Debentures, subject to the conditions described below and in the Indenture. No Extension Period may end on a date other than a Distribution Payment Date or extend beyond the Maturity Date, any Optional Redemption Date or the Special Redemption Date, as the case may be (each such term as defined herein). During any Extension Period, interest will continue to accrue on the Debentures, and interest on such accrued interest (such accrued interest and interest thereon referred to herein as "Deferred Interest") will accrue, at an annual rate equal to the Coupon Rate applicable during such Extension Period, compounded quarterly from the date such Deferred Interest would have been payable were it not for the Extension Period, to the extent permitted by applicable law. At the end of any Extension Period, the Debenture Issuer shall pay all Deferred Interest then accrued and unpaid on the Debentures; provided, however, that during any Extension Period, the Debenture Issuer may not (i) declare or pay any dividends or distributions on, or redeem, purchase, acquire, or make a liquidation payment with respect to, any of the Debenture Issuer's capital stock, (ii) make any

A-I-3


payment of principal or premium or interest on or repay, repurchase or redeem any debt securities of the Debenture Issuer that rank in all respects pari passu with or junior in interest to the Debentures or (iii) make any payment under any guarantees of the Debenture Issuer that rank in all respects pari passu with or junior in interest to the Guarantee (other than (a) repurchases, redemptions or other acquisitions of shares of capital stock of the Debenture Issuer (A) in connection with any employment contract, benefit plan or other similar arrangement with or for the benefit of one or more employees, officers, directors or consultants, (B) in connection with a dividend reinvestment or stockholder stock purchase plan or (C) in connection with the issuance of capital stock of the Debenture Issuer (or securities convertible into or exercisable for such capital stock), as consideration in an acquisition transaction entered into prior to the applicable Extension Period, (b) as a result of any exchange or conversion of any class or series of the Debenture Issuer's capital stock (or any capital stock of a subsidiary of the Debenture Issuer) for any class or series of the Debenture Issuer's capital stock or of any class or series of the Debenture Issuer's indebtedness for any class or series of the Debenture Issuer's capital stock, (c) the purchase of fractional interests in shares of the Debenture Issuer's capital stock pursuant to the conversion or exchange provisions of such capital stock or the security being converted or exchanged, (d) any declaration of a dividend in connection with any stockholder's rights plan, or the issuance of rights, stock or other property under any stockholder's rights plan, or the redemption or repurchase of rights pursuant thereto, or (e) any dividend in the form of stock, warrants, options or other rights where the dividend stock or the stock issuable upon exercise of such warrants, options or other rights is the same stock as that on which the dividend is being paid or ranks pari passu with or junior in interest to such stock). Prior to the termination of any Extension Period, the Debenture Issuer may further extend such Extension Period, provided, that no Extension Period (including all previous and further consecutive extensions that are part of such Extension Period) shall exceed 20 consecutive quarterly periods. Upon the termination of any Extension Period and upon the payment of all Deferred Interest, the Debenture Issuer may commence a new Extension Period, subject to the requirements herein and in the Indenture. No interest or Deferred Interest (except any Additional Amounts that may be due and payable) shall be due and payable during an Extension Period, except at the end thereof, but Deferred Interest shall accrue upon each installment of interest that would otherwise have been due and payable during such Extension Period until such installment is paid.

As a consequence of any Extension Period, Distributions will be deferred. Notwithstanding any such deferral, Distributions will continue to accrue on the Securities, and Distributions on such accrued Distributions will accrue, at the Coupon Rate applicable during such Extension Period, compounded quarterly, to the extent permitted by applicable law. If Distributions are deferred, the Distributions due shall be paid on the date that such Extension Period terminates to Holders of the Securities as they appear on the books and records of the Trust on the regular record date immediately preceding the Distribution Payment Date on which such Extension Period terminates to the extent that the Trust has funds legally available for the payment of such Distributions in the Property Account of the Trust.

The Trust's funds available for Distributions to the Holders of the Securities will be limited to payments received from the Debenture Issuer. The payment of Distributions out of moneys held by the Trust is guaranteed by the Guarantor pursuant to the Guarantee.

A-I-4


(f) Distributions on the Securities on any Distribution Payment Date will be payable to the Holders thereof as they appear on the books and records of the Registrar on the relevant regular record dates. The relevant "regular record dates" shall be 15 days before the relevant Distribution Payment Dates. Distributions payable on any Securities that are not punctually paid on any Distribution Payment Date, as a result of the Debenture Issuer having failed to make a payment under the Debentures, as the case may be, when due (taking into account any Extension Period), will cease to be payable to the Person in whose name such Securities are registered on the original relevant regular record date, and such defaulted Distributions will instead be payable to the Person in whose name such Securities are registered on the regular record date preceding the Distribution Payment Date on which the related Extension Period terminates or, in the absence of an Extension Period, a special record date therefor selected by the Administrators.

(g) In the event that there is any money or other property held by or for the Trust that is not accounted for hereunder, such property shall be distributed Pro Rata (as defined herein) among the Holders of the Securities.

(h) If any Distribution Payment Date other than any date of redemption falls on a day that is not a Business Day, then Distributions payable will be paid on, and such Distribution Payment Date will be moved to, the next succeeding Business Day, and additional Distributions will accrue for each day that such payment is delayed as a result thereof.

3. Liquidation Distribution Upon Dissolution. In the event of the voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, winding-up or termination of the Trust (each, a "Liquidation"), the Holders of the Securities will be entitled to receive out of the assets of the Trust legally available for distribution to Holders of the Securities, after satisfaction of liabilities to creditors of the Trust (to the extent not satisfied by the Debenture Issuer), an amount in cash equal to the aggregate of the liquidation amount of $1,000 per Security plus unpaid Distributions accrued thereon to the date of payment (collectively, the "Liquidation Distribution"), unless: (i) the Debentures have been redeemed in full in accordance with the terms thereof and of the Indenture; or (ii) the Debentures in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate liquidation amount of such Securities and bearing accrued and unpaid interest in an amount equal to the accrued and unpaid Distributions on such Securities, after paying or making reasonable provision to pay all claims and obligations of the Trust in accordance with Section 3808(e) of the Statutory Trust Act, shall be distributed on a Pro Rata basis to the Holders of the Securities in exchange for such Securities.

The Sponsor, as the Holder of all of the Common Securities, has the right at any time, upon receipt by the Debenture Issuer and the Institutional Trustee for the benefit of the Trust of (i) an opinion of nationally recognized tax counsel that Holders will not recognize any gain or loss for United States Federal income tax purposes as a result of the distribution of Debentures, to dissolve the Trust (including, without limitation, upon the occurrence of a Tax Event, an Investment Company Event or a Capital Treatment Event, each as defined herein) and (ii) prior approval from the Office of Thrift Supervision (the "OTS") (if then required under applicable capital guidelines or policies of the OTS) and, after satisfaction of liabilities to creditors of the Trust, cause the Debentures to be distributed to the Holders of the Securities on a Pro Rata basis in accordance with the aggregate liquidation amount thereof.

A-I-5


The Trust shall dissolve on the first to occur of (i) February 23, 2040, the expiration of the term of the Trust, (ii) a Bankruptcy Event with respect to the Sponsor, the Trust or the Debenture Issuer, (iii) (other than in connection with a merger, consolidation or similar transaction not prohibited by the Indenture, this Declaration or the Guarantee, as the case may be) the filing of a certificate of dissolution or its equivalent with respect to the Sponsor or upon the revocation of the charter of the Sponsor and the expiration of 90 days after the date of revocation without a reinstatement thereof, (iv) the distribution of all of the Debentures to the Holders of the Securities, upon exercise of the right of the Holders of all of the outstanding Common Securities to dissolve the Trust as described above, (v) the entry of a decree of a judicial dissolution of any Holder of the Common Securities, the Sponsor, the Trust or the Debenture Issuer, (vi) when all of the Securities are then subject to redemption and the amounts necessary for redemption thereof shall have been paid to the Holders in accordance with the terms of the Securities or (vii) before the issuance of any Securities, with the consent of all of the Trustees and the Sponsor. As soon as practicable after the dissolution of the Trust and upon completion of the winding up of the Trust, the Trust shall terminate upon the filing of a certificate of cancellation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Liquidation of the Trust occurs as described in clause (i), (ii), (iii) or (v) in the immediately preceding paragraph, the Trust shall be liquidated by the Institutional Trustee of the Trust as expeditiously as such Trustee determines to be practical by distributing, after satisfaction of liabilities to creditors of the Trust (to the extent not satisfied by the Debenture Issuer) as provided by applicable law, to the Holders of the Securities, the Debentures on a Pro Rata basis, unless such distribution is determined by the Institutional Trustee not to be practical, in which event such Holders will be entitled to receive on a Pro Rata basis, out of the assets of the Trust legally available for distribution to the Holders of the Securities, after satisfaction of liabilities to creditors of the Trust (to the extent not satisfied by the Debenture Issuer), an amount in cash equal to the Liquidation Distribution. A Liquidation of the Trust pursuant to clause (iv) of the immediately preceding paragraph shall occur if the Institutional Trustee determines that such Liquidation is practical by distributing, after satisfaction of liabilities to creditors of the Trust (to the extent not satisfied by the Debenture Issuer), to the Holders of the Securities on a Pro Rata basis, the Debentures, and such distribution occurs.

If, upon any Liquidation of the Trust, the Liquidation Distribution can be paid only in part because the Trust has insufficient assets available to pay in full the aggregate Liquidation Distribution, then the amounts payable directly by the Trust on the Securities shall be paid to the Holders of the Securities on a Pro Rata basis, except that if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, then the Capital Securities shall have a preference over the Common Securities with regard to such amounts.

Upon any Liquidation of the Trust involving a distribution of the Debentures, if at the time of such Liquidation, the Capital Securities were rated by at least one nationally-recognized statistical rating organization, the Debenture Issuer will use its reasonable best efforts to obtain from at least one such or other rating organization a rating for the Debentures.

After the date for any distribution of the Debentures upon any Liquidation of the Trust, (i) the Securities of the Trust will be deemed to be no longer outstanding, (ii) any

A-I-6


certificates representing the Capital Securities will be deemed to represent undivided beneficial interests in such of the Debentures as have an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate liquidation amount of such Capital Securities and bearing accrued and unpaid interest equal to accrued and unpaid Distributions on such Capital Securities until such certificates are presented to the Debenture Issuer or its agent for transfer or reissuance (and until such certificates are so surrendered, no payments shall be made to Holders of Securities in respect of any payments due and payable under the Debentures) and
(iii) all rights of Holders of Securities shall cease, except the right of such Holders to receive Debentures upon surrender of certificates representing such Securities.

4. Redemption and Distribution.

(a) The Debentures will mature on February 23, 2035 (the "Maturity Date") at an amount in cash equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus unpaid interest accrued thereon to such date (the "Maturity Redemption Price"). The Debentures may be redeemed by the Debenture Issuer, at its option, in whole or in part, on any Distribution Payment Date on or after February 23, 2010 (each, an "Optional Redemption Date"), at the Optional Redemption Price, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days' prior written notice to holders of such Debentures. In addition, upon the occurrence and continuation of a Tax Event, an Investment Company Event or a Capital Treatment Event, the Debentures may be redeemed by the Debenture Issuer, at its option, in whole but not in part, at any time within 90 days following the occurrence of such Tax Event, Investment Company Event or Capital Treatment Event, as the case may be (the "Special Redemption Date"), at the Special Redemption Price, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days' prior written notice to holders of the Debentures so long as such Tax Event, Investment Company Event or Capital Treatment Event, as the case may be, is continuing. In each case, the right of the Debenture Issuer to redeem the Debentures prior to maturity is subject to the Debenture Issuer and the Trust having received prior approval from the OTS, if then required under applicable capital guidelines or policies of the OTS.

"Tax Event" means the receipt by the Debenture Issuer and the Trust of an opinion of counsel experienced in such matters to the effect that, as a result of any amendment to or change (including any announced prospective change) in the laws or any regulations thereunder of the United States or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein, or as a result of any official administrative pronouncement (including any private letter ruling, technical advice memorandum, regulatory procedure, notice or announcement) (an "Administrative Action") or judicial decision interpreting or applying such laws or regulations, regardless of whether such Administrative Action or judicial decision is issued to or in connection with a proceeding involving the Debenture Issuer or the Trust and whether or not subject to review or appeal, which amendment, clarification, change, Administrative Action or decision is enacted, promulgated or announced, in each case on or after the date of original issuance of the Debentures, there is more than an insubstantial risk that: (i) the Trust is, or will be within 90 days of the date of such opinion, subject to United States federal income tax with respect to income received or accrued on the Debentures; (ii) if the Debenture Issuer is organized and existing under the laws of the United States or any state thereof or the District of Columbia, interest payable by the Debenture Issuer on the Debentures is not, or within 90 days of the date of such opinion, will not be, deductible by the Debenture Issuer, in whole or in part, for United

A-I-7


States federal income tax purposes; or (iii) the Trust is, or will be within 90 days of the date of such opinion, subject to or otherwise required to pay, or required to withhold from Distributions, more than a de minimis amount of other taxes (including withholding taxes), duties, assessments or other governmental charges.

"Investment Company Event" means the receipt by the Debenture Issuer and the Trust of an opinion of counsel experienced in such matters to the effect that, as a result of a change in law or regulation or written change in interpretation or application of law or regulation by any legislative body, court, governmental agency or regulatory authority, there is more than an insubstantial risk that the Trust is or, within 90 days of the date of such opinion will be, considered an Investment Company that is required to be registered under the Investment Company Act, which change becomes effective on or after the date of the original issuance of the Debentures.

"Capital Treatment Event" means, if the Debenture Issuer is organized and existing under the laws of the United States or any state thereof or the District of Columbia, the receipt by the Debenture Issuer and the Trust of an opinion of counsel experienced in such matters to the effect that, as a result of (a) any amendment to, or change in, the laws, rules or regulations of the United States or any political subdivision thereof or therein, or any rules, guidelines or policies of an applicable regulatory authority for the Debenture Issuer or (b) any official or administrative pronouncement or action or decision interpreting or applying such laws, rules or regulations, which amendment or change is effective or which pronouncement, action or decision is announced on or after the date of original issuance of the Debentures, there is more than an insubstantial risk that the Debenture Issuer will not, within 90 days of the date of such opinion, be entitled to treat an amount equal to the aggregate liquidation amount of the Capital Securities as "Tier 1 Capital" (or its then equivalent) if the Debenture Issuer (or its successors) were subject to such capital requirement, applied as if the Debenture Issuer (or its successor) were a bank holding company for purposes of the capital adequacy guidelines of the Federal Reserve (or any successor regulatory authority with jurisdiction over bank holding companies), or any capital adequacy guidelines as then in effect and applicable to the Debenture Issuer; provided, however, that the inability of the Debenture Issuer to treat all or any portion of the aggregate liquidation amount of the Capital Securities as "Tier 1 Capital" shall not constitute the basis for a Capital Treatment Event if such inability results from the Debenture Issuer having cumulative preferred stock, minority interests in consolidated subsidiaries and any other class of security or interest which the Federal Reserve (or any successor regulatory authority with jurisdiction over bank holding companies) may now or hereafter accord "Tier 1 Capital" treatment that, in the aggregate, exceed the amount which may now or hereafter qualify for treatment as "Tier 1 Capital" under applicable capital adequacy guidelines of the Federal Reserve (or any successor regulatory authority with jurisdiction over bank holding companies), applied as if the Debenture Issuer (or its successor) were a bank holding company for purposes of the capital adequacy guidelines of the Federal Reserve (or any successor regulatory authority with jurisdiction over bank holding companies); provided, further, that the distribution of the Debentures in connection with the Liquidation of the Trust by the Debenture Issuer shall not in and of itself constitute a Capital Treatment Event unless such Liquidation shall have occurred in connection with a Tax Event or an Investment Company Event. For the avoidance of doubt, the adoption by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System as a final rule of any of the

A-I-8


proposals set forth in its notice of proposed rulemaking dated May 6, 2004, shall not constitute a Capital Treatment Event.

"Optional Redemption Price" means an amount in cash equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Debentures being redeemed plus unpaid interest accrued on such Debentures to the related Optional Redemption Date.

"Special Event" means any of a Tax Event, an Investment Company Event or a Capital Treatment Event.

"Special Redemption Price" means, with respect to the redemption of the Debentures following a Special Event, an amount in cash equal to 104.000% of the principal amount of Debentures to be redeemed prior to February 23, 2006 and thereafter equal to the percentage of the principal amount of the Debentures that is specified below for the Special Redemption Date plus, in each case, unpaid interest accrued thereon to the Special Redemption Date:

Special Redemption During the 12-Month
    Period Beginning February 23,         Percentage of Principal Amount
--------------------------------------    ------------------------------
2006                                               103.200%

2007                                               102.400%

2008                                               101.600%

2009                                               100.840%

2010 and thereafter                                100.000%

(b) Upon any repayment of the Debentures at maturity or in whole or in part upon redemption (other than following the distribution of the Debentures to the Holders of the Securities), the proceeds from such repayment shall concurrently be applied to redeem Pro Rata, at a redemption price corresponding to the applicable Maturity Redemption Price, Optional Redemption Price or Special Redemption Price for the Debentures, as the case may be, Securities having an aggregate liquidation amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of the Debentures so repaid; provided, however, that Holders of such Securities shall be given not less than 30 nor more than 60 days' prior written notice of such redemption (other than a redemption resulting from the maturity of the Debentures on the Maturity Date).

(c) If fewer than all the outstanding Securities are to be so redeemed, the Common Securities and the Capital Securities will be redeemed Pro Rata and the Capital Securities to be redeemed will be as described in Section 4(e)(ii) below.

(d) The Trust may not redeem fewer than all the outstanding Capital Securities unless all accrued and unpaid Distributions have been paid on all Capital Securities for all Distribution Periods terminating on or before the related date of redemption.

A-I-9


(e) Redemption or Distribution Procedures.

(i) Written notice of any redemption of, or written notice of distribution of the Debentures in exchange for, the Securities (a "Redemption/Distribution Notice") will be given by the Trust by mail to each Holder of Securities to be redeemed or exchanged not fewer than 30 nor more than 60 days before the date of redemption or exchange thereof which, in the case of a redemption, will be the date of redemption of the Debentures. For purposes of the calculation of the date of redemption or exchange and the dates on which notices are given pursuant to this Section
4(e)(i), a Redemption/Distribution Notice shall be deemed to be given on the day such notice is first mailed by first-class mail, postage prepaid, to Holders of such Securities. Each Redemption/Distribution Notice shall be addressed to the Holders of such Securities at the address of each such Holder appearing on the books and records of the Registrar. No defect in the Redemption/Distribution Notice or in the mailing thereof with respect to any Holder shall affect the validity of the redemption or exchange proceedings with respect to any other Holder.

(ii) In the event that fewer than all the outstanding Capital Securities are to be redeemed, the Capital Securities to be redeemed shall be redeemed Pro Rata from each Holder.

(iii) If the Securities are to be redeemed and the Trust gives a Redemption/Distribution Notice, which notice may only be issued if the Debentures are redeemed or repaid as set out in this Section (which notice will be irrevocable), then, provided, that the Institutional Trustee has a sufficient amount of cash in connection with the related redemption or maturity of the Debentures, the Institutional Trustee will pay the price payable upon redemption of the Securities to the Holders of such Securities by check mailed to the address of each such Holder appearing on the books and records of the Trust on the related date of redemption. If a Redemption/Distribution Notice shall have been given and funds deposited as required, then immediately prior to the close of business on the date of such deposit, Distributions will cease to accrue on the Securities so subject to redemption and all rights of Holders of such Securities so subject to redemption will cease, except the right of the Holders of such Securities to receive the applicable price specified in Section 4(a), but without interest on such price. If any date of redemption of the Securities falls on a day that is not a Business Day, then payment of all amounts payable on such date will be made on the next succeeding Business Day, and no additional Distributions will accrue in respect of such payment on such next succeeding Business Day. If any amount payable upon redemption of the Securities is improperly withheld or refused and not paid either by the Trust, the Debenture Issuer or the Sponsor as guarantor pursuant to the Guarantee, Distributions on such Securities will continue to accrue at the Coupon Rate applicable from the date of redemption to the actual date of payment, in which case the actual payment date will be considered the date of redemption for purposes of calculating the price payable upon redemption of the Securities. In the event of any redemption of the Capital Securities issued by the Trust in part, the Trust shall not be required to (i) issue, register the transfer of or exchange any Security during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before any

A-I-10


selection for redemption of the Capital Securities and ending at the close of business on the earliest date on which the relevant notice of redemption is deemed to have been given to all Holders of the Capital Securities to be so redeemed or (ii) register the transfer of or exchange any Capital Securities so selected for redemption, in whole or in part, except for the unredeemed portion of any Capital Securities being redeemed in part.

(iv) Redemption/Distribution Notices shall be sent by the Administrators on behalf of the Trust (A) in respect of the Capital Securities, to the Holders thereof, and (B) in respect of the Common Securities, to the Holder thereof.

(v) Subject to the foregoing and applicable law (including, without limitation, United States federal securities laws), and provided, that the acquiror is not the Holder of the Common Securities or the obligor under the Indenture, the Sponsor or any of its subsidiaries may at any time and from time to time purchase outstanding Capital Securities by tender, in the open market or by private agreement.

5. Voting Rights - Capital Securities. (a) Except as provided under Sections 5(b) and 7 and as otherwise required by law and the Declaration, the Holders of the Capital Securities will have no voting rights. The Administrators are required to call a meeting of the Holders of the Capital Securities if directed to do so by Holders of not less than 10% in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities.

(b) Subject to the requirements of obtaining a tax opinion by the Institutional Trustee in certain circumstances set forth in the last sentence of this paragraph, the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities, voting separately as a class, have the right to direct the time, method, and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Institutional Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Institutional Trustee under the Declaration, including (i) directing the time, method, place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Debenture Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Debenture Trustee with respect to the Debentures, (ii) waiving any past default and its consequences that are waivable under the Indenture, (iii) exercising any right to rescind or annul an acceleration of the principal of all the Debentures or
(iv) consenting on behalf of all the Holders of the Capital Securities to any amendment, modification or termination of the Indenture or the Debentures where such consent shall be required; provided, however, that, where a consent or action under the Indenture would require the consent or act of the holders of greater than a simple majority in principal amount of Debentures (a "Super Majority") affected thereby, the Institutional Trustee may only give such consent or take such action at the written direction of the Holders of not less than the proportion in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities outstanding which the relevant Super Majority represents of the aggregate principal amount of the Debentures outstanding. If the Institutional Trustee fails to enforce its rights under the Debentures after the Holders of a Majority or Super Majority, as the case may be, in liquidation amount of such Capital Securities have so directed the Institutional Trustee, to the fullest extent permitted by law, a Holder of the Capital Securities may institute a legal proceeding directly against the Debenture Issuer to enforce the Institutional Trustee's rights under the Debentures without first instituting any legal proceeding against the Institutional Trustee or any other person or entity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and such event is attributable to the failure of the Debenture Issuer to

A-I-11


pay interest or premium, if any, on or principal of the Debentures on the date such interest, premium, if any, or principal is payable (or in the case of redemption, the date of redemption), then a Holder of the Capital Securities may directly institute a proceeding for enforcement of payment, on or after the respective due dates specified in the Debentures, to such Holder directly of the principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the Debentures having an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate liquidation amount of the Capital Securities of such Holder. The Institutional Trustee shall notify all Holders of the Capital Securities of any default actually known to the Institutional Trustee with respect to the Debentures unless (x) such default has been cured prior to the giving of such notice or (y) the Institutional Trustee determines in good faith that the withholding of such notice is in the interest of the Holders of such Capital Securities, except where the default relates to the payment of principal of or interest on any of the Debentures. Such notice shall state that such Indenture Event of Default also constitutes an Event of Default hereunder. Except with respect to directing the time, method and place of conducting a proceeding for a remedy, the Institutional Trustee shall not take any of the actions described in clause (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) above unless the Institutional Trustee has obtained an opinion of tax counsel to the effect that, as a result of such action, the Trust will not be classified as other than a grantor trust for United States federal income tax purposes.

A waiver of an Indenture Event of Default will constitute a waiver of the corresponding Event of Default hereunder. Any required approval or direction of Holders of the Capital Securities may be given at a separate meeting of Holders of the Capital Securities convened for such purpose, at a meeting of all of the Holders of the Securities in the Trust or pursuant to written consent. The Institutional Trustee will cause a notice of any meeting at which Holders of the Capital Securities are entitled to vote, or of any matter upon which action by written consent of such Holders is to be taken, to be mailed to each Holder of the Capital Securities. Each such notice will include a statement setting forth the following information (i) the date of such meeting or the date by which such action is to be taken, (ii) a description of any resolution proposed for adoption at such meeting on which such Holders are entitled to vote or of such matter upon which written consent is sought and
(iii) instructions for the delivery of proxies or consents. No vote or consent of the Holders of the Capital Securities will be required for the Trust to redeem and cancel Capital Securities or to distribute the Debentures in accordance with the Declaration and the terms of the Securities.

Notwithstanding that Holders of the Capital Securities are entitled to vote or consent under any of the circumstances described above, any of the Capital Securities that are owned by the Sponsor or any Affiliate of the Sponsor shall not entitle the Holder thereof to vote or consent and shall, for purposes of such vote or consent, be treated as if such Capital Securities were not outstanding.

In no event will Holders of the Capital Securities have the right to vote to appoint, remove or replace the Administrators, which voting rights are vested exclusively in the Sponsor as the Holder of all of the Common Securities of the Trust. Under certain circumstances as more fully described in the Declaration, Holders of Capital Securities have the right to vote to appoint, remove or replace the Institutional Trustee and the Delaware Trustee.

A-I-12


6. Voting Rights - Common Securities. (a) Except as provided under Sections 6(b), 6(c) and 7 and as otherwise required by law and the Declaration, the Common Securities will have no voting rights.

(b) The Holder of the Common Securities is entitled, in accordance with Article IV of the Declaration, to vote to appoint, remove or replace any Administrators.

(c) Subject to Section 6.7 of the Declaration and only after each Event of Default (if any) with respect to the Capital Securities has been cured, waived or otherwise eliminated and subject to the requirements of the second to last sentence of this paragraph, the Holder of the Common Securities, voting separately as a class, may direct the time, method, and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Institutional Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Institutional Trustee under the Declaration, including (i) directing the time, method, place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Debenture Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Debenture Trustee with respect to the Debentures, (ii) waiving any past default and its consequences that are waivable under the Indenture, or (iii) exercising any right to rescind or annul an acceleration of the principal of all the Debentures. Notwithstanding this
Section 6(c), the Institutional Trustee shall not revoke any action previously authorized or approved by a vote or consent of the Holders of the Capital Securities. Other than with respect to directing the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Institutional Trustee or the Debenture Trustee as set forth above, the Institutional Trustee shall not take any action described in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) above, unless the Institutional Trustee has obtained an opinion of tax counsel to the effect that for the purposes of United States federal income tax the Trust will not be classified as other than a grantor trust on account of such action. If the Institutional Trustee fails to enforce its rights under the Declaration, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the Holder of the Common Securities may institute a legal proceeding directly against any Person to enforce the Institutional Trustee's rights under the Declaration, without first instituting a legal proceeding against the Institutional Trustee or any other Person.

Any approval or direction of the Holder of the Common Securities may be given at a separate meeting of Holders of the Common Securities convened for such purpose, at a meeting of all of the Holders of the Securities in the Trust or pursuant to written consent. The Administrators will cause a notice of any meeting at which the Holder of the Common Securities is entitled to vote, or of any matter upon which action by written consent of such Holder is to be taken, to be mailed to the Holder of the Common Securities. Each such notice will include a statement setting forth (i) the date of such meeting or the date by which such action is to be taken, (ii) a description of any resolution proposed for adoption at such meeting on which such Holder is entitled to vote or of such matter upon which written consent is sought and (iii) instructions for the delivery of proxies or consents.

No vote or consent of the Holder of the Common Securities will be required for the Trust to redeem and cancel Common Securities or to distribute the Debentures in accordance with the Declaration and the terms of the Securities.

7. Amendments to Declaration and Indenture. In addition to any requirements under Section 11.1 of the Declaration, if any proposed amendment to the

A-I-13


Declaration provides for, or the Trustees otherwise propose to effect, (i) any action that would adversely affect the powers, preferences or special rights of the Securities, whether by way of amendment to the Declaration or otherwise, or
(ii) the Liquidation of the Trust, other than as described in Section 7.1 of the Declaration, then the Holders of outstanding Securities, voting together as a single class, will be entitled to vote on such amendment or proposal and such amendment or proposal shall not be effective except with the approval of the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Securities affected thereby; provided, however, if any amendment or proposal referred to in clause (i) above would adversely affect only the Capital Securities or only the Common Securities, then only Holders of the affected Securities will be entitled to vote on such amendment or proposal and such amendment or proposal shall not be effective except with the approval of the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of such Securities.

(a) In the event the consent of the Institutional Trustee, as the holder of the Debentures, is required under the Indenture with respect to any amendment, modification or termination of the Indenture or the Debentures, the Institutional Trustee shall request the written direction of the Holders of the Securities with respect to such amendment, modification or termination and shall vote with respect to such amendment, modification, or termination as directed by a Majority in liquidation amount of the Securities voting together as a single class; provided, however, that where a consent under the Indenture would require a Super Majority, the Institutional Trustee may only give such consent at the written direction of the Holders of not less than the proportion in liquidation amount of the Securities which the relevant Super Majority represents of the aggregate principal amount of the Debentures outstanding.

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, no amendment or modification may be made to the Declaration if such amendment or modification would (i) cause the Trust to be classified for purposes of United States federal income taxation as other than a grantor trust, (ii) reduce or otherwise adversely affect the powers of the Institutional Trustee or (iii) cause the Trust to be deemed an Investment Company which is required to be registered under the Investment Company Act.

(c) Notwithstanding any provision of the Declaration, the right of any Holder of the Capital Securities to receive payment of Distributions and payments upon redemption, Liquidation or otherwise, on or after their respective due dates, or to institute a suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder. For the protection and enforcement of the foregoing provision, each and every Holder of the Capital Securities shall be entitled to such relief as can be given either at law or equity.

8. Pro Rata. A reference in these terms of the Securities to any payment, distribution or treatment as being "Pro Rata" shall mean pro rata to each Holder of the Securities according to the aggregate liquidation amount of the Securities held by the relevant Holder in relation to the aggregate liquidation amount of all Securities outstanding unless, in relation to a payment, an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, in which case any funds available to make such payment shall be paid first to each Holder of the Capital Securities Pro Rata according to the aggregate liquidation amount of the Capital Securities held by the relevant Holder relative to the aggregate liquidation amount of all Capital Securities outstanding, and

A-I-14


only after satisfaction of all amounts owed to the Holders of the Capital Securities, to each Holder of the Common Securities Pro Rata according to the aggregate liquidation amount of the Common Securities held by the relevant Holder relative to the aggregate liquidation amount of all Common Securities outstanding.

9. Ranking. The Capital Securities rank pari passu with, and payment thereon shall be made Pro Rata with, the Common Securities except that, where an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the rights of Holders of the Common Securities to receive payment of Distributions and payments upon Liquidation, redemption and otherwise are subordinated to the rights of the Holders of the Capital Securities with the result that no payment of any Distribution on, or any amount payable upon the redemption of, any Common Security, and no payment to the Holder of any Common Security on account of the Liquidation of the Trust, shall be made unless payment in full in cash of (i) all accrued and unpaid Distributions on all outstanding Capital Securities for all Distribution Periods terminating on or prior thereto, (ii) all amounts payable upon Capital Securities then subject to redemption and (iii) all amounts payable upon Capital Securities in the event of the Liquidation of the Trust, in each case, shall have been made or provided for, and all funds immediately available to the Institutional Trustee shall first be applied to the payment in full in cash of the amounts specified in clause (i), (ii) and (iii) above that are then due and payable.

10. Acceptance of Guarantee and Indenture. Each Holder of the Capital Securities and the Common Securities, by the acceptance of such Securities, agrees to the provisions of the Guarantee and the Indenture, including the subordination provisions therein.

11. No Preemptive Rights. The Holders of the Securities shall have no, and the issuance of the Securities is not subject to, preemptive or similar rights to subscribe for any additional securities.

12. Miscellaneous. These terms constitute a part of the Declaration. The Sponsor will provide a copy of the Declaration, the Guarantee and the Indenture to a Holder without charge on written request to the Sponsor at its principal place of business.

A-I-15


EXHIBIT A-1

FORM OF CAPITAL SECURITY CERTIFICATE

[FORM OF FACE OF SECURITY]

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE "SECURITIES ACT"), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF OR THEREOF, AS THE CASE MAY BE, AGREES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN PRIOR TO THE DATE WHICH IS THE LATER OF (i) TWO YEARS (OR SUCH SHORTER PERIOD OF TIME AS PERMITTED BY RULE 144(k) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) AFTER THE LATER OF (Y) THE DATE OF ORIGINAL ISSUANCE HEREOF AND (Z) THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE TRUST OR ANY AFFILIATE (AS DEFINED IN RULE 405 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) OF THE TRUST WAS THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY OR SUCH INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION (OR ANY PREDECESSOR THERETO) AND (ii) SUCH LATER DATE, IF ANY, AS MAY BE REQUIRED BY ANY SUBSEQUENT CHANGE IN APPLICABLE LAW, ONLY (A) TO THE DEBENTURE ISSUER OR THE TRUST, (B) PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT ("RULE 144A"), TO A PERSON THE HOLDER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A "QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER," AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A, THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (C) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT TO AN "ACCREDITED INVESTOR" WITHIN THE MEANING OF SUBPARAGRAPH (a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

A-1-1


TRUST, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE DEBENTURE ISSUER OR THE TRUST. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF OR THEREOF, AS THE CASE MAY BE, AGREES THAT IT WILL COMPLY WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF OR THEREOF, AS THE CASE MAY BE, ALSO AGREES, REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS THAT IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT, INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNT OR OTHER PLAN OR ARRANGEMENT SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED ("ERISA"), OR SECTION 4975 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE "CODE") (EACH A "PLAN"), OR AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS INCLUDE "PLAN ASSETS" BY REASON OF ANY PLAN'S INVESTMENT IN THE ENTITY AND NO PERSON INVESTING "PLAN ASSETS" OF ANY PLAN MAY ACQUIRE OR HOLD THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN, UNLESS SUCH PURCHASER OR HOLDER IS ELIGIBLE FOR THE EXEMPTIVE RELIEF AVAILABLE UNDER U.S. DEPARTMENT OF LABOR PROHIBITED TRANSACTION CLASS EXEMPTION 96-23, 95-60, 91-38, 90-1 OR 84-14 OR ANOTHER APPLICABLE EXEMPTION OR ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING OF THIS SECURITY OR SUCH INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION IS NOT PROHIBITED BY SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE WITH RESPECT TO SUCH PURCHASE OR HOLDING. ANY PURCHASER OR HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED BY ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING HEREOF OR THEREOF, AS THE CASE MAY BE, THAT EITHER (i) IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 3(3) OF ERISA, OR A PLAN TO WHICH SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE IS APPLICABLE, A TRUSTEE OR OTHER PERSON ACTING ON BEHALF OF AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR PLAN, OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY USING THE ASSETS OF ANY EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR PLAN TO FINANCE SUCH PURCHASE, OR (ii) SUCH PURCHASE AND HOLDING WILL NOT RESULT IN A PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE FOR WHICH THERE IS NO APPLICABLE STATUTORY OR ADMINISTRATIVE EXEMPTION.

IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY WILL DELIVER TO THE REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION AS MAY BE REQUIRED BY THE AMENDED AND RESTATED DECLARATION OF TRUST TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.

THIS SECURITY WILL BE ISSUED AND MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN BLOCKS HAVING A LIQUIDATION AMOUNT OF NOT LESS THAN $100,000 AND MULTIPLES OF $1,000 IN EXCESS THEREOF. ANY ATTEMPTED TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY IN A BLOCK HAVING A LIQUIDATION AMOUNT OF LESS THAN $100,000

A-1-2


SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE VOID AND OF NO LEGAL EFFECT WHATSOEVER. ANY SUCH PURPORTED TRANSFEREE SHALL BE DEEMED NOT TO BE THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN FOR ANY PURPOSE, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE RECEIPT OF DISTRIBUTIONS ON THIS SECURITY OR SUCH INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION, AND SUCH PURPORTED TRANSFEREE SHALL BE DEEMED TO HAVE NO INTEREST WHATSOEVER IN THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN.

A-1-3


Certificate Number [_____] Number of Capital Securities [_____]

CUSIP NO [ ]

Certificate Evidencing Capital Securities

of

BOFI TRUST I

Capital Securities

(liquidation amount $1,000 per Capital Security)

BofI Trust I, a statutory trust created under the laws of the State of Delaware (the "Trust"), hereby certifies that [ ] is the registered owner (the "Holder") of ______________ capital securities of the Trust representing undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust, designated as MMCapS(SM) (liquidation amount $1,000 per Capital Security) (the "Capital Securities"). Subject to the Declaration (as defined below), the Capital Securities are transferable on the books and records of the Trust, in person or by a duly authorized attorney, upon surrender of this Certificate duly endorsed and in proper form for transfer. The Capital Securities represented hereby are issued pursuant to, and the designation, rights, privileges, restrictions, preferences and other terms and provisions of the Capital Securities shall in all respects be subject to, the provisions of the Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust of the Trust, dated as of December 16, 2004, among Gary Lewis Evans, Andrew J. Micheletti and Michelle Paulus, as Administrators, Wilmington Trust Company, as Delaware Trustee, Wilmington Trust Company, as Institutional Trustee, BofI Holding, Inc., as Sponsor, and the holders from time to time of undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust, including the designation of the terms of the Capital Securities as set forth in Annex I to the Declaration, as the same may be amended from time to time (the "Declaration"). Capitalized terms used herein but not defined shall have the meaning given them in the Declaration. The Holder is entitled to the benefits of the Guarantee and the Indenture to the extent provided therein. The Sponsor will provide a copy of the Declaration, the Guarantee, and the Indenture to the Holder without charge upon written request to the Sponsor at its principal place of business.

By acceptance of this Certificate, the Holder is bound by the Declaration and is entitled to the benefits thereunder.

By acceptance of this Certificate, the Holder agrees to treat, for United States federal income tax purposes, the Debentures as indebtedness and the Capital Securities as evidence of undivided beneficial ownership in the Debentures.

This Certificate and the Capital Securities evidenced hereby are governed by, and shall be construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to principles of conflict of laws.

This Certificate may contain more than one counterpart of the signature page and this Certificate may be executed and authenticated by the affixing of the signature of an

A-1-4


Administrator on behalf of the Trust, and the signature of the Institutional Trustee providing authentication, to any of such counterpart signature pages. All of such counterpart signature pages shall be read as though one, and they shall have the same force and effect as though the Trust had executed, and the Institutional Trustee had authenticated, a single signature page.

A-1-5


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Trust has duly executed this Certificate.

BOFI TRUST I

By:________________________________
Name:
Title: Administrator

Dated: ___________________________

CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

This Certificate represents Capital Securities referred to in the within-mentioned Declaration.

WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY,
not in its individual capacity but solely as
the Institutional Trustee

By:_______________________________
Authorized Officer

Dated: ___________________________

A-1-6


[FORM OF REVERSE OF SECURITY]

Distributions payable on each Capital Security will be payable at a rate of interest per annum, which, with respect to any Distribution Period, LIBOR, as determined on the LIBOR Determination Date for such Distribution Period (or, in the case of the first Distribution Period, will be 2.50%) plus 2.40% (the "Coupon Rate"); provided, however, that the Coupon Rate for any Distribution Period may not exceed the Interest Rate (as defined in the Indenture) for the related Interest Period (as defined in the Indenture). Distributions in arrears for more than one Distribution Period will bear interest thereon, compounded quarterly, at the applicable Coupon Rate for each Distribution Period thereafter (to the extent permitted by applicable law). The term "Distributions", as used herein, includes cash Distributions, any such compounded Distributions and any Additional Amounts payable on the Debentures, unless otherwise stated. A Distribution is payable only to the extent that payments are made in respect of the Debentures held by the Institutional Trustee and to the extent the Institutional Trustee has funds legally available in the Property Account therefor. The amount of Distributions payable for any Distribution Period will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year and the actual number of days elapsed in such Distribution Period.

Except as otherwise described below, Distributions on the Capital Securities will be cumulative, will accrue from the date of original issuance and will be payable quarterly in arrears on February 23, May 23, August 23 and November 23 of each year, commencing on February 23, 2005 (each, a "Distribution Payment Date"), and on any earlier date of redemption, subject, in each case, to the Business Day convention specified in the Declaration. The Debenture Issuer has the right under the Indenture to defer payments of interest on the Debentures by extending the interest payment period for up to 20 consecutive quarterly periods (each such extended interest payment period, together with all previous and future consecutive extensions thereof, is referred to herein as an "Extension Period") at any time and from time to time on the Debentures, subject to the conditions described below and in the Declaration and the Indenture. No Extension Period may end on a date other than a Distribution Payment Date or extend beyond the Maturity Date, any Optional Redemption Date or the Special Redemption Date, as the case may be. During any Extension Period, interest will continue to accrue on the Debentures, and interest on such accrued interest (such accrued interest and interest thereon referred to herein as "Deferred Interest") will accrue, at an annual rate equal to the Coupon Rate applicable during such Extension Period, compounded quarterly from the date such Deferred Interest would have been payable were it not for the Extension Period, to the extent permitted by applicable law. At the end of any Extension Period, the Debenture Issuer shall pay all Deferred Interest then accrued and unpaid on the Debentures; provided, however, that prior to the termination of any Extension Period, the Debenture Issuer may further extend such Extension Period, provided, that no Extension Period (including all previous and further consecutive extensions that are part of such Extension Period) shall exceed 20 consecutive quarterly periods. Upon the termination of any Extension Period and upon the payment of all Deferred Interest, the Debenture Issuer may commence a new Extension Period, subject to the requirements set forth herein and in the Declaration and the Indenture. No interest or Deferred Interest (except any Additional Amounts that may be due and payable) shall be due and payable during an Extension Period, except at the end thereof, but Deferred Interest shall accrue upon each installment of

A-1-7


interest that would otherwise have been due and payable during such Extension Period until such installment is paid.

As a consequence of any Extension Period, Distributions will be deferred. If Distributions are deferred, the Distributions due shall be paid on the date that the related Extension Period terminates to Holders of the Capital Securities as they appear on the books and records of the Trust on the regular record date immediately preceding the Distribution Payment Date on which such Extension Period terminates to the extent that the Trust has funds legally available for the payment of such Distributions in the Property Account of the Trust.

The Capital Securities shall be redeemable, and shall be entitled to the Liquidation Distribution, as provided in the Declaration.

A-1-8


ASSIGNMENT

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned assigns and transfers the Capital Securities evidenced by this Capital Security Certificate to:




(Insert assignee's social security or tax identification number)




(Insert address and zip code of assignee),

and irrevocably appoints ______________________________________________________ as agent to transfer the Capital Securities evidenced by this Capital Security Certificate on the books of the Trust. The agent may substitute another to act for it, him or her.

Date:__________________

Signature:__________________

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Capital Security Certificate)

Signature Guarantee:(1) ____________________________


(1) Signature must be guaranteed by an "eligible guarantor institution" that is a bank, stockbroker, savings and loan association or credit union, meeting the requirements of the Security registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program ("STAMP") or such other "signature guarantee program" as may be determined by the Security registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

A-1-9


EXHIBIT A-2

FORM OF COMMON SECURITY CERTIFICATE

THIS COMMON SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION.

EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN SECTION 8.1(b) OF THE DECLARATION (AS DEFINED BELOW), THIS SECURITY MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED.

A-2-1


Certificate Number [_____] Number of Common Securities [____]

Certificate Evidencing Common Securities

of

BOFI TRUST I

BofI Trust I, a statutory trust created under the laws of the State of Delaware (the "Trust"), hereby certifies that BofI Holding, Inc. is the registered owner (the "Holder") of ______________ common securities of the Trust representing undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust (liquidation amount $1,000 per Common Security)(the "Common Securities"). The Common Securities represented hereby are issued pursuant to, and the designation, rights, privileges, restrictions, preferences and other terms and provisions of the Common Securities shall in all respects be subject to, the provisions of the Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust of the Trust, dated as of December 16, 2004, among Gary Lewis Evans, Andrew J. Micheletti and Michelle Paulus, as Administrators, Wilmington Trust Company, as Delaware Trustee, Wilmington Trust Company, as Institutional Trustee, the Holder, as Sponsor, and the holders from time to time of undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust, including the designation of the terms of the Common Securities as set forth in Annex I to the Declaration, as the same may be amended from time to time (the "Declaration"). Capitalized terms used herein but not defined shall have the meaning given them in the Declaration. The Sponsor will provide a copy of the Declaration and the Indenture to the Holder without charge upon written request to the Sponsor at its principal place of business.

As set forth in the Declaration, when an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the rights of the Holder of Common Securities to payment in respect of Distributions and payments upon Liquidation, redemption or otherwise are subordinated to the rights of payment of holders of the Capital Securities.

By acceptance of this Certificate, the Holder is bound by the Declaration and is entitled to the benefits thereunder.

By acceptance of this Certificate, the Holder agrees to treat, for United States federal income tax purposes, the Debentures as indebtedness and the Common Securities as evidence of undivided beneficial ownership in the Debentures.

This Certificate and the Common Securities evidenced hereby are governed by, and shall be construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to principles of conflict of laws.

A-2-2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Trust has executed this Certificate this ___ day of ____, 2004.

BOFI TRUST I

By:______________________________
Name:
Title: Administrator

A-2-3


[FORM OF REVERSE OF SECURITY]

Distributions payable on each Common Security will be identical in amount to the Distributions payable on each Capital Security, which is at a rate of interest per annum, which, with respect to any Distribution Period (as defined herein) will be equal to LIBOR, as determined on the LIBOR Determination Date for such Distribution Period (or, in the case of the first Distribution Period, will be 2.50%), plus 2.40% (the "Coupon Rate"); provided, however, that the Coupon Rate for any Distribution Period may not exceed the Interest Rate (as defined in the Indenture) for the related Interest Period (as defined in the Indenture). Distributions in arrears for more than one Distribution Period will bear interest thereon, compounded quarterly, at the applicable Coupon Rate for each Distribution Period thereafter (to the extent permitted by applicable law). The term "Distributions", as used herein, includes cash Distributions, any such compounded Distributions and any Additional Amounts payable on the Debentures, unless otherwise stated. A Distribution is payable only to the extent that payments are made in respect of the Debentures held by the Institutional Trustee and to the extent the Institutional Trustee has funds legally available in the Property Account therefor. The amount of Distributions payable for any Distribution Period will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year and the actual number of days elapsed in such Distribution Period.

Except as otherwise described below, Distributions on the Common Securities will be cumulative, will accrue from the date of original issuance and will be payable quarterly in arrears on February 23, May 23, August 23 and November 23 of each year, commencing on February 23, 2005 (each, a "Distribution Payment Date"), and on any earlier date of redemption, subject, in each case, to the Business Day convention specified in the Declaration. The Debenture Issuer has the right under the Indenture to defer payments of interest on the Debentures by extending the interest payment period for up to 20 consecutive quarterly periods (each such extended interest payment period, together with all previous and future consecutive extensions thereof, is referred to herein as an "Extension Period") at any time and from time to time on the Debentures, subject to the conditions described below and in the Declaration and the Indenture. No Extension Period may end on a date other than a Distribution Payment Date or extend beyond the Maturity Date, any Optional Redemption Date or the Special Redemption Date, as the case may be. During any Extension Period, interest will continue to accrue on the Debentures, and interest on such accrued interest (such accrued interest and interest thereon referred to herein as "Deferred Interest") will accrue, at an annual rate equal to the Coupon Rate applicable during such Extension Period, compounded quarterly from the date such Deferred Interest would have been payable were it not for the Extension Period, to the extent permitted by applicable law. At the end of any Extension Period, the Debenture Issuer shall pay all Deferred Interest then accrued and unpaid on the Debentures; provided, however, that prior to the termination of any Extension Period, the Debenture Issuer may further extend such Extension Period, provided, that no Extension Period (including all previous and further consecutive extensions that are part of such Extension Period) shall exceed 20 consecutive quarterly periods. Upon the termination of any Extension Period and upon the payment of all Deferred Interest, the Debenture Issuer may commence a new Extension Period, subject to the requirements set forth herein and in the Declaration and the Indenture. No interest or Deferred Interest (except any Additional Amounts that may be due and payable) shall be due and payable during an Extension Period, except at the end thereof, but Deferred Interest shall accrue upon each installment of

A-2-4


interest that would otherwise have been due and payable during such Extension Period until such installment is paid.

As a consequence of any Extension Period, Distributions will be deferred. If Distributions are deferred, the Distributions due shall be paid on the date that the related Extension Period terminates to Holders of the Securities as they appear on the books and records of the Trust on the regular record date immediately preceding the Distribution Payment Date on which such Extension Period terminates to the extent that the Trust has funds legally available for the payment of such Distributions in the Property Account of the Trust.

The Common Securities shall be redeemable, and shall be entitled to the Liquidation Distribution, as provided in the Declaration.

A-2-5


ASSIGNMENT

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned assigns and transfers the Common Securities evidenced by this Common Security Certificate to:




(Insert assignee's social security or tax identification number)




(Insert address and zip code of assignee),

and irrevocably appoints ____________________ as agent to transfer the Common Securities evidenced by this Common Security Certificate on the books of the Trust. The agent may substitute another to act for him or her.

Date:____________________

Signature:________________________

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Common Security Certificate)

Signature Guarantee:(1) ________________________


(1) Signature must be guaranteed by an "eligible guarantor institution" that is a bank, stockbroker, savings and loan association or credit union, meeting the requirements of the Security registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program ("STAMP") or such other "signature guarantee program" as may be determined by the Security registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

A-2-6


EXHIBIT B

FORM OF TRANSFEREE CERTIFICATE

TO BE EXECUTED BY ACCREDITED INVESTORS

_________, [ ]

BofI Holding, Inc.
BofI Trust I
12220 El Camino Real, Suite 220
San Diego, California 92130

Re: Purchase of $[SPECIFY] liquidation amount of MMCapS(SM)


(the "Capital Securities") of BofI Trust I (the "Trust")

Ladies and Gentlemen:

In connection with our purchase of the Capital Securities, we confirm that:

1. We understand that the Capital Securities of the Trust have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), and may not be offered or sold except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree on our own behalf and on behalf of any investor account for which we are purchasing the Capital Securities that, if we decide to offer, sell or otherwise transfer any such Capital Securities prior to the date which is the later of (i) two years (or such shorter period of time as permitted by Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act) after the later of (Y) the date of original issuance of the Capital Securities and (Z) the last date on which the Trust or any Affiliate (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) of the Trust was the holder of any such Capital Securities (or any predecessor thereto) and (ii) such later date, if any, as may be required by any subsequent change in applicable law (the "Resale Restriction Termination Date"), then such offer, sale or other transfer will be made only (a) to the Company or the Trust, (b) pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act, to a person we reasonably believe is a qualified institutional buyer under Rule 144A (a "QIB"), that purchases for its own account or for the account of a QIB and to whom notice is given that the transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A, (c) pursuant to an exemption from registration, to an "accredited investor" within the meaning of subparagraph (a) (1), (2), (3), (7) or (8) of Rule 501 under the Securities Act that is acquiring any such Capital Securities for its own account or for the account of such an accredited investor for investment purposes and not with a view to, or for offer or sale in connection with, any distribution thereof in violation of the Securities Act, (d) pursuant to offers and sales to a non-U.S. Person that occur outside the United States pursuant to Regulation S under the Securities Act, or (e) pursuant to another available exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, and in each of the foregoing cases in accordance with any applicable state securities laws and any requirements of law that govern the disposition of our property. If any resale or other transfer of the Capital Securities is proposed to be made pursuant to clause (c) above, the transferor shall deliver a letter from the transferee substantially in the form of this letter to the Institutional Trustee as Transfer Agent, which shall provide as applicable, among other things, that the transferee is an accredited investor within the meaning of

B-1

subparagraph (a)(1), (2), (3), (7) or (8) of Rule 501 under the Securities Act that is acquiring such Capital Securities for investment purposes and not for any distribution in violation of the Securities Act. We acknowledge on our behalf and on behalf of any investor account for which we are purchasing Capital Securities that the Company and the Trust reserve the right prior to any offer, sale or other transfer pursuant to clause (c) or (e) to require the delivery of any opinion of counsel, certifications and/or other information satisfactory to BofI Holding, Inc. (the "Company") and the Trust. We understand that the certificates for any Capital Securities that we receive prior to the Resale Restriction Termination Date will bear a legend substantially to the effect of the foregoing.

2. We are an accredited investor within the meaning of subparagraph
(a) (1), (2), (3), (7) or (8) of Rule 501 under the Securities Act purchasing for our own account or for the account of such an accredited investor, and we are acquiring the Capital Securities for investment purposes and not with view to, or for offer or sale in connection with, any distribution in violation of the Securities Act, and we have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of our investment in the Capital Securities, and we and any account for which we are acting are each able to bear the economic risks of our or its investment.

3. We are acquiring the Capital Securities purchased by us for our own account (or for one or more accounts as to each of which we exercise sole investment discretion and have authority to make, and do make, the statements contained in this letter) and not with a view to any distribution of the Capital Securities in violation of the Securities Act, subject, nevertheless, to the understanding that the disposition of our property will at all times be and remain within our control.

4. In the event that we purchase any Capital Securities, we will acquire such Capital Securities having an aggregate liquidation amount of not less than $100,000 for our own account and for each separate account for which we are acting.

5. We acknowledge that we either (A) are not a fiduciary of a pension, profit-sharing or other employee benefit plan or arrangement subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, or to Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (a "Plan"), or an entity whose assets include "plan assets" by reason of any Plan's investment in the entity and are not purchasing the Capital Securities on behalf of or with "plan assets" by reason of any Plan's investment in the entity and are not purchasing the Capital Securities on behalf of or with "plan assets" of any Plan or (B) are eligible for the exemptive relief available under one or more of the following prohibited transaction class exemptions ("PTCEs") issued by the U.S. Department of Labor: PTCE 96-23, 95-60, 91-38, 90-1 or 84-14.

6. We acknowledge that each Plan, by its purchase of the Capital Securities, will be deemed to have directed the Trust to invest in the junior subordinated debt securities of the Company, and to have consented to the appointment of the institutional trustee of the Trust.

7. We acknowledge that the Company, the Trust and others will rely upon the truth and accuracy of the foregoing acknowledgments, representations, warranties and agreements and agree that if any of our acknowledgments, representations, warranties and

B-2

agreements are no longer accurate, we shall promptly notify the applicable Purchaser. If we are acquiring any Capital Securities as a fiduciary or agent for one or more investor accounts, we represent that we have sole discretion with respect to each such investor account and that we have full power to make the foregoing acknowledgments, representations and agreements on behalf of each such investor account.

You are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy thereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceeding or other inquiry with respect to matters covered hereby.


(Name of Purchaser)

By:_______________________________

Date:_____________________________

Upon transfer, the Capital Securities should be registered in the name of the new beneficial owner as follows.

Name:_______________________

Address:______________________

Taxpayer ID Number:_____________________

B-3

EXHIBIT C

FORM OF TRANSFEROR CERTIFICATE
TO BE EXECUTED FOR QIBs

________, [ ]

BofI Holding, Inc.
BofI Trust I
12220 El Camino Real, Suite 220
San Diego, California 92130

Re: Purchase of $[SPECIFY] liquidation amount of MMCapS(SM)


(the "Capital Securities") of BofI Trust I (the "Trust")

Reference is hereby made to the Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust of BofI Trust I, dated as of December 16, 2004 (the "Declaration"), among Gary Lewis Evans, Andrew J. Micheletti and Michelle Paulus, as Administrators, Wilmington Trust Company, as Delaware Trustee, Wilmington Trust Company, as Institutional Trustee, BofI Holding, Inc., as Sponsor, and the holders from time to time of undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Declaration.

This letter relates to $[_______________] aggregate liquidation amount of Capital Securities which are held in the name of [name of transferor] (the "Transferor").

In accordance with Section 8.2(b) of the Declaration, the Transferor does hereby certify that such Capital Securities are being transferred in accordance with (i) the transfer restrictions set forth in the Capital Securities and (ii) Rule 144A under the Securities Act ("Rule 144A"), to a transferee that the Transferor reasonably believes is purchasing the Capital Securities for its own account or an account with respect to which the transferee exercises sole investment discretion and the transferee and any such account is a "qualified institutional buyer" within the meaning of Rule 144A, in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A and in accordance with applicable securities laws of any state of the United States or any other jurisdiction.

You are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy thereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceeding or other inquiry with respect to matters covered hereby.


(Name of Transferor)

By:__________________________
Name:__________________________
Title:__________________________

Date:__________________________

C-1

EXHIBIT D

FORM OF TRANSFEREE CERTIFICATE
TO BE EXECUTED BY NON-U.S. PERSONS

_________, [ ]

BofI Holding, Inc.
BofI Trust I
12220 El Camino Real, Suite 220
San Diego, California 92130

Re: Purchase of $[SPECIFY] liquidation amount of MMCapS(SM)


(the "Capital Securities") of BofI Trust I (the "Trust")

Reference is hereby made to the Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust of BofI Trust I, dated as of December 16, 2004 (the "Declaration"), among Gary Lewis Evans, Andrew J. Micheletti and Michelle Paulus, as Administrators, Wilmington Trust Company, as Delaware Trustee, Wilmington Trust Company, as Institutional Trustee, BofI Holding, Inc., as Sponsor, and the holders from time to time of undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Declaration.

This letter relates to $[_______________] aggregate liquidation amount of Capital Securities which are held in the name of [name of transferor].

In accordance with Section 8.2(b) of the Declaration, we do hereby certify that (i) we are not a "U.S. person" (as such term is defined in Rule 902 under the Securities Act), (ii) we are not acquiring the Capital Securities for the account or benefit of any U.S. person, and (iii) the offer and sale of Capital Securities to us constitutes an "offshore transaction" under Regulation S under the Securities Act.

You are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy thereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceeding or other inquiry with respect to matters covered hereby.


(Name of Transferee)

By:__________________________
Name:___________________________
Title:__________________________

Date:__________________________

D-1

EXHIBIT 23.2

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the use in this Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement No. 333-121329 on Form S-1 of our report dated October 13, 2004 relating to the financial statements of BofI Holding, Inc., appearing in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement.

We also consent to the reference to us under the heading "Experts" in such Prospectus.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
Los Angeles, California
January 26, 2005